As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 22, 2021

File No. 000-56247

U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

Amendment No. 1 to

FORM 10

GENERAL FORM FOR REGISTRATION OF SECURITIES

PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR 12(g)

OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

SLR HC BDC LLC

(Exact name of registrant as specified in charter)

Delaware	85-1801692
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or registration)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
500 Park Avenue New York, New York	10022
(Address of principal executive offices)	(Zip Code)

(212) 993-1670

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

with copies to:

Steven B. Boehm

Vlad M. Bulkin

Eversheds Sutherland (US) LLP

700 Sixth Street, NW, Suite 700

Washington, DC 20001

(202) 383-0100

Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

None

Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

Unit

(Title of class)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer	☐	Accelerated filer	☐
Non-accelerated filer	☒  (do not check if a smaller reporting company)	Smaller reporting company	☐
		Emerging growth company	☒

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  ☐

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EXPLANATORY NOTE		1
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS		3
ITEM 1.	BUSINESS	5
ITEM 1A	RISK FACTORS	46
ITEM 2.	FINANCIAL INFORMATION	91
ITEM 3.	PROPERTIES	96
ITEM 4.	SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT	97
ITEM 5.	DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS	98
ITEM 6.	EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION	104
ITEM 7.	CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE	105
ITEM 8.	LEGAL PROCEEDINGS	115
ITEM 9.	MARKET PRICE OF AND DIVIDENDS ON THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED UNITHOLDER MATTERS	115
ITEM 10.	RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES	117
ITEM 11.	DESCRIPTION OF REGISTRANT’S SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED	117
ITEM 12.	INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS	119
ITEM 13.	FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA	119
ITEM 14.	CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE	119
ITEM 15.	FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS	119

EXPLANATORY NOTE

SLR HC BDC LLC is filing this Amendment No. 1 to its registration statement on Form 10 (the “Registration Statement”) with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”), on a voluntary basis in order to permit it to file an election to be regulated as a business development company (“BDC”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), given that SLR HC BDC LLC does not wish to be constrained by the limitations imposed by the Section 3(c)(1) and Section 3(c)(7) exclusions from regulation under the 1940 Act in connection with the offering of its securities.

In this Registration Statement, except where the context suggests otherwise:

• the terms “we,” “us,” “our” and the “Company,” refer to SLR HC BDC LLC;

• the term “Adviser,” “SCP” or “SLR Capital Partners” refers to SLR Capital Partners, LLC (f/k/a Solar Capital Partners, LLC), our investment adviser;

• the term “Administrative Coordinator” refers to SLR Capital Partners, LLC in such capacity; and

• the term “Custodian” refers to Citibank, N.A., our custodian.

The Company is an emerging growth company as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”) and the Company will take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”). As a result, the Company is eligible to take advantage of certain reduced disclosure and other requirements that are otherwise applicable to public companies, including, but not limited to, not being subject to the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. See “Item 1. Business – Emerging Growth Company.”

This Registration Statement registers the Company’s units (“Units,” each a “Unit”) under the 1934 Act; however:

• the Company’s Units may not be sold, transferred or assigned without the written consent of the Adviser;

• if the Company makes additional offerings of its Units in the future, an investor may be required to make additional purchases of the Company’s Units on one or more dates to be determined by the Company;

• it is uncertain whether a secondary market will develop for the Company’s Units, and therefore, the Company’s Units constitute illiquid investments;

• investment in the Company is suitable only for sophisticated investors and requires the financial ability and willingness to accept the high risks and lack of liquidity inherent in an investment in the Company; and

• our distributions may be funded from unlimited amounts of offering proceeds or borrowings, which may constitute a return of capital and reduce the amount of capital available to us for investment. Any capital returned to you through distributions will be distributed after payment of fees and expenses.

Once this Registration Statement has been deemed effective, we will be subject to the requirements of Section 13(a) of the 1934 Act, including the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, which will require us, among other things, to file annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, and current reports on Form 8-K, and we will be required to comply with all other obligations of the 1934 Act applicable to issuers filing registration statements pursuant to Section 12(g) of the 1934 Act.

1

We have elected to be regulated as a BDC under the 1940 Act and, upon doing so, we became subject to the 1940 Act requirements applicable to BDCs. We will also be subject to the proxy rules in Section 14 of the 1934 Act, and our directors, officers, and principal unitholders will be subject to the reporting requirements of Sections 13 and 16 of the 1934 Act. The SEC maintains an Internet Web site (http://www.sec.gov) that contains these reports.

2

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Registration Statement contains forward-looking statements that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. Such statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors and undue reliance should not be placed thereon. These forward-looking statements are not historical facts, but rather are based on current expectations, estimates and projections about the Company, our current and prospective portfolio investments, our industry, our beliefs and opinions, and our assumptions. Words such as “anticipates,” “expects,” “intends,” “plans,” “will,” “may,” “continue,” “believes,” “seeks,” “estimates,” “would,” “could,” “should,” “targets,” “projects,” “outlook,” “potential,” “predicts” and variations of these words and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. These statements are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors, some of which are beyond our control and difficult to predict and could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or forecasted in the forward-looking statements, including without limitation:

• our future operating results, including our ability to achieve objectives as a result of the current coronavirus (“COVID-19”) pandemic;

• our business prospects and the prospects of our portfolio companies;

• the impact of investments that we expect to make;

• our contractual arrangements and relationships with third parties;

• the dependence of our future success on the general economy and its impact on the industries in which we invest and the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic thereon;

• the impact of any protracted decline in the liquidity of credit markets on our business and the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic thereon;

• the ability of our portfolio companies to achieve their objectives, including as a result of the current COVID-19 pandemic;

• the valuation of our prospective investments in portfolio companies, particularly those having no liquid trading market, and the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic thereon;

• market conditions and our ability to access alternative debt markets and additional debt and equity capital, and the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic thereon;

• our expected financings and investments;

• the adequacy of our cash resources and working capital;

• the timing of cash flows, if any, from the operations of our portfolio companies and the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic thereon; and

• the ability of the Adviser to locate suitable investments for us and to monitor and administer our investments and the impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic thereon.

These statements are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to risks, uncertainties, and other factors, some of which are beyond our control and difficult to predict and could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or forecasted in the forward-looking statements, including without limitation:

• an economic downturn, including as a result of the current COVID-19 pandemic, could impair our portfolio companies’ ability to continue to operate, which could lead to the loss of some or all of our investments in such portfolio companies;

• a contraction of available credit and/or an inability to access the debt or equity markets, including as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, could impair our lending and investment activities;

• interest rate volatility could adversely affect our results, particularly if we elect to use leverage as part of our investment strategy;

3

• currency fluctuations could adversely affect the results of our investments in foreign companies, particularly to the extent that we receive payments denominated in foreign currency rather than U.S. dollars; and

• the risks, uncertainties and other factors we identify in “Item 1A. Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this Registration Statement and in our filings with the SEC.

Although we believe that the assumptions on which these forward-looking statements are based are reasonable, any of those assumptions could prove to be inaccurate, and as a result, the forward-looking statements based on those assumptions also could be inaccurate. In light of these and other uncertainties, the inclusion of a projection or forward-looking statement in this Registration Statement should not be regarded as a representation by us that our plans and objectives will be achieved. These risks and uncertainties include those described or identified in the section entitled “Item 1A. Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this Registration Statement. These forward-looking statements apply only as of the date of this Registration Statement. Moreover, we assume no duty and do not undertake to update the forward-looking statements.

4

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

(a) General Development of Business

The Company is a newly formed, externally managed, non-diversified closed-end management investment company that has elected to be regulated as a BDC under the 1940 Act. The Company’s investment objective is to seek to provide investors with attractive long-term returns through investments made pursuant to the Company’s investment strategy. To seek to achieve its investment objective, the Company expects to invest directly and indirectly in senior secured loans and other debt instruments typically to middle market companies within the healthcare industry, using two differentiated investment strategies: (i) traditional direct lending (“Corporate”): providing typically first lien, senior secured loans to sponsored businesses and (ii) life science lending (“Life Science”): providing typically first lien, senior secured loans to private or public life science companies with strong strategic and venture capital investor support. The Company expects to capitalize on attractive illiquidity premiums, which are excess returns paid to investors in less liquid investments that the Company identifies through its due diligence and underwriting processes, across larger private corporate loans to healthcare borrowers and within the specialty lending market of life science. See “Item 1(c). Description of Business — Market Opportunity — Premium pricing in private corporate loans over public high yield and syndicated leveraged loans and healthcare outperformance.” We believe that the comprehensive regulatory and operational restrictions facing traditional lenders have created a sustained secular demand for private loans to middle market companies that cannot be met by current existing capital providers. We believe that the Company can capitalize on this opportunity and provide investors a portfolio of senior secured, predominantly floating rate loans that provide attractive risk-adjusted returns with current income and limited correlation to traditional asset classes. The Company expects to use leverage as part of its investment strategy.

BDC Election

We have elected to be regulated as a BDC under the 1940 Act. We intend to elect to be treated, and intend to qualify annually thereafter, as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a BDC and a RIC, we will be required to comply with certain regulatory requirements. See “Item 1(c). Description of Business — Regulation as a Business Development Company” and “Item 1(c). Description of Business — Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.”

(b) Financial Information about Industry Segments

Our operations comprise only a single reportable segment.

(c) Description of Business

The Company — SLR HC BDC LLC

SLR HC BDC LLC is a Delaware limited liability company that was formed on July 7, 2020 and is being established to provide investors with attractive long-term returns through investments made pursuant to the investment strategy of the Company (the Company’s investments in portfolio companies are referred to herein as “Portfolio Investments”).

The Company’s principal focus is to invest in two differentiated strategies, first lien healthcare cash flow loans and first lien life science loans. First lien healthcare cash flow loans are expected to be made to private equity-owned upper middle market healthcare companies with EBITDA between approximately $25 million and $100 million. These loan tranches are expected to range in size from $100 million to $300 million. Healthcare cash flow loans are generally expected to have a five to six year final maturity and are often repaid within three years. First lien life science loans are expected to be made to venture capital owned pre-commercialization or early revenue drug and device development companies. These loan tranches are expected to range in size from $25 million to $150 million. Loans to life science companies are generally expected to have an initial interest-

5

only period and then straight-line amortization with a four to five year final maturity. These loans are often repaid within two to three years. The Company expects to primarily invest in non-investment grade debt instruments. The Company also expects that some of its investments will contain delayed-draw term loan type features (which is a legally binding commitment by the Company to fund additional term loans to a borrower in the future) and/or other types of unfunded commitments. The Company will seek to be the single source lender for the majority of its portfolio companies by leveraging the significant capital base at SCP for co-investment opportunities where appropriate. The Company believes many financial sponsors and individual corporate management teams are looking for a single lender to provide the entire debt financing to streamline and simplify the debt negotiation process. In order to provide a single source lender while maintaining appropriate diversification, the Company expects to co-invest with other vehicles managed by SCP including: (i) SLR Investment Corp. (Nasdaq: SLRC), a publicly traded BDC (“SLRC”), (ii) SLR Senior Investment Corp. (Nasdaq: SUNS), a publicly traded BDC (“SUNS”), (iii) SCP Private Credit Income BDC LLC, a private BDC (“PCI BDC”) and (iv) various private funds (together with SLRC, SUNS and PCI BDC, the “SCP Funds”). The Company and the SCP Funds are under common control with SCP. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to co-invest with such other funds, including as a result of legal restrictions and contractual restrictions and, as a result, the Company may not be able to meet its investment objective. The Company believes the potential scale resulting from co-investments with vehicles managed by SCP will provide the Company a significant advantage to source loans over other lenders that do not have the capital base to provide the entire debt financing.

The Adviser believes the deep expertise of the Adviser’s senior investment team will enable the Adviser to successfully identify, assess and structure customized senior secured loans and to manage potential risk and return at all stages of the economic cycle. As a private BDC, the Company will not be subject to many of the regulatory limitations that govern traditional lending institutions, such as banks. This may allow the Company to be more flexible than regulated lending institutions in selecting and structuring investments, adjusting investment criteria, transaction structures and, in some cases, the types of securities in which the Company is expected to invest. The Adviser believes financial sponsors, management teams and investment banks see this flexibility as a benefit, making it an attractive financing partner. The Adviser believes that this approach enables it to procure attractive investment opportunities throughout the economic cycle so that it can make investments consistent with its stated investment objective even during turbulent periods in the capital markets.

Moreover, the Company may opportunistically seek to acquire investments in the secondary market, typically sourced on a proprietary basis (i.e., not as a participant in auctions or similar processes), in certain volatile periods at attractive entry points. In analyzing such investments, the Company will employ the same analytical process it uses for its primary investments as well as any prior knowledge of the target company.

The Adviser will seek to create a predominantly floating rate investment portfolio for the Company. For the avoidance of doubt, any investment guidelines discussed in this Registration Statement apply to a fully ramped-up portfolio of investments, (i.e., after the Company has invested substantially all of the capital available to the Company in accordance with the Company’s investment strategy) and are based on total available capital including unfunded equity commitments from our holders of the Company’s units (“Unitholders”) and total expected leverage, as reasonably determined by the Adviser. There is no guarantee that the Adviser will achieve any investment guidelines discussed in this Registration Statement. The Company will not be required to take any action (including unwinding or liquidating any position) in the event that such guideline is exceeded subsequent to the investment date, whether as a result of changes in the market value of the Company’s portfolio or otherwise.

The Adviser — SLR Capital Partners, LLC

SLR Capital Partners, LLC serves as the Company’s investment adviser pursuant to an investment management agreement between the Company and the Adviser (as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Investment Management Agreement”) that it has entered into with the Adviser prior to the effectiveness of

6

this Registration Statement. Subject to the overall supervision of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”), the Adviser will be responsible for managing the Company’s business and activities, including sourcing investment opportunities, conducting research, performing diligence on potential investments, structuring our investments, and monitoring the Company’s portfolio companies on an ongoing basis through a team of investment professionals. The managing members of the Adviser are Michael Gross and Bruce Spohler. The Adviser has established an Investment Committee that is dedicated to the Company, which is currently comprised of Michael Gross, Bruce Spohler, Philip Guerin, Julie Reyes, Anthony Storino and Krishna Thiyagarajan. See “— Investment Professionals” below.

The Board of Directors

Overall responsibility for the Company’s operations rests with the Board. The Board is responsible for overseeing the Adviser and other service providers in our operations in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act, applicable provisions of state and other laws, and the Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company (as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “LLC Agreement”). The Board currently consists of five members, three of whom are not “interested persons” of the Company as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act. The Company refers to these individuals as our independent directors. The Board elects officers, who serve at the discretion of the Board. The responsibilities of each director will include, among other things, the oversight of investment activities, the quarterly valuation of assets and oversight of financing arrangements. The Board has established an audit committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee and may establish additional committees in the future.

The Private Offering

The Company is organized for investors who may invest through one or more investment funds created by one or more financial institutions unaffiliated with the Company (collectively, the “Access Fund”). Certain other investors may also invest directly in the Company. For those investors who invest through the Access Fund, we expect the Access Fund will issue a pro rata interest to each investor in the Access Fund (the “Access Fund LPs”) that, with respect to each Access Fund LP’s investment in the Access Fund, corresponds to such Access Fund LP’s pro rata share of the Units issued by the Company to the Access Fund. To purchase an interest in the Access Fund, each Access Fund LP will be required to represent that it is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a) of Regulation D promulgated under the 1933 Act (an “Accredited Investor”). To purchase Units, investors must be Accredited Investors and “qualified purchasers” for purposes of Section 3(c)(7) of the 1940 Act, or “knowledgeable employees” or companies owned exclusively by “knowledgeable employees” for purposes of the rules promulgated under the 1940 Act. Any sale of Units outside of the United States will be conducted in accordance with Regulation S under the 1933 Act. We expect the Access Fund will pass its voting rights in respect of any Units of the Company held by the Access Fund through to the Access Fund LPs.

Closing

Closings may be held at the discretion of the Company at any time prior to twelve (12) months after the Company’s final closing with the Access Fund (the “Offering Period”), which was held on February 11, 2021. The Offering Period may be extended or amended by the Company, in consultation with its placement agent, upon the approval of the Company’s independent directors. At each closing, investors will make capital commitments to the Company (each, a “Commitment”) pursuant to a subscription agreement entered into with the Company (a “Subscription Agreement”). Unitholders will be required to make capital contributions, in an aggregate amount that does not exceed each Unitholder’s remaining commitment, each time the Adviser delivers a capital call notice. Commitments will be drawn pro rata from Unitholders based on the relative unfunded commitment of each Unitholder on the date the capital call notice is issued. See “Item 11. Description of Registrant’s Securities to be Registered – Company Structure and Capital Call Mechanics; Default Provisions.”

7

Investment Period

Commitments may be drawn down from time to time until the date that is the earlier of (x) an Exchange Listing (as defined below) or (y) four (4) years after the end of the Offering Period of the Company (such period, the “Investment Period”). After the end of the Investment Period, Commitments may be called only to (i) make investments which were in process (e.g., investments for which the Company has submitted a binding or non-binding bid or indication of interest) but were not yet consummated as of the end of the Investment Period, the Board having been notified of such Portfolio Investments, (ii) cover accrued and/or anticipated expenses, liabilities and obligations of the Company, including amounts owing or which may become due under any borrowings or other extensions of credit, (iii) make “follow-on” investments as may be advisable in the Adviser’s sole discretion in order to enhance, preserve or protect one or more of the Company’s existing Portfolio Investments (subject to a maximum amount of 20% of aggregate Commitments), and (iv) adjust any hedging positions as the Adviser may deem advisable.

Term

The term of the Company will be seven (7) years from the end of the Offering Period (unless the Company is terminated earlier or effectuates an Exchange Listing as set forth in the LLC Agreement), but may be extended by the Board for up to two (2) consecutive one-year periods upon approval of the Company’s independent directors and the approval of Unitholders, which approval will be obtained through a non-1940 Act vote as described in “Item 11. Description of Registrant’s Securities to be Registered — Process for Required Approvals” below. The Offering Period is expected to last for twelve (12) months following the Company’s final closing with the Access Fund, which was held on February 11, 2021, but may be extended or amended by the Company, in consultation with its placement agent, upon the approval of the Company’s independent directors. The Company may be dissolved and its affairs wound up prior to the end of the term under the circumstances set forth in the LLC Agreement. Unitholders generally will not be permitted to voluntarily withdraw or redeem their Units prior to the termination of the Company.

Exchange Listing

At any time prior to the end of the Term, subject to any requirements of the 1940 Act and applicable law, the Board may, without the approval of Unitholders, cause the Units (or securities into which the Units are converted or exchanged) to be listed for trading on a national securities exchange (an “Exchange Listing”). In connection with any such Exchange Listing, subject to any requirements of the 1940 Act and applicable law, the Board may, without the approval of Unitholders, cause the Company to complete (i) an initial public offering, (ii) a merger with another entity, including an affiliated company, subject to any limitations under the 1940 Act, (iii) the sale, exchange or disposition of all or a portion of the assets of the Company, or (iv) a conversion of the Company into a corporation incorporated in a state determined by the Board, either through a conversion in accordance with applicable law, a merger with or into an existing corporation, or otherwise, in which all Units will be converted into or exchanged for shares of common stock of the resulting corporation.

If the Company is unable to effectuate an Exchange Listing prior to the end of the Term, the Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to wind down or liquidate pursuant to the procedures set forth in the LLC Agreement.

The Units are not currently listed on an exchange and given that we have no current intention of pursuing an Exchange Listing in the near term, it is unlikely that a secondary trading market will develop for the Units. In addition, given that there is no guarantee on if or when the Company will be able to consummate an Exchange Listing and the fact that the Company will not seek to wind down and/or liquidate and dissolve until the end of the Term, an investment in the Units is not suitable for investors that may need access to the money they invest in the foreseeable future.

8

Lock-Up Period

Prior to an Exchange Listing, and except as provided in the LLC Agreement, a Unitholder may not withdraw its capital contribution or sell, assign or transfer its Units without the prior written consent of the Adviser, which the Adviser may grant or withhold in its sole and absolute discretion. Following an Exchange Listing, during the Lock-Up Period (as defined below), a Unitholder will be restricted from: (1) offering, pledging, selling, contracting to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchasing any option or contract to sell, granting any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transferring or disposing of, directly or indirectly, any Units, securities into which the Units are converted, or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any Units, or publicly disclosing the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition, (2) entering into any swap or other arrangement that transfers all or a portion of the economic consequences associated with the ownership of Units or any such other securities (regardless of whether any of these transactions are to be settled by the delivery of Units or such other securities, in cash or otherwise), or (3) if applicable, making any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any Units or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Units. The “Lock-Up Period” is (i) 180 days after the date of an Exchange Listing for all Units held by a Unitholder, (ii) 270 days after the date of an Exchange Listing for two-thirds of the Units held by a Unitholder, and (iii) 365 days after the date of an Exchange Listing for one-third of the Units held by a Unitholder. The lock-up will apply to all Units acquired prior to an Exchange Listing, but will not apply to any securities of the Company acquired after the date of an Exchange Listing.

Investment Management Agreement

Subject to the overall supervision of the Board, the Adviser will manage the investments of, and provide certain services to, the Company pursuant to the Investment Management Agreement, including providing overall investment management services to the Company in accordance with the LLC Agreement and in accordance with the 1940 Act, including without limitation:

(i) sourcing, structuring, negotiating, underwriting, performing diligence, originating and disposing of investments of the Company;

(ii) making all investment decisions for the Company;

(iii) servicing investments of the Company including, without limitation, monitoring the investments and the creditworthiness of all issuers, developing and executing work out strategies where applicable;

(iv) overseeing the placement of purchase and sale orders on behalf of the Company, including, without limitation, realization of the Company’s assets during a wind down and/or liquidation of the Company’s affairs (unless otherwise provided in the LLC Agreement);

(v) undertaking certain compliance-related activities in respect of the Company in accordance with the Company’s investment objective;

(vi) providing good faith recommendations for valuations of Company investments for which market quotes are not readily available pursuant to the LLC Agreement;

(vii) voting proxies, exercise rights, options, warrants, conversion privileges, and redemption privileges, and tender securities pursuant to a tender offer;

(viii) entering into agreements and executing any documents (including, but not limited to, any loan or credit facility agreements), including without limitation, any market and/or industry standard documentation and standard representations contained therein; and

(ix) providing periodic and special reports to the Company as requested.

The Company expects to engage or otherwise transact with, and expects that its special-purpose vehicles (such as special-purpose vehicles used for credit facilities or tax blockers) in which it may invest will engage or otherwise transact with, one or more Service Providers in connection with its investment process, including in respect of

9

Portfolio Investments. “Service Providers” include consultants (including in connection with the acquisition, management and disposition of Portfolio Investments), advisors, transaction finders or sources, operating partners, loan and other servicers, loan and other originators, property and other asset managers, investment bankers, valuation agents, pricing service providers, legal counsel, appraisers, industry or sector experts, joint venture partners and development partners, contract employees, outside legal counsel and/or temporary employees (as well as employees of any of the foregoing), whether working onsite or offsite. Any fees, costs, expenses and liabilities incurred in connection with services provided by Service Providers will be borne (directly or indirectly) by the Company, subject to the cap on operating expenses described under “—Payment of Our Expenses under the Investment Management Agreement”, and will not offset Management Fees (defined herein), and such amounts may be substantial.

Term

Unless earlier terminated as described below, the Investment Management Agreement will remain in effect for a period of two years from February 1, 2021, the date it first became effective, and will remain in effect from year-to-year thereafter if approved annually by a majority of the Board or by the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities and, in each case, a majority of the independent directors, in accordance with the requirements of the 1940 Act.

The Investment Management Agreement will automatically terminate in the event of its “assignment” within the meaning of the 1940 Act and related SEC guidance and interpretations. In accordance with the 1940 Act, without payment of any penalty, we may terminate the Investment Management Agreement with the Adviser upon 60 days’ written notice. In addition, without payment of any penalty, the Adviser may generally terminate the Investment Management Agreement upon 60 days’ written notice.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time during the term of the Investment Management Agreement, the Adviser may assign the full and exclusive authority and responsibility granted to it under the Investment Management Agreement to an investment adviser under common control with the Adviser, subject to applicable law. The Adviser may take any actions that are necessary or incidental to any such assignment, including assigning the Investment Management Agreement or causing the Company to enter into a new Investment Management Agreement. It is expected that (x) any new investment adviser would be a registered investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”), (y) the management fee and incentive fee payable by the Company to such entities would be identical to that payable to the Adviser and (z) certain of the investment professionals would continue to be responsible for managing the Company’s assets.

Removal of Adviser

Pursuant to the 1940 Act, the Adviser may be removed by the Board or by the affirmative vote of a Majority of the Outstanding Units upon 60 days’ written notice. “Majority of the Outstanding Units” means the lesser of (1) 67% or more of the outstanding Units present, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding Units are present or represented by proxy or (2) a majority of outstanding Units.

Compensation of Adviser

Pursuant to the Investment Management Agreement we have entered into with the Adviser, we intend to pay the Adviser certain management and incentive fees prior to and following an Exchange Listing. Prior to an Exchange Listing, we intend to pay the Adviser, in its capacity as Administrative Coordinator, an administration fee for administrative and coordination services, each as defined and described further below. Following an Exchange Listing, we intend to enter into a separate administration agreement with an affiliate pursuant to which administrative services would be provided to the Company, as described further below. The cost of the base management fee, the incentive fee and the administration fee will ultimately be borne by our Unitholders.

10

Management Fees

The Company will pay the Adviser a management fee prior to an Exchange Listing (as the same may be adjusted pursuant to the LLC Agreement and the Investment Management Agreement, the “Pre-Exchange Listing Management Fee”) and a management fee following an Exchange Listing (as the same may be adjusted pursuant to the LLC Agreement and the Investment Management Agreement, the “Post-Exchange Listing Management Fee” and, together with the Pre-Exchange Listing Management Fee, the “Management Fee”). The Management Fee will be payable quarterly in arrears, as follows:

• Pre-Exchange Listing. Prior to an Exchange Listing, the Pre-Exchange Listing Management Fee will be calculated as of the close of business on the last day of each calendar quarter in an amount equal to 1.50% per annum of Invested Capital (defined as, as of any date, the sum of (i) capital contributions to the Company used to make Portfolio Investments and (ii) the total amount of credit drawn on subscription or similarly structured credit facilities).

• Post-Exchange Listing. Following an Exchange Listing, the Post-Exchange Listing Management Fee will be an amount equal to 1.50% per annum of the average value of the Company’s total assets at the end of the two most recently completed calendar quarters; provided, however, the Post-Exchange Listing Management Fee will be calculated at an annual rate of 1.00% of the average value of the Company’s total assets at the end of the two most recently completed calendar quarters that exceeds the product of (i) 200% and (ii) the value of the Company’s total net assets at the end of the immediately preceding calendar quarter.

The Management Fee will be appropriately adjusted for any stub period. The Adviser may arrange for the Company to direct to a placement agent any portion of the Incentive Fee (as defined below) which the Adviser is owed for purposes of paying any placement fee that the Adviser owes to such placement agent.

The Adviser will have the right, in its sole discretion, to waive or reduce, as well as recoup in a subsequent period, the Management Fee to which the Adviser is entitled in respect of all Unitholders’ Units in any particular calendar quarter. Any such Management Fee may be recouped by the Adviser in a future calendar quarter within three years of the date of the applicable waiver of the Management Fee.

Incentive Fee

Distributions. Prior to an Exchange Listing, the Company will make distributions out of two categories: Current Proceeds and Disposition Proceeds (collectively referred to as “Investment Proceeds”). “Disposition Proceeds” means all amounts received by the Company upon the disposition of an investment, including full or partial repayments or amortization of principal (but excluding Current Proceeds). “Current Proceeds” means all proceeds from investments, including interest income, fee income, prepayment fees and exit fees, other than Disposition Proceeds, less Company expenses. The Adviser will apportion each Unitholder’s pro rata share of Investment Proceeds between Disposition Proceeds and Current Proceeds.

Pre-Exchange Listing Incentive Fee. Prior to an Exchange Listing, and subject to availability, the Company will cause distributable cash to be distributed to Unitholders and to be paid to the Adviser as an incentive fee (the “Pre-Exchange Listing Incentive Fee”). Amounts of Investment Proceeds apportioned to Unitholders will be divided between and distributed to Unitholders, on the one hand, and the Adviser, on the other hand, in the following amounts and order of priority:

(i) Disposition Proceeds apportioned to Unitholders shall be divided between and distributed to Unitholders, on the one hand, and paid to the Adviser as a Pre-Exchange Listing Incentive Fee, on the other hand, in the following amounts and order of priority:

(A) First, Return of Capital Contributions: 100% to such Unitholder until such Unitholders has received cumulative distributions of Investment Proceeds pursuant to this clause (A) equal to such Unitholder’s total

11

capital contributions to the Company (including amounts contributed to pay Pre-Exchange Listing Management Fees, Pre-Exchange Listing Administration Fees, Organizational Expenses and other Company expenses);

(B) Second, Unitholder Preferred Return: 100% of all remaining Disposition Proceeds to Unitholders until they have each received cumulative distributions of Investment Proceeds, without duplication, pursuant to this clause (B) and clause (D) below and clause (ii)(A) and (ii)(C) below equal to 6% per annum, compounded annually, on Unitholders’ capital contributions to the Company (including amounts contributed to pay Pre-Exchange Listing Management Fees, Pre-Exchange Listing Administration Fees, Organizational Expenses and other Company expenses), determined on the basis of all capital contributions made by such Unitholder and considering all distributions (including the subject distribution) under this “—Pre-Exchange Listing Incentive Fee” made to such Unitholder (computed from the dates that such capital contributions were due (or, if actually made later, the date on which such capital contributions were actually made) until the date that the Company, in its sole discretion, designates distributable cash as available for distribution or, if no such designation is made, the occurrence of an Event of Dissolution, as defined in the LLC Agreement) (the “Preferred Return”);

(C) Third, Adviser Catch Up: 100% of all remaining Disposition Proceeds to the Adviser as a Pre-Exchange Listing Incentive Fee, until the Adviser has received payments of Investment Proceeds with respect to Unitholders pursuant to this clause (C) and clause (ii)(B) below equal to 10% of the total amounts due to Unitholders and earned by the Adviser pursuant to clause (B) above and this clause (C) and clause (ii)(A) and (ii)(B) below; and

(D) Fourth, 90%/10%: 90% of all remaining Disposition Proceeds to Unitholders and 10% of all remaining Disposition Proceeds to the Adviser as a Pre-Exchange Listing Incentive Fee.

In no event will the Adviser receive amounts of Pre-Exchange Listing Incentive Fees under clause (i)(C) and (i)(D) above in excess of the percentage of the Disposition Proceeds actually distributed to Unitholders pursuant to clause (i)(B), (i)(C) and (i)(D) above.

In no event will the Adviser receive amounts attributable to Disposition Proceeds that, as of any distribution or payment date, exceeds 20% of cumulative realized capital gains net of all cumulative realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation.

(ii) Current Proceeds apportioned to Unitholders shall be divided between and distributed to Unitholders, on the one hand, and paid to the Adviser as a Pre-Exchange Listing Incentive Fee, on the other hand, in the following amounts and order of priority:

(A) First, Unitholder Preferred Return: 100% of all Current Proceeds to Unitholders until Unitholders have received cumulative distributions of Investment Proceeds, without duplication, pursuant to this clause (A) and clause (C) below and pursuant to clause (i)(B) and clause (i)(D) above equal to the Preferred Return;

(B) Second, Adviser Catch Up: Second, 100% of all remaining Current Proceeds to the Adviser as a Pre-Exchange Listing Incentive Fee until the Adviser has received payments of Investment Proceeds with respect to Unitholders pursuant to this clause (B) and clause (i)(C) above equal to 10% of the total amounts due to Unitholders and earned by the Adviser pursuant to clause (A) above and this clause (B) and pursuant to clause (i)(B) and clause (i)(C) above; and

(C) Third, 90%/10%: Thereafter, 90% of all remaining Current Proceeds to Unitholders and 10% of all remaining Current Proceeds to the Adviser as a Pre-Exchange Listing Incentive Fee.

In no event will the Adviser receive amounts of Pre-Exchange Listing Incentive Fees under clause (ii)(B) and (ii)(C) above in excess of the percentage of the Current Proceeds actually distributed to Unitholders pursuant to clause (ii)(A), (ii)(B) and (ii)(C) above.

12

Post-Exchange Listing Incentive Fee. Following an Exchange Listing, the Company will pay an incentive fee to the Adviser consisting of two parts, as follows (the “Post-Exchange Listing Incentive Fee”):

(i) Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income. One part will be calculated and payable quarterly in arrears based on the net investment income for the immediately preceding calendar quarter.

a. For this purpose, Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income means interest income, dividend income and any other income (including any other fees (other than fees for providing managerial assistance), such as commitment, origination, structuring, diligence and consulting fees or other fees that the Company receives from portfolio companies) accrued by the Company during the calendar quarter, minus the Company’s operating expenses for the quarter (including the Post-Exchange Listing Management Fees, expenses payable under an administration agreement, and any interest expense and dividends paid on any issued and outstanding preferred stock, but excluding the Post-Exchange Listing Incentive Fee).

b. Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income does not include any realized capital gains, realized capital losses or unrealized capital appreciation or depreciation. Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, expressed as a rate of return on the value of the Company’s net assets at the end of the immediately preceding calendar quarter, will be compared to a “hurdle rate” of 1.50% per quarter (6.00% annualized). The Company’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income used to calculate this part of the Post-Exchange Listing Incentive Fee is also included in the amount of its gross assets used to calculate the 1.50% Post-Exchange Listing Management Fees.

c. The Company will pay the Adviser a Post-Exchange Listing Incentive Fee with respect to the Company’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income in each calendar quarter as follows:

i. no Post-Exchange Listing Incentive Fee in any calendar quarter in which the Company’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income does not exceed the quarterly hurdle rate of 1.50%;

ii. 100% of the Company’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income with respect to that portion of such Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, if any, that exceeds the hurdle rate but is less than 1.875% in any calendar quarter (7.5% annualized); this portion of the Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income (which exceeds the hurdle but is less than 1.875%) is referred to herein as the “catch-up.” The “catch-up” is meant to provide the Adviser with 20% of the Company’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income as if a hurdle did not apply if this Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income exceeds 1.875% in any calendar quarter; and

iii. 20% of the amount of the Company’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, if any, that exceeds 1.875% in any calendar quarter (7.5% annualized) payable to the Adviser (once the hurdle is reached and the catch-up is achieved, 20% of all Pre-Incentive Fee Net investment income thereafter is allocated to the Adviser).

These calculations will be appropriately pro-rated for any period of less than three months.

Capital Gains Fee. The second part of the Post-Exchange Listing Incentive Fee, the “Capital Gains Fee”, will be determined and payable in arrears as of the end of each calendar year (or upon termination of the Investment Management Agreement as set forth below), commencing as of the end of the first fiscal year following an Exchange Listing, and will equal 20.0% of the Company’s realized capital gains, if any, on a cumulative basis through the end of each calendar year, computed net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation as of each fiscal year end, less the amount of any previously paid capital gain Post-Exchange Listing Incentive Fees, with respect to the Company; provided that the Post-Exchange Listing Incentive Fee determined as of the end of the fiscal year in which an Exchange Listing is completed will be calculated for a period of shorter than twelve calendar months to take into account any realized capital gains computed net of all realized

13

capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation. In the event that the Investment Management Agreement will terminate as of a date that is not a calendar year end, the termination date will be treated as though it were a calendar year end for purposes of calculating and paying a Capital Gains Fee.

Incentive Fee Waiver and Recoupment.

The Adviser will have the right to waive or reduce, in its sole discretion, as well as recoup in a subsequent period, all or any portion of the Pre-Exchange Listing Incentive Fee or Post-Exchange Listing Incentive Fee that would otherwise be earned in any particular calendar quarter, and may cause any or all amounts subsequently available for distribution to the Unitholders to be distributed to the Adviser until it has received the same aggregate amount of Pre-Exchange Listing Incentive Fees or post-Exchange Listing Incentive Fees had it not previously waived receipt of such Pre-Exchange Listing Incentive Fees or Post-Exchange Listing Incentive Fees. Any such Pre-Exchange Listing Incentive Fees or Post-Exchange Listing Incentive Fees may be recouped by the Adviser in a future calendar quarter within three years of the date of the applicable waiver of the Pre-Exchange Listing Incentive Fee or Post-Exchange Listing Incentive Fee.

The Adviser will be entitled to withhold from any distributions, in its discretion, any required tax withholdings. Amounts of taxes paid or withheld from amounts otherwise distributable to a Unitholder will be deemed distributed for purposes of the calculations above.

The Adviser may arrange for the Company to direct to a placement agent any portion of the Pre-Exchange Listing Incentive Fee or Post-Exchange Listing Incentive Fee which the Adviser is owed for purposes of paying any placement fee that the Adviser owes to such placement agent.

Administration Fees and Expenses

Pre-Exchange Listing Administration Fees. The Company will pay SLR Capital Partners, LLC, in its capacity as the Administrative Coordinator, a fee (the “Pre-Exchange Listing Administration Fee”), calculated as of the close of business in New York, New York on the last day of each calendar quarter (the “Administration Fee Calculation Date”), in an amount equal to 0.08% per annum of the average Cost Basis (defined as, as of any date, the aggregate accreted and amortized cost of all Portfolio Investments, including (i) any amounts reinvested in Portfolio Investments and (ii) the cost of Portfolio Investments acquired using leverage), as measured on the last day of the preceding quarter and the last day of the current quarter for the period ended and payable quarterly in arrears after such Administration Fee Calculation Date. The Pre-Exchange Listing Administration Fee will not offset any fees paid to the Adviser. The Administrative Coordinator will be responsible for all expenses of its own staff responsible for (i) certain on-going, routine, non-investment-related administrative services for the Company, (ii) the coordination of various third party services needed or required by the Company and (iii) certain Unitholder servicing functions.

The Pre-Exchange Listing Administration Fee will be appropriately adjusted for any stub period.

The Administrative Coordinator will have the right, in its sole discretion, to waive, as well as recoup in a subsequent period, the Pre-Exchange Listing Administration Fee to which it is entitled in respect of all Unitholders’ Units in any particular calendar quarter. Any such Pre-Exchange Listing Administration Fee may be recouped by the Administrative Coordinator in a future calendar quarter within three years of the date of the applicable waiver of the Pre-Exchange Listing Administration Fee.

Post-Exchange Listing Administration Expenses. In connection with an Exchange Listing, and subject to Board approval, the Company intends to enter into an administration agreement with SLR Capital Management, LLC

(f/k/a Solar Capital Management, LLC) (“SCM”) pursuant to which SCM will provide administrative services to the Company. For providing these services, facilities and personnel, the Company will reimburse SCM for the Company’s allocable portion of overhead and other expenses incurred by SCM in performing its obligations under the administration agreement (together with the Pre-Exchange Listing Administration Fee, the “Administration Expenses”).

14

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification

The Investment Management Agreement provides that the Adviser (which includes, for all purposes of this paragraph, its members, principals, officers, managers, investors, employees and other representatives and agents and entities controlling, controlled by or under common control with the Adviser) will not be liable to the Company or to the Unitholders for any loss suffered by the Company or the Unitholders which arises out of any action or inaction of the Adviser taken or made by the Adviser in good faith and in the belief that such action or inaction is in or is not contrary to the best interests of the Company, except for any loss resulting from fraud, willful misfeasance, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties of the Adviser in the conduct of the Adviser’s office, and except as otherwise required by applicable law. In addition, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless the Adviser, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, against any loss resulting from claims or threatened claims with respect to the Adviser’s performance or non-performance of its obligations pursuant to the Investment Management Agreement, except for any such loss resulting from fraud, willful misfeasance, gross negligence or reckless disregard of duties of the Adviser in the conduct of the Adviser’s office.

Adviser Clawback

Prior to an Exchange Listing, and in connection with the liquidation of the Company, the Adviser will be required to restore funds to the Company for distribution to the Unitholders if and to the extent that the Adviser has received cumulative Pre-Exchange Listing Incentive Fees in excess of the Pre-Exchange Listing Incentive Fees that would have been payable to the Adviser if the formulas set forth under “ – Compensation of Adviser – Incentive Fee” above were applied on an aggregate basis covering all transactions of the Company; provided, however, that in no event will the Adviser be required to contribute an aggregate amount in excess of 100% of the net amount distributed to the Adviser (net of taxes) on account of its Pre-Exchange Listing Incentive Fees. In addition, the Adviser will apply an interim Pre-Exchange Listing Incentive Fee adjustment at the end of each fiscal year so that, in the event of any over-distribution of Pre-Exchange Listing Incentive Fee to the Adviser (measured with respect to each Unitholder at the end of the applicable fiscal year as if the Company were to liquidate on such date), future distributions that would, absent such interim incentive fee adjustment, otherwise be distributed to the Adviser as a Pre-Exchange Listing Incentive Fee, shall be distributed to such Unitholder until such over-distribution (net of taxes payable by the Adviser with respect to such Pre-Exchange Listing Incentive Fee) has been eliminated.

Board Approval of the Investment Management Agreement

The Board held a virtual meeting on September 16, 2020 to consider and approve the Investment Management Agreement and related matters. In reliance on certain exemptive relief provided by the SEC in connection with the global COVID-19 pandemic, the Board undertook to ratify the Investment Management Agreement at its next in-person meeting. In its consideration of the approval of the Investment Management Agreement, the Board considered, among other things:

• The nature, extent and quality of advisory and other services proposed to be provided by SLR Capital Partners, and concluded that such proposed advisory and other services are satisfactory;

• The experience and qualifications of the personnel expected to provide such proposed advisory and other services, including information about the backgrounds of the investment personnel, the allocation of responsibilities among such personnel and the proposed process by which investment decisions are made, and concluded that the investment personnel of SLR Capital Partners have extensive experience and are well qualified to provide the proposed advisory and other services to the Company;

• The proposed fee structure, the existence of any proposed fee waivers, and the Company’s anticipated expense ratios in relation to those of other investment companies having comparable investment policies and limitations, and concluded that the proposed fee structure is reasonable;

15

• The proposed advisory fees charged by SLR Capital Partners to the Company and comparative data regarding the advisory fees charged by other investment advisers to BDCs with similar investment objectives, and concluded that the proposed advisory fees charged by SLR Capital Partners to the Company are reasonable;

• The anticipated direct and indirect costs, including for personnel and office facilities, that are incurred by SLR Capital Partners and its affiliates in performing services for the Company and the basis of determining and allocating these anticipated costs, and concluded that the anticipated direct and indirect costs, including the allocation of such anticipated costs, are reasonable;

• Possible economies of scale arising from the Company’s size and/or anticipated growth, and the extent to which such economies of scale are reflected in the proposed advisory fees to be charged by SLR Capital Partners to the Company, and concluded that some economies of scale may be possible in the future;

• Other possible benefits to SLR Capital Partners and its affiliates arising from their relationships with the Company, and concluded that all such other benefits were not material to SLR Capital Partners and its affiliates; and

• Possible alternative fee structures or bases for determining fees, and concluded that the Company’s current proposed fee structure and bases for determining fees are satisfactory.

Based on the information reviewed and the factors detailed above, the Board, including a majority of the directors who are not “interested persons” as defined in the 1940 Act, considered whether the proposed fees payable to SLR Capital Partners pursuant to the Investment Management Agreement are reasonable, and comparable to the fees paid by other management investment companies with similar investment objectives, in relation to the services to be provided. The Board did not assign relative weights to the above factors or the other factors considered by it. Individual members of the Board may have given different weights to different factors.

Administration Services

The description below of Administration Services is only a summary and is not necessarily complete. The description set forth below is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Investment Management Agreement attached as an exhibit to this Registration Statement.

Pre-Exchange Listing. Prior to an Exchange Listing, pursuant to the Investment Management Agreement, the Adviser will also be appointed to provide administrative and coordination services to the Company (in such capacity, the “Administrative Coordinator”). The Administrative Coordinator will supervise or provide the Company’s administrative services, including operational trade support, net asset value (“NAV”) calculations, financial reporting, fund accounting, registrar and transfer agent services. The Administrative Coordinator will also provide assistance to the Adviser in connection with communicating with investors and other persons with respect to the Company. The Administrative Coordinator will not provide any investment advisory or investment management services to the Company. In the event that the Administrative Coordinator is terminated or resigns as the administrative coordinator to the Fund, the Fund reserves the ability to appoint one or more different or replacement administrative coordinators in its sole discretion at any time without notice to the Unitholders. Pursuant to the Investment Management Agreement, the Company will pay the Administrative Coordinator the Pre-Exchange Listing Administration Fee for its services. See “— Administration Fees and Expenses.”

The Investment Management Agreement contains limitations on liability and indemnifications in favor of the Administrative Coordinator, provided that the Administrative Coordinator’s actions do not constitute fraud, bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct (collectively, “Wrongful Conduct”). The Administrative Coordinator’s liability to the Company is subject to an overall cap (except where the Administrative Coordinator has engaged in Wrongful Conduct). In the event that the Administrative Coordinator is terminated or resigns as the administrative coordinator to the Company, the Board reserves the ability to appoint one or more different or

16

replacement administrative coordinators in its sole discretion at any time without notice to the Unitholders, or to assume the Administrative Coordinator’s role on the same or similar terms in providing administration services to the Company.

Our Board will approve the engagement of the Administrative Coordinator on an annual basis. In connection with such approval, the Board, including a majority of independent directors, reviews the engagement of the Administrative Coordinator to determine that the relevant provisions of the Investment Management Agreement are carried out satisfactorily and to determine, among other things, whether the fees payable to the Administrative Coordinator are reasonable in light of the services provided. The Board also considers the possibility of obtaining such services from a different third party and whether any other third party service provider would be capable of providing all such services at comparable cost, quality and timeliness.

Post-Exchange Listing. As described above, in connection with an Exchange Listing, and subject to Board approval, the Company intends to enter into an administration agreement with SCM pursuant to which SCM will provide administrative services to the Company. For providing these services, facilities and personnel, the Company will reimburse SCM for the Company’s allocable portion of overhead and other expenses incurred by SCM in performing its obligations under the administration agreement.

Payment of Our Expenses under the Investment Management Agreement

The Company will (directly or indirectly) bear:

(i) all of its fees, costs, expenses and liabilities, all of its investment-related fees, costs, expenses and liabilities (including with respect to amounts incurred prior to the Company’s initial closing) and all of its other operating fees, costs, expenses and liabilities, including all fees, due diligence costs and other fees, costs, expenses and liabilities related to the identification, sourcing, evaluation, pursuit, acquisition, holding, appraisals, asset management, restructuring and disposing of investments, including all reasonable travel-related fees, costs, expenses and liabilities, including lodging and meals, all fees, costs, expenses and liabilities of legal counsel and financial and other advisers incurred in connection therewith, all fees, costs, expenses and liabilities of information technology services relating to the ongoing management of investments, and all other investment-related fees, costs, expenses and liabilities (to the extent not reimbursed by the relevant portfolio company);

(ii) all fees, costs, expenses and liabilities related to any audits or agreed upon procedures, tax forms and return preparations and filings, custodian fees and expenses, fund accounting, administrator services, financial statement preparation and reporting, web services for the benefit of Unitholders, delivery costs and expenses in connection with reporting obligations and communications and compliance services;

(iii) all fees, costs, expenses and liabilities relating to insurance policies (including director and officer liability insurance) maintained by or for the Company, including in respect of Portfolio Investments and/or personnel of the Adviser, the Administrative Coordinator and their affiliates;

(iv) other administrative fees, costs, and liabilities;

(v) all fees, costs, expenses and liabilities of brokers, transaction finders and other intermediaries, including brokerage commissions and spreads, and all other transaction-related fees, costs, expenses and liabilities, including reverse break-up fees

(vi) all fees, costs, expenses and liabilities relating to derivatives and hedging transactions;

(vii) all principal amounts of, and interest expense on, borrowings and guarantees, and all other fees, costs, expenses and liabilities arising out of borrowings and guarantees, including the arranging and maintenance thereof, whether incurred by the Company or incurred or facilitated by a special purpose vehicle that makes Portfolio Investments;

17

(viii) Management Fees;

(ix) Administration Expenses;

(x) all fees, costs, expenses and liabilities incurred through the use or engagement of Service Providers;

(xi) all taxes, fees, penalties and other governmental charges levied against the Company (see “Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations” below) and all fees, costs, expenses, penalties and liabilities related to tax compliance;

(xii) all fees, costs, expenses and liabilities of the Company’s legal counsel related to extraordinary matters, including expenses for any dispute resolution (including litigation and regulatory-related legal expenses);

(xiii) all fees, costs, expenses and liabilities relating to legal, governance and regulatory compliance and filings, including securities law filings relating to Portfolio Investments;

(xiv) all fees, costs, expenses and liabilities related to the Company’s indemnification or contribution obligations;

(xv) all fees, costs, expenses and liabilities for subscription services (to the extent such subscription is required by a placement agent);

(xvi) any required regulatory filings and related legal fees;

(xvii) all fees, costs, expenses and liabilities of liquidating the Company;

(xviii) transfer agent services;

(xix) any other fees, costs, expenses and liabilities not specifically assumed by the Adviser or the Administrative Coordinator.

(xx) all fees, costs, expenses and liabilities of the independent directors, including resources retained by the independent directors, or on their behalf, while representing and/or acting on behalf of all Unitholders; and

(xxi) all fees, costs, expenses and liabilities related to an Exchange Listing (including any transactions effectuated in connection therewith) or other business combination.

In addition, prior to an Exchange Listing, the aggregate amount of the operating expenses relating to Unitholders investing directly in the Company set forth in clauses (ii)-(iv) and the operating expenses included in sub-clauses (xiii) and (xvi) related to U.S. regulatory bodies above borne by the Company (directly or indirectly) will not exceed the following limits in any fiscal year: (A) if the Company has less than or equal to $400 million in Commitments, an amount equal to the sum of (x) the product of the Commitments and 0.0025 and (y) $1.25 million, or (B) if the Company has greater than $400 million in Commitments, $2.25 million (such figure, the “Operating Expense Cap”). Any amount in excess of the Operating Expense Cap for any fiscal year will be paid by the Adviser. Solely by way of example, if Commitments equal $350,000,000, the Operating Expense Cap will be equal to $2,125,000. For the avoidance of doubt, (i) the Operating Expense Cap will not apply to any fees, costs, expenses and liabilities allocable to persons investing indirectly in the Company through any Unitholder or in connection with (xxi) above, (ii) the Company will not bear the costs of any third-party valuation agent engaged solely for purposes of valuing the Company’s portfolio investments at each quarter end and (iii) the Operating Expense Cap will no longer apply upon the effectuation of an Exchange Listing.

The Adviser or Administrative Coordinator and/or their affiliates may advance to the Company organizational fees, costs, expenses and liabilities of the Company, including legal expenses, incurred in connection with the initial offering of Units and the formation and establishment of the Company (the “Organizational Expenses”). The Adviser or Administrative Coordinator (or such affiliate) will be reimbursed by the Company for such advanced expenses in an amount not to exceed $500,000. The Company will be responsible for and pay (or reimburse) the Organizational Expenses subject to the cap described in the preceding sentence.

18

Placement Agreement

The Company has retained certain third parties to find potential investors (i.e., a “placement agent”). If an investor purchases Units through a placement agent, the Adviser may be subject to finder-related fees, the arrangements of which are set forth in detail in our Private Placement Memorandum.

Use of Name

Pursuant to the LLC Agreement, SCP has granted us a non-exclusive license to use the name “SLR HC BDC LLC” as the name of the Company and in connection with the marketing and operation of the Company. We have a right to use the “SLR HC BDC LLC” name for so long as the Adviser or one of its affiliates remains our investment adviser. Other than with respect to this limited license, we have no legal right to the “SLR HC BDC LLC” name or logo.

Market Opportunity

The Company will focus on providing private corporate loans to middle market companies within the healthcare industry. We believe that the Company is well-positioned to provide a superior risk-adjusted return relative to publicly-traded corporate bonds and loans for the following reasons:

The U.S. healthcare sector presents a large and compelling opportunity set due to its demonstrated resilience in prior recessions and growing demand driven by an aging population, increased incidence of chronic diseases, and legislation providing greater access to treatment. Healthcare service providers remain fragmented with inefficient operations presenting opportunities for consolidation and innovation. Driven by these industry tailwinds, U.S. healthcare private equity deal volume rose to approximately $115 billion in 2019¹. We expect that as the COVID-19 slowdown abates, the healthcare sector will continue to attract significant private equity interest and present an attractive opportunity set for well-capitalized lenders with specialized healthcare experience and a track-record of successfully partnering with financial sponsors and management teams.

Sizeable and growing segment of the economy²:

• In 2018, U.S. healthcare spending increased to approximately $3.6 trillion, or approximately 18% of gross domestic product (“GDP”), up from 13% of GD in 2000.

• U.S. healthcare spending is estimated to increase to 20% of GDP by 2026.

• Since 2000, healthcare spending has grown at 5.6% annually compared to overall GDP growth of 2.9%.Medicare, Medicaid and other government healthcare programs consume 29% of total federal outlays and are expected to increase by 5.4% annually through 2026.

Resilient and defensive industry:

• The healthcare sector has historically been insulated from business cycle fluctuations and may act as a hedge against an extended economic slowdown.

• U.S. healthcare expenditures grew at an average of 4.2% during the 2007-2010 recession³.

• The S&P U.S. HY Healthcare Index outperformed the S&P HY Index by 9.6% between 2014 and 2019 Healthcare private equity investments made during the global financial crisis returned 2.7x invested capital vs. 1.8x for other industries.⁴

¹  As of June 30, 2020. Source: Pitchbook.

²  Source: U.S. Centers for Medicare & Medicare Services (CMS.gov).

³  Source: U.S. Centers for Medicare & Medicare Services (CMS.gov).

⁴  Source: Bain’s 2019 Global Healthcare Private Equity and Corporate M&A Report.

19

Ripe for consolidation and innovation:

• Up to 34%⁵ of overall healthcare spending is spent on duplicative services and unnecessary care. Greater focus on price transparency, value-based purchasing, alternative payment models, and drug price containment has incentivized private solutions, industry consolidation and innovation.

• Digitization of healthcare services provides opportunities for private solutions to reduce costs through revenue cycle management, care coordination and drug discovery, which presents opportunities for investors to support healthcare IT and medical technology companies.

Private equity interest in the healthcare sector was robust prior to the COVID-19 economic slowdown and we expect that the industry’s resilience in prior recessions will only increase investor appetite for healthcare assets throughout the Company’s investment period. Private equity sponsors have been raising specialized pools of capital to help them capitalize on specific expertise and targeted networks. Approximately half of the sector specific funds raised have been in healthcare. Given the high degree of complexities in healthcare investing, sponsors value lending partners who have deep experience in the industry. The Investment Committee has on average 28 years of experience across a number of healthcare sub-sectors, which helps us to provide quick, value added feedback to private equity partners. Additionally, the unique insights gained from SCP’s healthcare ABL platform around the reimbursement landscape for new and existing products and services are highly valued.

While the coming quarters will bring a degree of macroeconomic uncertainty, the secular tailwinds (i.e., the social and economic impacts of the global COVID-19 pandemic) driving increased demand for healthcare services are expected to remain supportive of the overall sector. We believe that the Company is well-positioned to capitalize on the deluge of healthcare deal activity expected to occur in the coming years and the Company presents a unique opportunity for investors to gain exposure to a defensive sector (i.e., a sector comprised of healthcare businesses that provide necessary services and are therefore typically relatively stable and immune to economic fluctuations) while generating attractive risk-adjusted current yield.

We also believe that the upper middle market presents a compelling investment opportunity, in addition to the benefits offered by healthcare specific investments.

Favorable long-term supply-demand dynamics in U.S. middle market lending which benefit lenders

• Robust demand for debt capital to fund private equity transactions:

There is more than $770 billion of uninvested private equity capital that will need debt capital to support acquisitions.⁶ Based on a conservative assumption of 45% equity contribution in an acquisition, this implies total debt demand of approximately $940 billion to fund such private equity related acquisitions.

• Middle market debt capital raised in the last few years is not expected to meet demand:

Banks have largely retreated from lending in the middle market due to stricter regulations. In place of the banks, private debt funds have raised approximately $340 billion in the last three years through various fund vehicle types.⁷ However, we believe there is still significantly more demand than supply.

Premium pricing in private corporate loans over public high yield and syndicated leveraged loans and healthcare outperformance

• Capturing illiquidity premiums: The illiquid nature of private corporate loans results in lenders earning an “illiquidity premium” over public high yield and syndicated leveraged loans.

⁵  Source: Waste in the US Health Care System Estimated Costs and Potential for Savings. William H. Shrank, MD, MSHS; Teresa L. Rogstad, MPH; Natasha Parekh, MD, MS. October 7, 2019.

⁶  As of December 31, 2019. Source: Preqin Private Equity Online.

⁷  As of December 31, 2019. Source: Preqin Private Debt Online.

20

• Capturing size and risk premium: Middle market lenders also typically receive a premium relative to larger company loan investors to compensate them for investing in smaller companies and in niche industries. Middle market companies tend to be less followed by investors and research analysts and typically have lower ratings from ratings agencies due to their size. As a result, we expect that there will be a smaller investor base while demand will remain robust, resulting in premium pricing for middle market borrowers.

• Capitalizing on market inefficiencies: We believe that the market inefficiencies are greater in the private middle market, which allows lenders to capture higher risk-adjusted returns. We believe that, among others, the drivers of middle market inefficiencies include the following: information asymmetry, the analytical complexity in evaluating private middle market companies, the need for long-dated capital that typically requires higher return expectation, fewer and more sophisticated lenders, and the requirement to underwrite to maturity as opposed to a trade.

• Healthcare outperformance: Healthcare credit investments have historically outperformed broader averages. The S&P U.S. High Yield Healthcare Bond Index returned 9.6% more than the S&P U.S. High Yield Bond Index between 2014 and 2019.

Stronger underwriting process in private corporate loans versus public syndicated leveraged loans

• Deeper due diligence: Private corporate lenders are typically able to conduct detailed due diligence on a company, often alongside the financial sponsor acquiring the company, which provides the lender significantly more time to form a more comprehensive understanding of the company, including its competitive position and risks. In contrast, public high yield and syndicated leveraged loan investors are typically provided a single syndication meeting and minimal access to diligence materials before placing their order.

• Inclusion of covenants: Covenants are contractual restrictions that lenders place on companies to limit the corporate actions a company can pursue that are negative to the lender and act as warning signals for lenders. The loans in which the Company is expected to invest are expected to have comprehensive covenants including covenants that are tested on a recurring basis to ensure ongoing compliance (i.e., “maintenance covenants”). Although syndicated leveraged loans have covenants, nearly 80% of loans⁸ currently are “covenant-lite,” which means they do not have a complete set of financial covenants, thus providing borrower companies more freedom to negatively impact lenders. High yield bonds provide even weaker protection for lenders because they typically have incurrence-based covenants, which are only tested if the company issues more debt.

• Ability to exert greater influence over the negotiation of lending terms: Private corporate loan terms are negotiated directly by the lender(s) and the company, therefore removing the underwriting bank that negotiates the terms for public high yield or syndicated leveraged loans. This allows the private corporate lender to customize the terms to mitigate risks and address the unique needs of the company.

• Lower default rates and higher recovery rates: The more comprehensive underwriting process for private corporate loans has resulted in historically lower default rates and higher recovery rates than syndicated loans.⁹ Based on data from S&P on the S&P/LSTA Leveraged Loan Index the historical average default rate for middle market loans was 2.4% while the default rate for broadly syndicated loans was 3.6%. Similarly, the loss rate for defaulted middle market loans from 1995 to 2018 was 0.5%, while the loss rate for syndicated leveraged loans was 0.9%.

⁸  As of May 2019. Source: S&P LCD.

⁹  From 1995 to 2018. Source: Nuveen, “Private credit: Middle market opportunities to meet today’s challenges.” Based on the S&P/LSTA Leveraged Loan Index.

21

Investment Guidelines

Prospective investors should note that the Company has a broad, flexible investment mandate, and the Company will not be subject to any investment guidelines, limitations or restrictions other than as set forth below. Interpretation of the application of the guidelines described below will be made by the Adviser in its sole discretion, and any guideline generally will be measured, if applicable, at the time such investment is made based upon good faith estimates using data known to the Adviser at such time. The Company will not be required to take any action (including unwinding or liquidating any position) in the event that such guideline is exceeded subsequent to the investment date, whether as a result of changes in the market value of the Company’s portfolio or otherwise.

The Company will use reasonable best efforts to achieve the guidelines set forth herein. For purposes of such guidelines, (i) the Company’s “total portfolio” will equal the total amount of Commitments plus the Company’s total expected leverage, as reasonably determined by the Adviser and (ii) the Adviser will take into account the underlying portfolio any of company the Company may acquire. In addition, the Adviser may consider the impact of hedging transactions, and of cash and cash equivalents in the portfolio, in applying the below guidelines:

• at least 90% of the Company’s total portfolio will be comprised of secured loans;

• at least 85% of the Company’s total portfolio will be comprised of floating rate loans;

• no more than 15% of the Company’s total portfolio will consist of loans to lower middle market (i.e., EBITDA below $15 million) corporate borrowers (provided, however, that such guideline will not apply to Life Sciences borrowers);

• the Company will take no more than four (4) positions greater than 7.5% of the Company’s total portfolio, and the balance of the Company’s positions will each comprise 5%, directly or indirectly, or less of the Company’s total portfolio;

• the Company’s 10 largest positions will comprise no more than 60% of the Company’s total portfolio;

• the Company’s portfolio will be comprised of investments in the United States and Canada, provided that up to 7.5% of the total portfolio may be outside of the United States and Canada; and

• the target percentage of the Company’s Life Sciences lending investments will be 15% to 20% of the Company’s total portfolio.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the guidelines will in no way restrict or otherwise limit the Company’s ability to acquire an investment in an issuer that is sufficiently large (as determined by the Adviser in its discretion) to enable the Company to influence or control any restructuring, work-out and/or bankruptcy process in accordance with the Company’s investment program.

For the avoidance of doubt, these investment guidelines are not deemed to be the type of policies referenced in Section 8(b) of the 1940 Act. The foregoing guidelines will no longer be applicable upon the occurrence of an Exchange Listing.

Leverage

The Company is required to comply with the asset coverage requirements of the 1940 Act. The Company expects to employ leverage and otherwise incur indebtedness with respect to the portfolio both on a recourse and non-recourse basis (including and potentially through guarantees, derivatives, forward commitments and reverse repurchase agreements), but will not exceed the maximum amount permitted by the 1940 Act¹⁰. The Company is

¹⁰  “Recourse” indebtedness is secured by a borrower’s collateral, but upon default, a lender can access the borrower’s other assets to satisfy the remaining obligations under the loan. “Non-recourse” indebtedness refers to a type of loan that is secured by one specified pool of collateral. If a borrower defaults on a nonrecourse loan, the lender can only access that specified pool of collateral and not any of the borrower’s other assets. Non-recourse debt is typically riskier to the lender than recourse debt because the value of collateral securing the loan can fluctuate and potentially fall below the value of the loan. For that reason, interest rates charged on non-recourse debt may be higher than those charged on recourse debt.

22

generally permitted, under specified conditions, to issue senior securities in amounts such that the Company’s asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, is at least equal to 150% immediately after such issuance. In connection with the organization of the Company, the Adviser, as the initial Unitholder, has authorized the Company to adopt the 150% asset coverage ratio. In connection with their subscriptions for Units, our Unitholders are required to acknowledge the Company’s ability to operate with an asset coverage ratio that may be as low as 150%. The Company will be exposed to the risks of leverage, which may be considered a speculative investment technique. The use of leverage magnifies the potential for gain and loss on amounts invested and therefore increases the risks associated with investing in our securities. In addition, the costs associated with our borrowings, including any increase in the management fee payable to the Adviser, will be borne by our Unitholders.

Investment Process Overview

We are committed to our value-oriented investment philosophy, with a focus on the preservation of capital and a commitment to managing downside exposure.

Proprietary Sourcing and Origination

We believe that SCP’s senior investment professionals’ longstanding relationships with financial sponsors, corporate management teams, commercial and investment banks and other financial intermediaries provide us with a strong pipeline of proprietary origination opportunities. We believe the broad expertise of our senior investment team and their ability to draw upon their average of 28 years of experience enables us to identify, assess and structure investments successfully.

We expect that the Company will benefit from SCP’s extensive experience investing in middle market companies in the healthcare industry. With the benefit of over $12 billion of debt investments made to over 750 companies as of June 30, 2020, SCP has developed an extensive database of information on middle market issuers and industries.¹¹ The Adviser’s investment team is expected to include a number of SCP’s specialists in healthcare cash flow lending to sponsor backed companies as well as life science lending. We believe that the in-depth experience of SCP’s investment team in investing throughout various stages of the economic cycle provides us with access to ongoing market insights in addition to a powerful asset for investment sourcing.

Our senior investment team’s strong relationship network is enhanced by the collaborative role SCP plays in the private equity industry. SCP is an independent credit platform that does not pursue traditional private equity strategies, so the Company is not expected to be seen as a competitive threat to financial sponsors seeking to acquire a company. Our ability to offer tailored solutions, certainty of capital and scale is expected to provide us with greater deal flow. We also expect that our reputation as a constructive partner and a flexible “solutions provider” with a proven ability to evaluate highly complex situations is likely to result in the ability to source a significant number of investment opportunities for the Company. Additionally, SCP is well-known for its deep experience in healthcare transactions and ability to provide quick and constructive feedback to financial sponsors. Furthermore, SCP’s investment team has a well-developed network of relationships that includes industry executives, consultants, traders, brokers, advisors, lawyers, accountants, investment bankers and other industry sources, which can result in early notification of developing investment opportunities.

Corporate Cash Flow Lending — Sponsor Coverage

Our cash flow origination strategy is driven by a rigorous analysis of the healthcare sub-sectors that we believe benefit from strong macroeconomic tail winds by reducing costs to the overall healthcare system by investing in healthcare companies that provide services, products and technologies that improve the efficiency and reduce the cost of existing products and services. We seek to find businesses that reward value based care and have significant customer and location diversity. We specifically avoid subsectors that are subject to consumer

¹¹  This figure includes investments outside of the healthcare and life sciences market segment.

23

discretion or are subject to government policy “stroke of the pen” risk (i.e., the risk that a change in the rules governing the sub-sector in which the portfolio company operates could impair the portfolio company’s financial performance). SCP’s underwriters provide clear guidelines to our origination team on the target subsectors that form our areas of focus. Origination efforts are aligned to work with sponsors and management teams who have deep healthcare expertise and longstanding successful track records in the healthcare industry. These sponsors tend to have a deeper understanding of the complexities involved with healthcare companies, given their involvement with multiple portfolio companies in the healthcare space, and can leverage industry relationships with payors and management teams. Our origination efforts represent a highly targeted, proactive approach to finding investments in segments consistent with our underwriting philosophy.

SCP’s investment team works in concert with sponsors to proactively manage investment opportunities by acting as a partner throughout the investment process. We actively focus on the middle-market financial sponsor community, with a particular focus on the upper-end of the middle-market (i.e., sponsors with equity funds of $500 million to $5 billion). We favor such sponsors because they typically:

• Buy larger companies with strong business franchises;

• Invest significant amounts of equity in their portfolio companies;

• Value flexibility and creativity in structuring their transactions;

• Possess longer track records over multiple investment funds;

• Have a deeper management bench;by investing in healthcare companies that provide services, products and technologies that improve the efficiency and reduce the cost of existing products and services

• Have a better ability to withstand downturns; and

• Possess the ability to support portfolio companies with additional capital.

We divide our coverage of these sponsors among our more senior investment professionals, who are responsible for day-to-day interaction with financial sponsors. Our coverage approach aims to act proactively, provide quick feedback, deliver on commitments, and are constructive throughout the life cycle of an investment.

On average, over 100 healthcare cash flow transaction opportunities are screened each year with less than 5% of all opportunities sourced, closed and funded. SCP’s healthcare cash flow team has made 48 senior secured first lien investments totaling approximately $1 billion of invested capital.

Life Science Lending

SCP employs a direct origination strategy for life science investment opportunities that leverages its deep-rooted relationships and reputation established over its history. The team directly generates deal flow through targeted company management contact and through venture capital and private equity sponsor coverage. Frequently, these equity investors will connect SCP to portfolio companies with non-dilutive debt financing investment needs. We maintain strong relationships and frequent contact with other like-minded bank and non-bank lenders that leads to a large number of refinancing and new deal opportunities. In addition, market intermediaries may connect SCP’s team to many healthcare companies who have chosen to outsource the debt financing procurement process.

On average, approximately 100 life science investment opportunities are screened per year through SCP team’s multiple origination channels with expectations (based on SCP’s historical data) of approximately 10% of all opportunities sourced to be closed and funded. Since 2014 through June 30, 2020, SCP’s life science team has made approximately 68 investments totaling just over $1 billion. Prior to joining SCP in 2014, the life science team originated approximately $2.1 billion of life science investments while at GE Capital.

24

Due Diligence

Our “private equity” approach to credit investing typically incorporates extensive in-depth due diligence often alongside the financial sponsor. In conducting due diligence, we will use publicly available information as well as information from the investment team’s extensive relationships with former and current management teams, consultants, competitors and investment bankers. We also leverage proprietary insights from SCP’s healthcare ABL platform. Managed by senior leadership with an average of over 30 years of credit experience, SCP’s healthcare ABL platform has unique insights into a wide array of healthcare sub-specialties, industry developments and reimbursement trends. We believe our due diligence methodology allows us to screen a high volume of potential investment opportunities on a consistent and thorough basis. Furthermore, we believe that the combination of our extensive industry knowledge and relationships will provide the Company a significant advantage in identifying potential risks.

Our due diligence typically includes:

• review of historical and prospective financial information, including the quality and collectability of receivables;

• review and valuation of assets, including appraisals;

• research relating to the company’s management, industry, markets, products and services and competitors;

• review of the reimbursement environment and trends, including the diversity of reimbursement codes;

• review of the payor mix;

• on-site visits;

• discussions with management, employees, customers or vendors of the potential portfolio company;

• review of material legal documents and legal issues;

• review of third party due diligence report including quality of earnings, field exams, industry reports; and

• background investigations on management and the company.

We also expect to evaluate the financial sponsor making the investment. Given the nuances involved in healthcare investing, a sponsor with deep industry knowledge and experience is incredibly important. Further, due to SCP’s considerable repeat business with sponsors, the Adviser’s investment team has direct experience with the management teams of many sponsors. A financial sponsor is typically the controlling shareholder upon completion of an investment and as such is considered critical to the success of the investment. The financial sponsor is evaluated using several key criteria, including:

• healthcare investment track record;

• industry experience;

• capacity and willingness to provide additional financial support to the company through additional capital contributions, if necessary; and

• reference checks.

Throughout the due diligence process, a deal team is in frequent dialogue with the management team and sponsor of the company in which we are considering to invest to ensure that any concerns are addressed as early as possible through the process, which we believe will increase the likelihood that unsuitable investments are filtered out before considerable time has been invested.

25

Upon the completion of due diligence and a decision to proceed with an investment in a company, the investment professionals leading the investment present the investment opportunity to the Investment Committee, which then determines the initial investment. Additional due diligence with respect to any investment may be conducted on our behalf by attorneys and independent accountants prior to the closing of the investment, as well as other outside advisers, as appropriate.

Portfolio Company Characteristics

We have identified several criteria that we believe are important in identifying and investing in prospective portfolio companies. These criteria provide general guidelines for investment decisions; however, not all of these criteria will be met by each prospective portfolio company in which we choose to invest.

Upper Middle Market Corporate Cash Flow Healthcare Lending

In our cash flow segment, we seek to make investments in sponsor-backed upper middle-market healthcare companies generating stable and recurring cash flows which are positioned for growth. The businesses we target are those capitalizing on the evolution of the healthcare sector by delivering innovative products and services or who are reducing overall costs to the system through greater scale and improved operational efficiency. We favor investments in businesses that emphasize quality over quantity of care, have low reimbursement risk and significant diversity of revenue streams and payors. Often, the sponsor’s investment thesis includes acquisitive growth which allows us to increase the size of our investment in a given business as add-on acquisitions are executed.

We believe that businesses with these characteristics may help facilitate internally generated cash flow, leading to the payment of our interest and the repayment of our principal, represents a key means by which we will be able to exit from our investments over time. In addition, we also seek to invest in companies whose business models and expected future cash flows offer attractive exit possibilities. Upper middle-market companies in particular are attractive candidates for strategic acquisition by other industry participants and more likely to repay our investments through an initial public offering of common stock or another capital market transaction than smaller businesses. We underwrite our investments on a held-to-maturity basis, but expensive capital is often repaid prior to stated maturity. Historically, SCP’s investments have averaged three-year hold periods.

• Well Positioned to Benefit from Macro Tailwinds in the Healthcare Sector: We believe that companies that help to reduce overall costs in the healthcare sector are well positioned for long term growth. That includes businesses that emphasize quality of care over the quantity of procedures and increase efficiencies in the healthcare setting. We seek to avoid companies that have concentration in locations or reimbursement codes.

• Stable Earnings and Strong Free Cash Flow: We seek to invest in companies that have demonstrated strong credit fundamentals with stable earnings through economic cycles. We target companies that we believe can de-lever through consistent generation of cash flows rather than relying solely on growth to service and repay our loans. We also believe that a key tenet of sustainable earnings in the healthcare sector is a stable reimbursement profile and we generally avoid investments for which the reimbursement profile is subject to “stroke of pen” risks (i.e., particularly sensitive to regulatory changes).

• Favorable Reimbursement Profile: Our target borrowers benefit from a diversity of reimbursement codes and payors. A key risk inherent in the healthcare sector is a company’s ability to collect on revenue billed to a patient’s insurance. Through SCP’s healthcare ABL platform we have unique insight on reimbursement trends across the healthcare services landscape. We plan to only invest in businesses whose revenue is diversified across a variety of reimbursement codes and we avoid lending to companies whose revenue is concentrated in codes we expect to suffer from fee compression. Further, we also avoid situations where borrowers generate a disproportionate amount of revenue from a single payor.

26

• Strong Competitive Position in Industry: We seek to invest in target companies that have developed leading market positions within their respective markets and are well positioned to capitalize on growth opportunities. We seek to invest in companies that demonstrate significant competitive advantages versus their competitors, which we believe may help to protect their market position and profitability.

• Experienced and Committed Management: We generally require that portfolio companies have an experienced management team. We also require portfolio companies have in place proper incentives to induce management to succeed and to act in concert with our interests as investors, including having significant equity interests.

• Strong Sponsorship: We generally aim to invest alongside other sophisticated investors. We typically seek to partner with successful financial sponsors who have historically generated high returns with minimal losses and have demonstrated a strong healthcare track record. Healthcare investments in particular require a financial sponsor who has deep experience and knowledge of the healthcare sub-sectors as well as deep relationships within the industry to leverage both during due diligence and after investment. We believe that investing in these sponsors’ portfolio companies enables us to benefit from their direct involvement and due diligence.

• Exit Strategy: We seek to invest predominantly in companies which provide multiple alternatives for an eventual exit such as an initial public offering (“IPO”), sale of company, refinancing of the capital structure, etc.

Life Science Lending

• Focused Healthcare Investment Strategy: We seek investments in private or publicly-traded small-cap drug and medical device companies with substantial equity invested to date who are in later stages of drug or product development and/or in transition to commercialization. Borrowers typically are led by strong management teams and board of directors with proven track records. Venture capital sponsors typically have continuing involvement and influence. In our experience, borrowers have typically successfully demonstrated access to the private and/or public equity markets and seek debt financing to broaden their funding sources and project stability.

• Value Orientation: We focus on later stage development and commercial bio pharma and device companies with multi-product pipelines (post pre-clinical stage), platforms and/or disruptive technologies. Borrowers typically have had significant equity invested to date and have had support from venture capital firms and strategic investors.

• Senior secured, collateral-based underwriting: Loans typically are made at conservative 20%-to-30% loan-to-value and are collateralized by all assets, including cash on the balance sheet from most recent equity round, and have a negative or full pledge on the intellectual property. The loans are structured to amortize on a straight-line basis after a period of interest only payments, resulting in significant de-risking of the investment and shorter weighted average holding periods.

• Sophisticated Knowledge Base and Industry Expertise: Highly specialized, experienced and cohesive investment team which previously founded and managed GE Capital’s life science loan business where they established a strong and consistent track record over a 13-year period. Team has extensive network of relationships with venture capital sponsors, management teams and strategic investors.

• Exit Strategy: Exits typically occur 24-36 months after initial deal closing through refinancings, an IPO or sale of the company to a strategic buyer.

Investment Structure

We seek to invest in portfolio companies typically in the form of first lien senior secured loans. We seek to obtain security interests in the assets of our portfolio companies that serve as collateral in support of the repayment of these loans. We expect that this collateral will take the form of first priority liens on all of the assets of a portfolio company.

27

Upper Middle Market Corporate Healthcare Cash Flow Lending

Typically, we expect that the Company’s senior secured loans to upper middle market healthcare companies will have a first priority lien on all of the assets of the issuer, will be floating rate with LIBOR floors, will include upfront fees and may include meaningful prepayment penalties. Covenants are typically included. The loans generally are expected to have a five to six year final maturity and are often repaid within three years.

Life Science Lending

Typically, we expect that the Company’s loans to life science companies will have a first priority lien, will be floating rate with LIBOR floors, and will include meaningful prepayment penalties, exit fees and success fees or warrants. Warrants will generally have an exercise price based on the last private equity round valuation or average public trading price and, thus, as a portfolio company appreciates in value, the Company will be well-positioned to achieve additional investment returns from this equity interest. The loans generally are expected to have an initial interest-only period and then straight-line amortization with a four to five year final maturity. These loans are often repaid within two to three years.

Investment Professionals

Julie Reyes and Anthony Storino, the Adviser’s heads of healthcare cash flow lending and life science lending, respectively, will be the portfolio managers of the Company, and, with support of a team of senior investment professionals, will be responsible for the management of the Company’s portfolio investments. The Adviser has established an Investment Committee that is dedicated to the Company, which is currently comprised of Michael Gross, Bruce Spohler, Philip Guerin, Julie Reyes, Anthony Storino and Krishna Thiyagarajan. The Adviser may adjust the composition, structure and/or operation of the Investment Committee, the portfolio managers or any other senior investment professionals dedicated to the Company in its sole discretion without notice to the Unitholders. Biographical information for Michael Gross and Bruce Spohler can be found below under “Item 5. Directors and Executive Officers —Biographical Information — Interested Directors.”

Philip Guerin

Mr. Guerin is Head of Originations within SCP’s Investment Team. Prior to joining SCP in 2014, Mr. Guerin was a Partner, Head of Sponsor Coverage and a member of the investment committee at Apollo Global Management from 2008 to 2014. Mr. Guerin was responsible for $2 billion of investments (primarily junior capital in sponsor backed companies) while at Apollo. From 2007 to 2008, Mr. Guerin was a Managing Director at Firstlight Financial, a start-up finance company focused on providing senior and junior capital to private equity-backed companies. Mr. Guerin also spent 7 years at GE Capital, focused on leveraged finance, and began his career in PricewaterhouseCoopers’ audit practice.

Mr. Guerin holds a B.S. in Accounting from Central Connecticut State University, where he graduated magna cum laude.

Julie Reyes

Ms. Reyes joined SCP in 2008 and is Head of SCP’s Healthcare Cash Flow Lending vertical. Prior to joining SCP, Ms. Reyes worked at Goldman Sachs from 2004 to 2007, most recently as an Analyst in the Principal Investment Area, focused on mezzanine lending. Ms. Reyes has invested over $1.3 billion in healthcare cash flow loans in a variety of sub-sectors including healthcare providers, healthcare technology, healthcare services, home health, behavioral health, veterinary services and healthcare distribution services

Ms. Reyes holds a B.S. in Economics from the Wharton School of Business at the University of Pennsylvania.

28

Anthony Storino

Mr. Storino joined SCP in 2014 and is Head of SCP’s Life Science Lending. Prior to joining SCP, Mr. Storino was a Senior Managing Director, Founder and Head of the Life Science Finance platform at GE Capital. He launched that platform in 2001 and deployed over $2.3 billion in debt and equity capital to over 500 borrowers over 13 years. Before launching the Life Science Finance platform at GE Capital, Mr. Storino worked in various leadership roles in Financial Planning & Analysis, controllership and audit at GE Capital, PepsiCo and KPMG.

Mr. Storino graduated with a B.B.A. in accounting from Iona College.

Krishna Thiyagarajan

Mr. Thiyagarajan joined SCP in 2010 and is Co-Chief Risk Officer and Portfolio Manager of SCP Cash Flow Lending. Mr. Thiyagarajan is also a member of the Board of Managers of SLRC’s aircraft entities. Since joining SCP, Mr. Thiyagarajan has invested over $1.5 billion of capital in a variety of industries including aerospace, industrials, healthcare services, healthcare providers, healthcare technology, telecommunications, insurance, chemicals and business services. Prior to SCP, from 2006 to 2010, Mr. Thiyagarajan was a Vice President at Goldman Sachs Asset Management (“GSAM”) and founding member of the $1.5 billion Liberty Harbor Credit Hedge Fund and invested in both private and public credit. Prior to GSAM, in 2005 he was Vice President in the Amaranth Private Credit Group that subsequently moved to GSAM. Prior to Amaranth, from 2002-2006, Mr. Thiyagarajan was a Director in CIBC World Market’s New York Sponsor Coverage and Leveraged Finance group where he executed numerous private equity-related transactions including leveraged loans, high yield bonds and mezzanine debt. Prior to CIBC, from 1996-2000, Mr. Thiyagarajan was a business strategy consultant at Deloitte Consulting focused on the Healthcare and Telecommunications industry. Mr. Thiyagarajan’s clients included HMOs, Hospitals, Wireless Carriers and CLECs.

Mr. Thiyagarajan holds a B.A. in Economics from Lawrence University, as well as an MBA in Finance from the Wharton School of Business at the University of Pennsylvania.

Transaction Selection

Following the team’s rigorous due diligence process, the transaction team will discuss the potential investment opportunity with the Investment Committee. For cash flow lending, such discussion will often include detailed analyses of various factors, such as (i) the cash flow value creation, (ii) historic and projected financials, (iii) the key drivers of revenues including diversity of reimbursement codes, payor mix, and historical collection rates, (iv) key cost components, including labor, overhead, insurance, etc., (v) capital expenditures, (vi) working capital needs, (vii) micro and macroeconomic trends that impact the business and industry, (viii) the business’s products and its sales channels, (ix) qualitative analysis of company management, (x) the competitive dynamics of the industry and the target company’s position, (xi) input from third-party consultants, (xii) potential exit considerations, and/or (xiii) a range of other factors relating to a given opportunity. For life science lending, the core focus is on the quality of the Company’s product pipeline and stage of development, the investor base and access to additional capital and liquidity, and the quality of management.

It is expected that the Investment Committee will approve or reject investment recommendations, although it may delegate other decisions (including decisions relating to cash management and similar non-material transactions (which shall not be considered “investments” for these purposes), diligence decisions, decisions relating to transactions involving material non-public information and decisions relating to the engagement of consultants, law firms and other service providers) to other investment professionals in their sole discretion. The composition, structure and/or operations of the Investment Committee may change from time to time, each without the consent of or notice to Unitholders. See “Item 1A. Risk Factors—General Risks Related to the Company—Management Risk and Reliance on Management.”

29

Ongoing Relationships with Portfolio Companies

We will monitor our portfolio companies on an ongoing basis. We will monitor the financial trends of each portfolio company to determine if it is meeting its business plan and to assess the appropriate course of action for each company.

We have several methods of evaluating and monitoring the performance and fair value of our investments, which include the following:

• Assessment of success in adhering to each portfolio company’s business plan and compliance with covenants;

• Periodic and regular contact with portfolio company management and, if appropriate, the financial or strategic sponsor, to discuss financial position, requirements and accomplishments;

• Comparisons to portfolio companies of other SCP clients in the industry, if any;

• Review of any material changes to the industry, regulatory framework or reimbursement profile that could impact future performance;

• Attendance at and participation in board meetings (as an observer) or lender meetings; and

• Review of monthly and/or quarterly financial statements and financial projections for portfolio companies.

Beyond monitoring financial and operating trends, SCP’s healthcare expertise positions us to act as a value-added partner to private equity and venture capital sponsors throughout the course of an investment. In particular, we work collaboratively with sponsors and management teams to periodically re-assess the optimal capital structure of a portfolio company. Our ability to evaluate a business on the basis of cash flow, life science, and ABL capital solutions enables SCP to bring a differentiated, and highly valued, perspective to a given situation. Further, we regularly engage SCP’s healthcare ABL platform to review a borrower’s exposure to reimbursement codes and payors, and to advise on a portfolio company’s future plans for adding additional services or engaging new payors. By working collaboratively with sponsors and management teams, we can help drive better outcomes for all investors.

In addition to various risk management and monitoring tools, the Adviser also uses an investment rating system to characterize and monitor our expected level of returns on each investment in our portfolio.

We use an investment rating scale of 1 to 4. The following is a description of the conditions associated with each investment rating:

Investment Rating	Summary
1	Involves the least amount of risk in our portfolio, the portfolio company is performing above expectations, and the trends and risk factors are generally favorable (including a potential exit).
2	Risk that is similar to the risk at the time of origination, the portfolio company is performing as expected, and the risk factors are neutral to favorable; all new investments are initially assessed a grade of 2.
3	The portfolio company is performing below expectations, may be out of compliance with debt covenants, and requires procedures for closer monitoring.
4	The investment is performing well below expectations and is not anticipated to be repaid in full.

We will monitor and, when appropriate, change the investment ratings assigned to each investment in our portfolio.

30

Competition

Our primary competitors provide financing to middle-market companies and include other BDCs, commercial and investment banks, commercial financing companies and, to the extent they provide an alternative form of financing, private equity and venture capital funds. Additionally, alternative investment vehicles, such as hedge funds, frequently invest in middle-market companies. As a result, competition for investment opportunities at middle-market companies can be intense. While many middle market companies were previously able to raise senior debt financing through traditional large financial institutions, we believe this approach to financing will become more difficult as implementation of U.S. and international financial reforms limits the capacity of large financial institutions to hold non-investment grade leveraged loans on their balance sheets. We believe that many of these financial institutions have de-emphasized their service and product offerings to middle market companies in particular. That said, many of our competitors are substantially larger and have considerably greater financial, technical and marketing resources than we do. For example, some competitors may have a lower cost of funds and access to funding sources that are not available to us. In addition, some of our competitors may have higher risk tolerances or different risk assessments, which could allow them to consider a wider variety of investments and establish more relationships than us. Furthermore, many of our competitors are not subject to the regulatory restrictions that the 1940 Act imposes on us as a BDC. We use the industry information available to Michael S. Gross and Bruce Spohler and the other investment professionals of SLR Capital Partners to assess investment risks and determine appropriate pricing for our investments in portfolio companies. In addition, we believe that the relationships of Michael S. Gross and Bruce Spohler and the other investment professionals of our investment adviser enable us to learn about, and compete effectively for, financing opportunities with attractive leveraged companies in the industries in which we seek to invest. See “Item 1A. Risk Factors — Risk Relating to Our Business and Structure — Competition; Potential for Insufficient Investment Opportunities.”

Emerging Growth Company

We are an emerging growth company as defined in the JOBS Act and we are eligible to take advantage of certain specified reduced disclosure and other requirements that are otherwise generally applicable to public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”). We expect to remain an emerging growth company for up to five years following the completion of any Exchange Listing or until the earliest of (i) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenues equals or exceeds $1.07 billion, (ii) December 31 of the fiscal year that we become a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the 1934 Act which would occur if the market value of our securities that are held by non-affiliates exceeds $700.0 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter and we have been publicly reporting for at least 12 months or (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the preceding three-year period. In addition, we will take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the 1933 Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards.

Staffing

We do not currently have any employees. Mr. Gross, our Co-Chief Executive Officer, President and a board member, and Mr. Spohler, our Co-Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer and a board member, are managing members and senior investment professionals of, and have financial and controlling interests in, SLR Capital Partners. In addition, Richard Peteka, our Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Corporate Secretary serves as the Chief Financial Officer for SLR Capital Partners. Guy Talarico, our Chief Compliance Officer, is the Chief Executive Officer of Alaric Compliance Services, LLC.

Pursuant to the Investment Management Agreement, the Company has delegated full and exclusive authority and responsibility to the Adviser to invest, reinvest and dispose of the assets of the Company, and (together with the

31

Administrative Coordinator) to manage the day-to-day operations of the Company, subject to the overall supervision of the Board. The Adviser is authorized to delegate all, or any such part as it deems appropriate, of its discretionary management and investment advisory authority and responsibility to any of its members or their respective affiliates.

Key Person Event

Prior to the earlier of (i) an Exchange Listing and (ii) the end of the Investment Period, if any two of Michael Gross, Bruce Spohler, Anthony Storino or Julie Reyes (the “Principals”) die, become permanently incapacitated or cease to be actively involved in the management of the Company, the Investment Period will terminate and the Company will be wound down in accordance with the terms of the LLC Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, if only one of the Principals dies, becomes permanently incapacitated, or ceases to be actively involved in the management of the Fund, the preceding sentence will not be triggered.

Prior to an Exchange Listing, if any two of the Principals voluntarily ceases to be actively involved in the management of the Company, the Company will suspend the Investment Period. If acceptable replacements for each Principal are not identified and approved by (i) the independent directors of the Company and (ii) a majority of the Unitholders, subject to any requirements of the 1940 Act, within 90 days following the suspension of the Investment Period, the Investment Period will terminate and all new investment activity will cease.

For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions described in this “Key Person Event” will not apply upon the effectuation of an Exchange Listing.

Regulation as a Business Development Company

A BDC is regulated by the 1940 Act. A BDC must be organized in the U.S. for the purpose of investing in or lending to primarily private companies and making significant managerial assistance available to them. A BDC may use capital provided by public unitholders and from other sources to make long-term, private investments in businesses.

The Company may not change the nature of its business so as to cease to be, or withdraw our election as, a BDC unless authorized by vote of a majority of outstanding voting securities, as required by the 1940 Act. A majority of the outstanding voting securities of a company is defined under the 1940 Act as the lesser of: (a) 67% or more of such company’s voting securities present at a meeting if more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of such company are present or represented by proxy, or (b) more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of such company. However, by signing a Subscription Agreement with the Company, each Unitholder is providing the approval required by the 1940 Act to effectuate the withdrawal of the Company’s election to be regulated as a BDC (i) concurrently with the liquidation or dissolution of the Company, or (ii) in connection with an Exchange Listing (including any transaction effectuated in connection therewith), provided that the exchange-listed successor entity has elected to be regulated as a BDC. The Company does not anticipate any substantial change in the nature of our business.

As with other companies regulated by the 1940 Act, a BDC must adhere to certain substantive regulatory requirements. A majority of the Company’s directors must be persons who are not interested persons, as that term is defined in the 1940 Act. Additionally, the Company is required to provide and maintain a bond issued by a reputable fidelity insurance company to protect the BDC. Furthermore, as a BDC, the Company is prohibited from protecting any director or officer against any liability to the Company or its Unitholders arising from willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such person’s office.

As a BDC, the Company is required to meet an asset coverage ratio, reflecting the value of our total assets to our total senior securities, which include all of our borrowings and any preferred units we may issue in the future, of

32

at least 150%. The Company may also be prohibited under the 1940 Act from knowingly participating in certain transactions with our affiliates without the prior approval of directors who are not interested persons and, in some cases, prior approval by the SEC.

On June 13, 2017, SLR Capital Partners received an exemptive order that permits the Company to participate in negotiated co-investment transactions with certain affiliates, in a manner consistent with the Company’s investment objective, positions, policies, strategies and restrictions as well as regulatory requirements and other pertinent factors, and pursuant to various conditions (the “Order”). If the Company is unable to rely on the Order for a particular opportunity, such opportunity will be allocated first to the entity whose investment strategy is the most consistent with the opportunity being allocated, and second, if the terms of the opportunity are consistent with more than one entity’s investment strategy, on an alternating basis. Although the Adviser’s investment professionals will endeavor to allocate investment opportunities in a fair and equitable manner, the Company and its Unitholders could be adversely affected to the extent investment opportunities are allocated among us and other investment vehicles managed or sponsored by, or affiliated with, our executive officers, directors and members of our investment adviser.

The Company is generally not able to issue and sell Units at a price below NAV per Unit without Unitholder approval. The Company may, however, in accordance with the conditions set forth in Section 63(2) of the 1940 Act, sell Units, or warrants, options or rights to acquire our common Units, at a price below the then-current NAV of the Units if the Board determines that such sale is in the best interests of the Company and the Unitholders, and the Unitholders approve such sale.

The Company will be periodically examined by the SEC for compliance with the federal securities laws, including the 1940 Act.

Qualifying Assets

Under the 1940 Act, a BDC may not acquire any asset other than assets of the type listed in Section 55(a) of the 1940 Act, which are referred to as qualifying assets, unless, at the time the acquisition is made, qualifying assets represent at least 70% of the BDC’s total assets. The principal categories of qualifying assets relevant to our business are the following:

(1) Securities purchased in transactions not involving any public offering from the issuer of such securities, which issuer (subject to certain limited exceptions) is an eligible portfolio company, or from any person who is, or has been during the preceding 13 months, an affiliated person of an eligible portfolio company, or from any other person, subject to such rules as may be prescribed by the SEC. An eligible portfolio company is defined in the 1940 Act as any issuer which:

(a) is organized under the laws of, and has its principal place of business in, the U.S.;

(b) is not an investment company (other than a small business investment company wholly owned by the BDC); and

(c) satisfies any of the following:

i. does not have any class of securities that is traded on a national securities exchange;

ii. has a class of securities listed on a national securities exchange, but has an aggregate market value of outstanding voting and non-voting common equity of less than $250 million;

iii. is controlled by a BDC or a group of companies including a BDC and the BDC has an affiliated person who is a director of the eligible portfolio company; or

iv. is a small and solvent company having total assets of not more than $4.0 million and capital and surplus of not less than $2.0 million.

33

(2) Securities of any eligible portfolio company which the Company controls, which, as defined by the 1940 Act, is presumed to exist where a BDC beneficially owns more than 25% of the outstanding voting securities of the portfolio company.

(3) Securities purchased in a private transaction from a U.S. issuer that is not an investment company or from an affiliated person of the issuer, or in transactions incident thereto, if the issuer is in bankruptcy and subject to reorganization or if the issuer, immediately prior to the purchase of its securities, was unable to meet its obligations as they came due without material assistance other than conventional lending or financing arrangements.

(4) Securities of an eligible portfolio company purchased from any person in a private transaction if there is no ready market for such securities and the Company already owns 60% of the outstanding equity of the eligible portfolio company.

(5) Securities received in exchange for or distributed on or with respect to securities described in (1) through (4) above, or pursuant to the exercise of warrants or rights relating to such securities.

(6) Cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities or high-quality debt securities maturing in one year or less from the time of investment.

(7) Office furniture and equipment, interests in real estate and leasehold improvements and facilities maintained to conduct the business operations of the BDC, deferred organization and operating expenses, and other noninvestment assets necessary and appropriate to its operations as a BDC, including notes of indebtedness of directors, officers, employees, and general partners held by a BDC as payment for securities of such company issued in connection with an executive compensation plan described in Section 57(j) of the 1940 Act.

Under Section 55(b) of the 1940 Act, the value of a BDC’s assets shall be determined as of the date of the most recent financial statements filed by such company with the SEC pursuant to Section 13 of the 1934 Act, and shall be determined no less frequently than annually.

Significant Managerial Assistance to Portfolio Companies

As a BDC, the Company will offer, and must provide upon request, significant managerial assistance to its portfolio companies. This assistance could involve, among other things, monitoring the operations of portfolio companies, participating in board and management meetings, consulting with and advising officers of portfolio companies and providing other organizational and financial guidance. The Company may also receive fees for these services. The Administrative Coordinator provides such managerial assistance, if any, on the Company’s behalf to portfolio companies that request this assistance.

Temporary Investments

Pending investment in other types of “qualifying assets,” as described above, the Company’s investments may consist of cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities or high-quality investment grade debt securities maturing in one year or less from the time of investment, which we refer to, collectively, as temporary investments, so that 70% of the Company’s assets are qualifying assets. Typically, we will invest in U.S. Treasury bills or in repurchase agreements, provided that such repurchase agreements are fully collateralized by cash or securities issued by the U.S. government or its agencies. A repurchase agreement involves the purchase by an investor, such as the Company, of a specified security and the simultaneous agreement by the seller to repurchase it at an agreed-upon future date and at a price which is greater than the purchase price by an amount that reflects an agreed-upon interest rate. There is no percentage restriction on the proportion of the Company’s assets that may be invested in such repurchase agreements. However, if more than 25% of the Company’s total assets constitute repurchase agreements from a single counterparty, the Company would not meet the diversification tests in order to qualify as a RIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Thus, the Company does not intend to enter into repurchase agreements with a single counterparty in excess of this limit. The Adviser will monitor the creditworthiness of the counterparties with which we enter into repurchase agreement transactions.

34

Senior Securities

The Company is permitted, under specified conditions, to issue multiple classes of indebtedness and one class of units senior to common Units if asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, is at least equal to 150% immediately after each such issuance. In addition, while certain senior securities remain outstanding, the Company must make provisions to prohibit any distribution to Unitholders or the repurchase of such securities or units unless the Company meets the applicable asset coverage ratios at the time of the distribution or repurchase. The Company may also borrow amounts up to 5% of the value of the Company’s total assets for temporary purposes, which borrowings would not be considered senior securities. The Company’s borrowings, whether for temporary purposes or otherwise, are subject to the asset coverage requirements of section 61(a)(1) of the 1940 Act. The Company may borrow money, which would magnify the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested and may increase the risk of investing in the Company.

Code of Ethics

The Company and the Adviser have each adopted a code of ethics pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act and Rule 204A-1 under the Advisers Act, respectively, which establish procedures for personal investments and restricts certain transactions by personnel. The codes of ethics generally does not permit investments by employees in securities that may be purchased or held by the Company.

Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

We have delegated our proxy voting responsibility to the Adviser. A summary of the Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures of our adviser are set forth below. The guidelines are reviewed periodically by the Adviser and our non-interested directors, and, accordingly, are subject to change.

As an investment adviser registered under the Advisers Act, the Adviser has a fiduciary duty to act solely in the best interests of its clients. As part of this duty, it recognizes that it must vote securities held by its clients in a timely manner free of conflicts of interest. These policies and procedures for voting proxies for investment advisory clients are intended to comply with Section 206 of, and Rule 206(4)-6 under, the Advisers Act.

The Adviser votes proxies relating to our portfolio securities in the best interest of Unitholders. The Adviser reviews on a case-by-case basis each proposal submitted for a proxy vote to determine its impact on our investments. Although it generally votes against proposals that may have a negative impact on our investments, it may vote for such a proposal if there exists compelling long-term reasons to do so. The proxy voting decisions of the Adviser are made by the senior investment professionals who are responsible for monitoring each of our investments. To ensure that our vote is not the product of a conflict of interest, it requires that: (i) anyone involved in the decision making process disclose to a managing member of the Adviser any potential conflict that he or she is aware of and any contact that he or she has had with any interested party regarding a proxy vote; and (ii) employees involved in the decision making process or vote administration are prohibited from revealing how we intend to vote on a proposal in order to reduce any attempted influence from interested parties.

You may obtain information about how we voted proxies by making a written request for proxy voting information to: SLR Capital Partners LLC, 500 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10022.

Privacy Policy

We are committed to maintaining the privacy of our Unitholders and to safeguarding their non-public personal information. The following information is provided to help you understand what personal information we may have access to, how we protect that information and why, in certain cases, we may share information with select other parties.

35

Generally, we do not receive any non-public personal information relating to our Unitholders, although certain non-public personal information of our Unitholders may become available to us. We do not disclose any non-public personal information about our Unitholders or former unitholders to anyone, except as permitted by law or as is necessary in order to service Unitholder accounts (for example, through a transfer agent or third party administrator).

We restrict access to non-public personal information about our Unitholders to employees of our investment adviser and its affiliates with a legitimate business need for the information. We maintain physical, electronic and procedural safeguards designed to protect the non-public personal information of our Unitholders.

Reporting Obligations

We will furnish our Unitholders with annual reports containing audited financial statements, quarterly reports, and such other periodic reports as we determine to be appropriate or as may be required by law. We are filing this Registration Statement with the SEC voluntarily with the intention of establishing the Company as a reporting company under the 1934 Act. Upon the effectiveness of this Registration Statement, we will be required to comply with all periodic reporting, proxy solicitation and other applicable requirements under the 1934 Act.

The SEC maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information filed electronically by us with the SEC, which are available on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. Copies of these reports, proxy and information statements and other information may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following e-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov.

Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

The following discussion is a general summary of certain U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to the Company and to an investment in Units. This discussion is based on the provisions of the Code and the regulations of the U.S. Department of Treasury promulgated thereunder, or “Treasury regulations,” each as in effect as of the date of this Registration Statement.

These provisions are subject to differing interpretations and change by legislative or administrative action, and any change may be retroactive. This discussion does not constitute a detailed explanation of all U.S. federal income tax aspects affecting the Company and its Unitholders and does not purport to deal with the U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be important to particular Unitholders in light of their individual investment circumstances or to some types of Unitholders subject to special tax rules, such as financial institutions, broker dealers, insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, persons holding Units in connection with a hedging, straddle, conversion or other integrated transaction, investors who are subject to the special tax accounting rules under Section 451(b) of the Code, Non-U.S. Unitholders (as defined below) engaged in a trade or business in the U.S., persons who have ceased to be U.S. citizens or to be taxed as resident aliens or individual Non-U.S. Unitholders present in the U.S. for 183 days or more during a taxable year. This discussion also does not address any aspects of U.S. estate or gift tax or foreign, state or local tax. This discussion assumes that Unitholders hold their Units as capital assets for U.S. federal income tax purposes (generally, assets held for investment). No ruling has been or will be sought from the Internal Revenue Service, or “IRS,” regarding any matter discussed herein.

For purposes of this discussion, a “U.S. Unitholder” is a beneficial owner of Units that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

• an individual who is a citizen or resident of the U.S.;

• a corporation created or organized in or under the laws of the U.S., any state therein or the District of Columbia;

• an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

36

• a trust if a court within the U.S. is able to exercise primary jurisdiction over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons have authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust.

For purposes of this discussion, a “Non-U.S. Unitholder” means a beneficial owner of Units that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes that is not a U.S. Unitholder or a partnership (or other entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

If a partnership (or other entity classified as a partnership, for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds Units, the treatment of the partnership and each partner for U.S. federal income tax purposes generally will depend on the status of the partner, the activities of the partnership and certain determinations made at the partner level. An investor considering an investment in a partnership that will invest in Units should consult the disclosure documents provided to such investor from such partnership in conjunction with this discussion to determine the applicability of this discussion to an indirect investment in Units through such partnership. In addition, such investor should consult its own tax advisers regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of interests in a partnership and of Units by such partnership in light of such partner’s particular circumstances.

Taxation of the Company

The Company intends to elect to be treated, and intends to qualify annually as a RIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes under Subchapter M of the Code, commencing with the Company’s taxable year that includes the date on which the initial drawdown is made. As a RIC, the Company generally will not pay corporate-level U.S. federal income taxes on any ordinary income or capital gains that it timely distributes to Unitholders as dividends.

To qualify as a RIC, the Company must, among other things:

• derive in each taxable year at least 90% of gross income from dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities loans, gains from the sale or other taxable disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, other income derived with respect to the business of investing in stock, securities or currencies, or net income derived from an interest in a “qualified publicly traded partnership,” or “QPTP,” hereinafter the “90% Gross Income Test;” and

• diversify holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of each taxable year:

• at least 50% of the value of total assets is represented by cash and cash items, U.S. Government securities, the securities of other RICs and other securities, with other securities limited, in respect of any one issuer, to an amount not greater than 5% of the value of total assets and not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer; and

• not more than 25% of the value of total assets is invested in the securities of any issuer (other than U.S. Government securities and the securities of other RICs), the securities of any two or more issuers that the Company controls and that are determined to be engaged in the same business or similar or related trades or businesses, or the securities of one or more QPTPs, or the “Diversification Tests.”

As a RIC, the Company (but not its Unitholders) is generally not subject to U.S. federal income tax on investment company taxable income and net capital gains that it timely distributes to Unitholders in any taxable year with respect to which it distributes an amount equal to at least 90% of the sum of (i) investment company taxable income (which includes, among other items, dividends, interest and the excess of any net realized short-term capital gains over net realized long-term capital losses and other taxable income (other than any net capital gain), reduced by deductible expenses) determined without regard to the deduction for dividends and distributions paid and (ii) net tax-exempt interest income (which is the excess of gross tax-exempt interest income over certain disallowed deductions), or the “Annual Distribution Requirement.” The Company intends to

37

distribute annually all or substantially all of such income. Generally, if the Company fails to meet this Annual Distribution Requirement for any taxable year, it will fail to qualify as a RIC for such taxable year. To the extent the Company meets the Annual Distribution Requirement for a taxable year, but retains net capital gains for investment or any investment company taxable income, it is subject to U.S. federal income tax on such retained capital gains and investment company taxable income. The Company may choose to retain net capital gains for investment or any investment company taxable income, and pay the associated corporate-level U.S. federal income tax, including the 4% U.S. federal excise tax described below.

The Company is subject to a nondeductible 4% U.S. federal excise tax on certain of its undistributed income, unless it timely distributes (or is deemed to have timely distributed) each calendar year an amount equal to the sum of:

• at least 98% of net ordinary income (not taking into account any capital gains or losses) for the calendar year;

• at least 98.2% of the amount by which capital gains exceed capital losses (adjusted for certain ordinary losses) for a one-year period ending on October 31 of the calendar year; and

• 100% of any ordinary income and net capital gain income recognized in preceding years, but were not distributed during such years, and on which the Company paid no corporate-level U.S. federal income tax.

While the Company intends to distribute any income and capital gains in order to avoid the imposition of this 4% U.S. federal excise tax, it may not be successful in avoiding entirely the imposition of this tax. In that case, the Company will be liable for the tax only on the amount by which it does not meet the foregoing distribution requirement.

The Company is authorized to borrow funds and to sell assets in order to satisfy distribution requirements. However, under the 1940 Act, it is not permitted to make distributions to Unitholders while any senior securities are outstanding unless it meets the applicable asset coverage ratios. Moreover, the Company’s ability to dispose of assets or otherwise distribute amounts necessary to meet distribution requirements may be limited by (1) the illiquid nature of its portfolio, (2) other requirements relating to status as a RIC, including the Diversification Tests and/or (3) the limitations under one or more of our credit facilities. If the Company disposes of assets in order to meet the Annual Distribution Requirement or to avoid the 4% U.S. federal excise tax, it may make such dispositions at times that, from an investment standpoint, are not advantageous.

A RIC is limited in its ability to deduct expenses in excess of its “investment company taxable income” (which is, generally, ordinary income plus the excess of net short-term capital gains over net long-term capital losses). If Company expenses in a given year exceed investment company taxable income, it would experience a net operating loss for that year. However, a RIC is not permitted to carry forward net operating losses to subsequent years. In addition, expenses can be used only to offset investment company taxable income, not net capital gain. Due to these limits on the deductibility of expenses, the Company may, for tax purposes, have aggregate taxable income for several years that it is required to distribute and that is taxable to Unitholders even if such income is greater than the aggregate net income the Company actually earned during those years. Such required distributions may be made from cash assets or by liquidation of investments, if necessary. The Company may realize gains or losses from such liquidations. In the event the Company realizes net capital gains from such transactions, Unitholders may receive a larger capital gain distribution than they would have received in the absence of such transactions.

Check-the-Box Election and Failure to be Taxed as a RIC

In connection with the intention to be taxed as a RIC, the Company will file a check-the-box election to be classified as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In addition, while the Company intends to elect,

38

and expects to qualify, to be treated as a RIC for 2021 and intends to qualify to be treated as a RIC annually thereafter, no assurance can be provided that it will qualify as a RIC for any taxable year. For example, the Company anticipates that it may have difficulty satisfying the Diversification Tests as it deploys initial capital and builds a portfolio. If the Company is unable to qualify as a RIC (or has previously qualified as a RIC, but was subsequently unable to qualify for treatment as a RIC, and certain amelioration provisions are not applicable), it would be subject to corporate-level U.S. federal income tax on all taxable income (including net capital gains) at regular corporate rates (and also will be subject to any applicable state and local taxes), regardless of whether the Company makes any distributions to unitholders. The Company would not be able to deduct distributions to Unitholders, nor would they be required to be made. Distributions, including distributions of net long-term capital gain, would generally be taxable to Unitholders as ordinary dividend income to the extent of current and accumulated earnings and profits. Subject to certain limitations under the Code, corporate Unitholders would be eligible to claim a dividend received deduction with respect to such dividend; non-corporate Unitholders would generally be able to treat such dividends as “qualified dividend income,” which is subject to reduced rates of U.S. federal income tax. Distributions in excess of current and accumulated earnings and profits would be treated first as a return of capital to the extent of the Unitholder’s tax basis, and any remaining distributions would be treated as a capital gain. If the Company has previously qualified as a RIC and subsequently fails to qualify, in order to requalify as a RIC, in addition to the other requirements discussed above, the Company would be required to distribute all previously undistributed earnings attributable to the period it failed to qualify as a RIC by the end of the first year that it intends to requalify as a RIC. If the Company fails to requalify as a RIC for a period greater than two taxable years, it may be subject to regular corporate-level U.S. federal income tax on any net built-in gains with respect to certain assets (i.e., the excess of the aggregate gains, including items of income, over aggregate losses that would have been realized with respect to such assets if the Company had been liquidated) that it elects to recognize on requalification or when recognized over the next five years.

The remainder of this discussion assumes that the Company qualifies as a RIC for each taxable year.

Company Investments

Certain investment practices are subject to special and complex U.S. federal income tax provisions that may, among other things, (i) disallow, suspend or otherwise limit the allowance of certain losses or deductions, including the dividends received deduction, (ii) convert lower taxed long-term capital gains and qualified dividend income into higher taxed short-term capital gains or ordinary income, (iii) convert ordinary loss or a deduction into capital loss (the deductibility of which is more limited), (iv) causes the Company to recognize income or gain without a corresponding receipt of cash, (v) adversely affect the time as to when a purchase or sale of stock or securities is deemed to occur, (vi) adversely alter the characterization of certain complex financial transactions, and (vii) produce income that will not qualify as good income for purposes of the 90% Gross Income Test. The Company monitors transactions and may make certain tax elections and may be required to borrow money or dispose of securities to mitigate the effect of these rules and to prevent disqualification as a RIC but there can be no assurance of success in this regard.

Taxable Subsidiaries. Some of the income and fees that the Company may recognize will not satisfy the 90% Gross Income Test. In order to ensure that such income and fees do not disqualify the Company from RIC tax treatment as a result of a failure to satisfy the 90% Gross Income Test, we may hold assets that generate such income and provide services that generate such fees indirectly through one or more entities treated as corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Such corporations will be required to pay U.S. federal corporate income tax on their earnings, which ultimately will reduce the Company’s return on such income and fees.

Passive Foreign Investment Companies. If the Company purchases shares in a “passive foreign investment company,” or PFIC, we may be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a portion of any “excess distribution” or gain from the disposition of such shares even if such income is distributed as a taxable dividend by the Company

39

to Unitholders. Certain elections are available under certain circumstances that may allow the Company to ameliorate the impact of this tax. Such elections, however, may require the Company to recognize in a year income in excess of our distributions from PFICs and our proceeds from dispositions of PFIC stock during that year, and such income will nevertheless be subject to the Annual Distribution Requirement and will be taken into account for purposes of the 4% U.S. federal excise tax. Income inclusions from a PFIC investment for which we have made such an election will be good income for purposes of the 90% Gross Income Test provided that they are derived in connection with our business of investing in stocks and securities or the PFIC for which we have made such an election distributes such income to us in the same taxable year into which the income is included in our income.

Debt Instruments. In certain circumstances, the Company may be required to recognize taxable income prior to the time at which it receives cash. For example, if the Company holds debt instruments that are treated under applicable tax rules as having OID (such as debt instruments with an end-of-term payment and/or PIK interest payment or, in certain cases, increasing interest rates or issued with warrants), it must include in taxable income each year a portion of the OID that accrues over the life of the obligation, regardless of whether cash representing such income is received in the same taxable year. Because any OID accrued will be included in investment company taxable income for the year of accrual, the Company may be required to make a distribution to Unitholders in order to satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement and to avoid the 4% U.S. federal excise tax, even though it will not have received any corresponding cash amount.

Warrants. Gain or loss realized from the sale or exchange of warrants acquired as well as any loss attributable to the lapse of such warrants generally are treated as capital gain or loss. The treatment of such gain or loss as long-term or short-term generally depends on how long the Company held a particular warrant and on the nature of the disposition transaction.

Foreign Currency Transactions. Under the Code, gains or losses attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates which occur between the time the Company accrues income or other receivables or accrues expenses or other liabilities denominated in a foreign currency and the time the Company actually collects such receivables or pays such liabilities generally are treated as ordinary income or loss. Similarly, on disposition of debt instruments and certain other instruments denominated in a foreign currency, gains or losses attributable to fluctuations if the value of the foreign currency between the date of acquisition of the instrument and the date of disposition also are treated as ordinary gain or loss. These currency fluctuations related gains and losses may increase or decrease the amount of investment company taxable income to be distributed to Unitholders as ordinary income.

Taxation of U.S. Unitholders

Distributions. Distributions generally are taxable to U.S. Unitholders as ordinary income or capital gains. Distributions of “investment company taxable income” (which is, generally, net ordinary income plus realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses) will be taxable as ordinary income to U.S. Unitholders to the extent of current or accumulated earnings and profits, whether paid in cash or reinvested in additional Units. To the extent such distributions paid to non-corporate U.S. Unitholders (including individuals) are attributable to dividends from U.S. corporations and certain qualified foreign corporations and such distributions (“Qualifying Dividends”) may be eligible for a maximum U.S. federal income tax rate of 20%. In this regard, it is anticipated that distributions paid generally will not be attributable to dividends and, therefore, generally will not qualify for the 20% maximum rate applicable to Qualifying Dividends.

Distributions of net capital gains (which are generally realized net long-term capital gains in excess of realized net short-term capital losses) properly reported as “capital gain dividends” will be taxable to a U.S. Unitholder as long-term capital gains, which are currently taxable at a maximum rate of 20% in the case of individuals or estates, regardless of the U.S. Unitholder’s holding period for his, her or its Units and regardless of whether paid in cash or reinvested in additional Units. Distributions in excess of current and accumulated earnings and profits first will reduce a U.S. Unitholder’s adjusted tax basis in such U.S. Unitholder’s Units and, after the adjusted basis is reduced to zero, will constitute capital gains to such U.S. Unitholder.

40

Although the Company currently intends to distribute any net long-term capital gains at least annually, the Company may in the future decide to retain some or all of net long-term capital gains and elect to be deemed to have made a distribution of the retained portion to Unitholders (a “deemed distribution”) under the “designated undistributed capital gains” rule of the Code. In that case, among other consequences, the Company will pay U.S. federal income tax on the retained amount, each U.S. Unitholder will be required to include their share of the deemed distribution in income as if it had been distributed to the U.S. Unitholder, and the U.S. Unitholder will be entitled to claim a credit equal to their allocable share of the U.S. federal income tax paid on the deemed distribution by the Company. The amount of the deemed distribution net of such tax will be added to the U.S. Unitholder’s tax basis for their Units. If the amount of U.S. federal income tax that a Unitholder is treated as having paid and for which it receives a credit exceeds the U.S. federal income tax such Unitholder owes on the retained net capital gains, such excess generally may be claimed as a credit against the U.S. Unitholder’s other U.S. federal income tax obligations or may be refunded to the extent it exceeds a Unitholder’s liability for U.S. federal income tax. A Unitholder that is not subject to U.S. federal income tax or otherwise required to file a U.S. federal income tax return would be required to file a U.S. federal income tax return on the appropriate form in order to claim a refund for the taxes the Company paid. In order to utilize the deemed distribution approach, the Company must provide written notice to Unitholders prior to the expiration of 60 days after the close of the relevant taxable year. The Company cannot treat any investment company taxable income as a “deemed distribution.”

The Company or the applicable withholding agent will provide Unitholders with a notice reporting the amount of any ordinary income dividends (including the amount of such dividend, if any, eligible to be treated as qualified dividend income) and capital gain dividends by January 31. For purposes of determining (1) whether the Annual Distribution Requirement is satisfied for any year and (2) the amount of capital gain dividends paid for that year, the Company may, under certain circumstances, elect to treat a dividend that is paid during the following taxable year as if it had been paid during the taxable year in question. If the Company makes such an election, the U.S. Unitholder will still be treated as receiving the dividend in the taxable year in which the distribution is made. However, if the Company pays a dividend in January which was declared in the previous October, November or December to Unitholders of record on a specified date in one of these months, then the dividend will be treated for tax purposes as being paid and received on December 31 of the year in which the dividend was declared. If a Unitholder purchases Units shortly before the record date of a distribution, the price of the Units will include the value of the distribution and the Unitholder will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the distribution even though it represents a return of its investment.

If a Unitholder purchases Units at a time when there is a built-in gain in the assets of the Company or the Company has undistributed income or gains, the price of the Units will include the built-in gain or undistributed income or gains and the Unitholder will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the distribution of such built-in gain (when recognized) or the undistributed income or gains even though it represents a return of its investment.

Dispositions. A U.S. Unitholder generally will recognize gain or loss on the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of Units in an amount equal to the difference between the U.S. Unitholder’s adjusted basis in the Units disposed of and the amount realized on their disposition. Generally, gain recognized by a U.S. Unitholder on the disposition of Units will result in capital gain or loss to a U.S. Unitholder, and will be a long-term capital gain or loss if the Units have been held for more than one year at the time of sale. Any loss recognized by a U.S. Unitholder upon the disposition of Units held for six months or less will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any capital gain dividends received (including amounts credited as an undistributed capital gain dividend) by the U.S. Unitholder. A loss recognized by a U.S. Unitholder on a disposition of Units will be disallowed as a deduction if the U.S. Unitholder acquires additional Units (whether through the automatic reinvestment of dividends or otherwise) within a 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the date that the Units are disposed. In this case, the basis of the Units acquired will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss.

In general, a U.S. Unitholder taxed at individual rates currently is subject to a maximum U.S. federal income tax rate of 20% on its recognized net capital gain (i.e., the excess of recognized net long-term capital gains over

41

recognized net short-term capital losses, subject to certain adjustments), including any long-term capital gain derived from an investment in the Company’s Units. Such rate is lower than the maximum rate on ordinary income currently payable by such U.S. Unitholders. Corporate U.S. unitholders currently are subject to U.S. federal income tax on net capital gain at the maximum 21% rate also applied to ordinary income. Non-corporate U.S. unitholders with net capital losses for a year (i.e., capital losses in excess of capital gains) generally may deduct up to $3,000 of such losses against their ordinary income each year. Any net capital losses of a non-corporate U.S. unitholders in excess of $3,000 generally may be carried forward and used in subsequent years as provided in the Code. Corporate U.S. unitholders generally may not deduct any net capital losses for a year, but may carry back such losses for three years or carry forward such losses for five years.

Tax Shelter Reporting Regulations. Under applicable Treasury regulations, if a U.S. Unitholder recognizes a loss with respect to Units of $2 million or more for a non-corporate U.S. Unitholder or $10 million or more for a corporate U.S. Unitholder in any single taxable year (or a greater loss over a combination of years), the U.S. Unitholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on Form 8886. Direct U.S. Unitholders of portfolio securities are in many cases excepted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance, U.S. Unitholders of a RIC are not excepted. Future guidance may extend the current exception from this reporting requirement to U.S. Unitholders of most or all RICs. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. U.S. Unitholders should consult their own tax advisers to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.

Backup Withholding. The Company is required in certain circumstances to backup withhold on taxable dividends or distributions paid to non-corporate U.S. Unitholders who do not furnish the Company or the dividend-paying agent with their correct taxpayer identification number (in the case of individuals, their social security number) and certain certifications, or who are otherwise subject to backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld from payments made may be refunded or credited against U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Limitation on Deduction for Certain Expenses. For any period that the Company does not qualify as a “publicly offered regulated investment company,” as defined in the Code, Unitholders will be taxed as though they received a distribution of some expenses. A “publicly offered regulated investment company” is a RIC whose shares are either (i) continuously offered pursuant to a public offering, (ii) regularly traded on an established securities market or (iii) held by at least 500 persons at all times during the taxable year. The Company cannot determine when it will qualify as a publicly offered RIC. Since the Company is not a publicly offered RIC, a non-corporate Unitholder’s allocable portion of our affected expenses, including a portion of our management fees, will be treated as an additional distribution to the Unitholder. A non-corporate Unitholder’s allocable portion of these expenses are treated as miscellaneous itemized deductions and the ability of non-corporate Unitholders to deduct such expenses will be subject to significant limitations. In particular, for taxable years beginning before January 1, 2026, non-corporate Unitholders, including individuals, trusts, and estates generally will not be entitled to a deduction for such expenses, and for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2025, these expenses will be deductible to non-corporate Unitholders only to the extent they exceed 2% of such a Unitholder’s adjusted gross income, and are not deductible for alternative minimum tax purposes.

Taxation of Tax-Exempt Unitholders

A U.S. Unitholder that is a tax-exempt organization for U.S. federal income tax purposes and therefore generally exempt from U.S. federal income taxation may nevertheless be subject to taxation to the extent that it is considered to derive unrelated business taxable income (“UBTI”). The direct conduct by a tax-exempt U.S. Unitholder of the activities the Company proposes to conduct could give rise to UBTI. However, a BDC is a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes and its business activities generally will not be attributed to its shareholders for purposes of determining their treatment under current law. Therefore, a tax-exempt U.S. Unitholder generally should not be subject to U.S. taxation solely as a result of the Unitholder’s ownership of

42

Units and receipt of dividends with respect to such Units. Moreover, under current law, if the Company incurs indebtedness, such indebtedness will not be attributed to a tax-exempt U.S. Unitholder. Therefore, a tax-exempt U.S. Unitholder should not be treated as earning income from “debt-financed property” and dividends the Company pays should not be treated as “unrelated debt-financed income” solely as a result of indebtedness that the Company incurs. Legislation has been introduced in Congress in the past, and may be introduced again in the future, which would change the treatment of “blocker” investment vehicles interposed between tax-exempt investors and non-qualifying investments if enacted. In the event that any such proposals were to be adopted and applied to BDCs, the treatment of dividends payable to tax-exempt investors could be adversely affected. In addition, special rules would apply if the Company were to invest in certain real estate mortgage investment conduits or taxable mortgage pools, which the Company does not currently plan to do, that could result in a tax-exempt U.S. Unitholder recognizing income that would be treated as UBTI.

Taxation of Non-U.S. Unitholders

Distributions; Dispositions. In general, Non-U.S. Unitholders that are not otherwise engaged in a U.S. trade or business will not be subject to U.S. federal income on distributions paid by us. However, distributions of “investment company taxable income” generally are subject to withholding of federal tax at a 30% rate (or lower rate provided by an applicable treaty) to the extent of current or accumulated earnings and profits unless an applicable exception applies. No withholding will be required with respect to such distributions if (i) the distributions are properly reported to Unitholders as “interest-related dividends” or “short-term capital gain dividends,” (ii) the distributions are derived from sources specified in the Code for such dividends and (iii) certain other requirements are satisfied. The Company anticipates that a substantial portion of its distributions will qualify for this exemption from withholding. No assurance can be provided, however, that any distributions will qualify for this exemption. If such distributions are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the Non-U.S. Unitholder (and, if a treaty applies, are attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment of the Non-U.S. Unitholder), the Company will not be required to withhold U.S. federal tax if the Non-U.S. Unitholder complies with applicable certification and disclosure requirements, although the distributions will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the rates applicable to U.S. persons. Special certification requirements apply to a Non-U.S. Unitholder that is a foreign partnership or a foreign trust, and such entities are urged to consult their own tax advisers.

As discussed above, under “Taxation of U.S. Unitholders — Limitation on Deduction for Certain Expenses,” the Company currently expects that it will not qualify as a publicly offered RIC, and therefore, it may be required to increase the amount of dividends reported to certain “affected investors” by the amount of certain “affected expenses,” which are expenses, such as management fees, that would not be deductible or would be subject to significant limitation if incurred directly by an individual, trust, or estate subject to tax in the U.S. Under certain circumstances, a partnership that holds Units in the Company may be considered an “affected investor” for this purpose. Under such circumstances, it is unclear whether the Company (or the applicable withholding agent) would be required to withhold (subject to the exceptions discussed above) on the amount by which the dividend reported to a Unitholder is increased for the affected expenses allocable to such Unitholder. Non-U.S. Unitholders should consult their own tax advisors concerning the application of U.S. withholding tax rules in light of their unique circumstances and the possibility of seeking a refund of any amount withheld on their behalf with respect to any affected expenses.

Actual or deemed distributions of net capital gains to a Non-U.S. Unitholder if properly reported as capital gain dividends, and gains realized by a Non-U.S. Unitholder upon the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of Units, will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax unless the distributions or gains, as the case may be, are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the Non-U.S. Unitholder (and, if an income tax treaty applies, are attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the Non-U.S. Unitholder in the U.S.) or, in the case of an individual, the Non-U.S. Unitholder was present in the U.S. for 183 days or more during the taxable year and certain other conditions are met.

43

If the Company distributes net capital gains in the form of deemed rather than actual distributions, a Non-U.S. Unitholder will be entitled to a U.S. federal income tax credit or tax refund equal to the Unitholder’s allocable share of the corporate-level U.S. federal income tax the Company pays on the capital gains deemed to have been distributed; however, in order to obtain the refund, the Non-U.S. Unitholder must obtain a U.S. taxpayer identification number and file a U.S. federal income tax return even if the Non-U.S. Unitholder would not otherwise be required to obtain a U.S. taxpayer identification number or file a U.S. federal income tax return.

If any actual or deemed distributions of net capital gains, or any gains realized upon the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of Units, are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the Non-U.S. Unitholder (and, if an income tax treaty applies, are attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment maintained by the Non-U.S. Unitholder), such amounts will be subject to U.S. federal income tax, on a net income basis, in the same manner, and at the graduated rates applicable to, a U.S. Unitholder. For a corporate Non-U.S. Unitholder, the after-tax amount of distributions (both actual and deemed) and gains realized upon the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of Units that are effectively connected to a U.S. trade or business (and, if a treaty applies, are attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment), may, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate (or at a lower rate if provided for by an applicable treaty).

The Company and the Adviser will use commercially reasonable efforts to structure the investments of the Company in a manner that minimizes the extent to which the income of the Company would be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax upon distribution to a non-U.S. Unitholder. Such efforts may preclude the Company from participating in an investment that otherwise fits the investment objective of the Company. The Company and the Adviser will use commercially reasonable efforts to structure any incurrence of indebtedness by the Company in a manner that will not cause any direct or indirect investor that is a tax exempt organization for U.S. federal income tax purposes to be treated as earning “unrelated business taxable income” on account of its ownership of a direct or indirect interest in the Company.

Non-U.S. Unitholders generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax with respect to gain recognized on the sale or other taxable disposition of Units.

The tax consequences to Non-U.S. Unitholders entitled to claim the benefits of an applicable tax treaty or that are individuals that are present in the U.S. for 183 days or more during a taxable year may be different from those described herein. Non-U.S. persons should consult their own tax advisers with respect to the U.S. federal income tax and withholding tax, and state, local and foreign tax consequences of an investment in the Units.

If the Company were unable to qualify for treatment as a RIC, any distributions would be treated as dividends to the extent of current and accumulated earnings and profits. The Company would not be eligible to report any such dividends as interest-related dividends, short-term capital gain dividends, or capital gain dividends. As a result, any such dividend paid to a Non-U.S. Unitholder that is not effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the Non-U.S. Unitholder (and, if an income tax treaty applies, attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the Non-U.S. Unitholder in the U.S.) would be subject to the 30% (or reduced applicable treaty rate) withholding tax discussed above regardless of the source of the income giving rise to such distribution. Distributions in excess of current and accumulated earnings and profits would be treated first as a return of capital to the extent of the Non-U.S. Unitholder’s tax basis, and any remaining distributions would be treated as a gain from the sale of the Non-U.S. Unitholder’s Units subject to taxation as discussed above. For the consequences to the Company for failing to qualify as a RIC, see “— Check-the-Box Election and Failure to be Taxed as a RIC” above.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

The Company must generally report to its Non-U.S. Unitholders and the IRS the amount of dividends paid during each calendar year and the amount of any tax withheld. Information reporting requirements may apply even if no

44

withholding was required because the distributions were effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Unitholder’s conduct of a United States trade or business or withholding was reduced or eliminated by an applicable income tax treaty. This information also may be made available under a specific treaty or agreement with the tax authorities in the country in which the Non-U.S. Unitholder resides or is established. A Non-U.S. Unitholder who is a nonresident alien individual may be subject to information reporting and backup-withholding of U.S. federal income tax on dividends unless the Non-U.S. Unitholder provides us or the dividend paying agent with an IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E (or an acceptable substitute form) or otherwise meets documentary evidence requirements for establishing that it is a Non-U.S. Unitholder or otherwise establishes an exemption from backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld by the Company or the applicable withholding agent from payments made may be refunded or credited against U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

FATCA

Legislation commonly referred to as the “Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act,” or “FATCA,” generally imposes a 30% withholding tax on payments of certain types of income to foreign financial institutions (“FFIs”) unless such FFIs either: (i) enter into an agreement with the U.S. Treasury to report certain required information with respect to accounts held by U.S. persons (or held by foreign entities that have U.S. persons as substantial owners) or (ii) reside in a jurisdiction that has entered into an intergovernmental agreement (“IGA”) with the U.S. to collect and share such information and are in compliance with the terms of such IGA and any enabling legislation or regulations. The types of income subject to the tax include U.S. source interest and dividends. While existing U.S. Treasury regulations would also require withholding on payments of the gross proceeds from the sale of any property that could produce U.S. source interest or dividends, the U.S. Treasury Department has indicated its intent to eliminate this requirement in subsequent proposed regulations, which state that taxpayers may rely on the proposed regulations until final regulations are issued. The information required to be reported includes the identity and taxpayer identification number of each account holder that is a U.S. person and transaction activity within the holder’s account. In addition, subject to certain exceptions, FATCA also imposes a 30% withholding on payments to foreign entities that are not FFIs unless such foreign entities certify that they do not have a greater than 10% U.S. owner or provide the withholding agent with identifying information on each greater than 10% U.S. owner. Depending on the status of a Non-U.S. Unitholder and the status of the intermediaries through which they hold their Units, Non-U.S. Unitholders could be subject to this 30% withholding tax with respect to distributions on their Units and potentially proceeds from the sale of their Units. Under certain circumstances, a Non-U.S. Unitholder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes.

General Tax Cooperation

The Company will provide Unitholders with certain information regarding the amount of each distribution by us characterized as a “return of capital distribution,” “interest-related dividend distribution,” “ordinary dividend distribution,” “short term capital gain distribution” or “long term capital gain distribution” for U.S. federal income tax purposes on an estimated basis in connection with such distribution. The Company will use reasonable best efforts to provide such information on a final basis by March 1^st of the taxable year following the distribution, but in no event later than March 15th of the taxable year following the distribution (subject to the filing of an extension for the filing of Forms 1042-S). The Company and the Adviser shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide Unitholders annually with any other tax information that the Company and the Adviser possess, or can reasonably obtain, reasonably requested by Unitholders in writing, concerning distributions by the Company or redemption of Units by the Company. The Company and the Adviser shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate with Unitholders by providing any additional tax information and/or assisting in the filing of additional tax forms relating to the Company, as reasonably requested by Unitholders.

Tax Proceedings

The Company shall promptly notify Unitholders in writing and provide a copy of any notice received from a U.S. federal, state or local taxing authority, if it is subject to any tax audit or other administrative or judicial

45

proceeding relating to tax matters of the Company. The Unitholders shall have the right to participate at their own expense in any such audit or other proceedings, and we shall take into account and consider in good faith comments and suggestions of the Unitholders regarding such audits or proceedings. The Company shall promptly provide to the Unitholders copies of all material correspondence with any relevant tax authority regarding any audit, inquiry or other similar administrative proceeding in relation to the Company.

Reportable Transactions

The Company and the Adviser shall use reasonable best efforts to not knowingly cause the Company to engage directly or indirectly in a transaction that, as of the date the transaction is entered into by the Company, is a “listed transaction,” a “prohibited reportable transaction,” or a “subsequently listed transaction” (each as defined in Section 4695(e) of the Code).

Importance of Obtaining Professional Advice

The foregoing analysis is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning. Accordingly, prospective investors in the Company are strongly urged to consult their tax advisors with specific reference to their own situations regarding the possible tax consequences of an investment in the Company.

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

The purchase of Units involves a number of significant risks and other important factors relating to investments in BDCs generally, and relating to the strategy and investment objective of the Company in particular. An investment in the Company is a potentially suitable investment only for a sophisticated investor for whom such an investment does not represent a complete investment program and who, in consultation with its investment and tax advisors, fully understands and is capable of assuming the risks of an investment in the Company.

The Company will hold certain investments and conduct certain activities through wholly-owned special purpose vehicles (e.g., for credit facilities or tax blockers) (each, an “SPV,” which term does not include structured products, securitizations or other asset-backed securities backed by assets of any type directly or indirectly owned by the Company). All references to investments by the Company in this Registration Statement refer, as the context requires, to investments by either the Company or those SPVs.

There can be no assurance that the Company will achieve its investment objective, that the Company will not lose capital, that the Adviser’s judgment will result in profitable investments by the Company or that the Adviser will successfully be able to implement the Company’s investment strategy. An investment in the Company involves investment considerations and risk factors that prospective investors should consider before subscribing. No guarantee or representation is made that the Company’s investments will succeed.

Certain of the characteristics and risks of the portfolio instruments and investment, hedging, financing and disposition techniques that the Adviser may utilize in managing the Company are set forth below. This is not intended to be a complete description or enumeration of portfolio instruments, investment, hedging, financing or disposition techniques or risks.

The Company’s ability to achieve its investment objective may be affected by, among other things, the factors described below. The Company may also invest in instruments or engage in investment, hedging, financing or disposition techniques other than those described below, including instruments or investment, hedging, financing or disposition techniques that are not in existence as of the date of this Registration Statement. Consistent with its investment strategy, the Company may invest in instruments and engage in investment, hedging, financing or disposition techniques of any and all types, which exist now or are hereafter created.

The discussion below, to the extent it relates to bankruptcy law or proceedings or to debtors’ and creditors’ rights, is based upon principles of U.S. federal and state laws. Insofar as the Company’s Portfolio Investments,

46

include obligations of non-U.S. issuers, or bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceedings in a country other than the U.S., the laws of such other countries, and the rights and obligations of debtors and creditors in such other countries, under factual circumstances similar to those described below, may or may not be analogous to those described below.

The following is a summary of the principal risks that you should carefully consider before investing in the Company’s Units:

SUMMARY RISK FACTORS

General Risks Related to Investment Strategy

• The Company intends to make investments in the healthcare and life science industries, which involve substantial risks.

• The success of the Company’s investments will depend on the successful implementation of its investment strategy and the healthcare industry generally.

• Various segments of the life sciences industry are (or may become) (i) highly regulated, (ii) subject to frequent regulatory change and (iii) dependent upon various government or private insurance reimbursement programs.

• The Company could be subject to the risks associated with investments in senior secured loans, subordinated loans, Mezzanine Securities (as defined below) and unsecured loans.

• The Company’s loans may permit borrowers to prepay, which could affect the yield of the Company’s investments.

• The Company may make investments in loans, or securities backed by loans, that are or may be non-performing loans.

• The value of the Company’s investments could be affected by factors affecting the economy and securities markets generally.

• The U.S. capital markets have experienced extreme volatility and disruption following the global outbreak of COVID-19.

• The Company could be subject to the risks associated with use of leverage and otherwise incur indebtedness.

• The Company could be subject to the risks associated with investments in smaller and middle market companies.

• Fixed and floating rate debt instruments are subject to the risks associated with change in interest rates.

• Most of the Company’s Portfolio Investments at any given time are expected to be illiquid.

General Risks Related to the Company

• There can be no guarantee of returns and Unitholders may lose all of their money by investing in the Company.

• The Company has no operating history.

• Pursuant to the LLC Agreement, Units are not generally transferable and voluntary withdrawal of Units is not allowed.

• The Company cannot guarantee that it will conduct an Exchange Listing.

47

• The Company is subject to management risk because the Adviser actively manages its investment portfolio.

• The Adviser expects that the staff of the Adviser will maintain and develop their relationships with financial sponsors.

• The Company’s assets are available to satisfy all liabilities and other obligations of the Company.

• The proceeds from the issuance of the Units are intended to be used to fund investments, which have not been specified yet.

• There is no assurance that the Company will have the resources to, or be permitted to, make follow-on investments.

• The Company could be substantially adversely affected by the unfavorable performance of any single investment.

• The Company must meet requirements to main its qualification as a RIC.

• The Company will include in its income certain amounts that the Company has not yet received in cash.

• It is expected that the majority of the Company’s investments will not have market quotations available.

• The Adviser may employ financial/analytical models that may not reflect actual results.

• A Unitholder in default with respect to its unfunded Commitment may experience material adverse effects on its investment.

• Unitholders could be subject to cybersecurity risks associated with electronic databases and communications.

Risks Related to RICs and BDCs

• No assurance can be given that the Company will be able to qualify for and maintain qualification as a RIC.

• Unitholders will experience the increased risks pertaining to the Company’s use of leverage to partially finance its investments.

• A BDC must carry investments at market value or at fair value, as determined in good faith by the Board.

Regulatory Risks Relating to the Company

• The Company and its affiliates are substantially limited in their ability to co-invest in privately negotiated transactions.

• The Company could be precluded from conducting Rule 506 Offerings (as defined below) due to “Bad Actor” restrictions.

• The Company could be subject to the risks associated with complying with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (as defined below).

Other Risks Related to Portfolio Investments

• The Company could be subject to the risks associated with the use of warrants and rights.

• The Company could be subject to the risks associated with the elimination of LIBOR.

48

• The Company could be subject to the risks associated with investments in zero-coupon bonds, deferred interest rate bonds and PIKs.

RISK FACTORS (continued)

General Risks Related to Investment Strategy

Healthcare and Life Science Industries’ Related Risks. The Company intends to make investments in the healthcare and life science industries, although the Company may also opportunistically invest in other sectors in order to accomplish its investment objective. Investing in healthcare companies involves substantial risks. Such risks include, but are not limited to, the following: changes in government policies, including policies regarding reimbursement of medical expenses; certain companies in which the Company may invest may have limited or no operating histories/ or may have limited products, markets and financial resources; rapidly changing technologies may cause products to quickly become obsolete; unanticipated problems often arise in connection with the development of new products, and many such efforts are ultimately unsuccessful; scarcity of management and marketing personnel with appropriate technological or medical training may slow or impede companies’ growth; the possibility of lawsuits related to technological and medical patents could cause delays and expense in product development and implementation; regulatory changes and/or government actions may prevent a company from marketing its products; changing investors’ sentiments and preferences with regard to investments in healthcare companies (which may be perceived as risky) may have an adverse effect on the price of underlying securities; volatility in the U.S. stock markets affecting the prices of securities of healthcare and life sciences companies may cause the Company to experience substantial volatility; and certain healthcare and life sciences companies may be subject to extensive government regulation and affected by government reimbursement policy changes. In addition, many healthcare and life sciences companies may have substantial and ongoing capital needs for research and development, clinical trials and marketing and may have difficulty obtaining such funding under various market conditions or even under normal market conditions or such capital may be obtained on terms that are not favorable.

Also, obtaining government approval for new products from governmental agencies can be lengthy, expensive and uncertain, and withdrawal or curtailment of government support could have an adverse impact on the profitability or market price of healthcare and life sciences companies. Furthermore, delays in generating products (as well as more general ongoing capital requirements) may result in the need for companies to seek additional capital, potentially diluting the interest of existing investors, such as the Company (and indirectly, the Unitholders).

Investments in Healthcare Companies. The success of the Company’s investments will depend on the successful implementation of its investment strategy and the healthcare industry generally. The Company’s investment strategy is subject to numerous and significant risks and uncertainties, some of which are highlighted generally below. The following is general information and does not purport to describe all risks associated with investing in the healthcare industry.

Sector Risk. Sector risk is the risk associated with a Company holding a significant amount of investments in similar businesses, which would be similarly affected by particular economic or market events, which may, in certain circumstances, cause the value of the equity and debt securities of companies in a particular sector of the market to change. To the extent a Company has substantial holdings within a particular sector, the risks to a Company associated with that sector increase.

Concentration Risk. The Company’s principal focus is to invest in the healthcare and life sciences industry. The focus of the Company’s portfolio on a specific industry may present more risks than if its portfolio were broadly diversified over numerous industries and sectors of the economy. A downturn in this industry would have a larger impact on the Company than on an investment company that does not concentrate in such industry. At times, the performance of securities of companies in the healthcare industry will lag the performance of other industries or the broader market as a whole.

49

While investment in multiple opportunities may provide some diversification of investment risk, no assurance can be given that such diversification will occur, or if it does, that it will not reduce, rather than increase, potential net profits.

Risks Inherent in Healthcare-Related Assets. Substantially all of the Company’s investments will be in the healthcare industry. Concentration in one industry involves significant risks greater than those generally associated with diversified acquisition funds, including significant fluctuations in returns. The healthcare industry is challenged by factors such as government regulations; changes in government policies, including policies regarding reimbursement of medical expenses and policies that impact company’s abilities to market products; changes in technology, including changes that may cause products to quickly become obsolete; medical innovations and accompanied unanticipated problems; changes in healthcare practices or delivery systems; scarcity of management and marketing personnel with appropriate technological or medical training; possibilities of lawsuits related to technological and medical patents, and resulting delays and expenses in product development and implementation; changing macroeconomic conditions in the U.S. and globally, intense competition, susceptibility to natural disasters, large capital requirements and the introduction of new, competing healthcare facilities, properties or other leisure activities.

Companies in the healthcare sector are subject to extensive government regulation and their profitability can be significantly affected by restrictions on government reimbursement for medical expenses, rising costs of medical products and services, pricing pressure (including price discounting), limited product lines and an increased emphasis on the delivery of healthcare through outpatient services. Companies in the healthcare sector are heavily dependent on obtaining and defending patents, which may be time consuming and costly, and the expiration of patents may also adversely affect the profitability of these companies. Healthcare companies are also subject to extensive litigation based on product liability and similar claims. In addition, their products can become obsolete due to industry innovation, changes in technologies or other market developments. Many new products in the healthcare sector require significant research and development and may be subject to regulatory approvals, all of which may be time consuming and costly with no guarantee that any product will come to market.

The Company’s assets will compete in a relatively uncertain political, economic, and regulatory environment, and instability or an overall decline within the healthcare sector will not be balanced by investments in industries not so affected.

In addition, many healthcare companies may have substantial and ongoing capital needs for research and development, clinical trials and marketing and may have difficulty obtaining such funding under various market conditions or such capital may be obtained on terms that are not favorable to existing investors.

Regulations of Healthcare Industry. The regulatory environment surrounding the healthcare industry has intensified both in the amount and type of regulations and in the efforts to enforce those regulations. The extensive federal, state, and local, laws and regulations affecting the healthcare industry include, but are not limited to, laws and regulations relating to licensure, certification as a Medicare and Medicaid provider, conduct of operations, ownership of facilities, addition of facilities and equipment, allowable costs, services, prices for services, quality of care, patient rights, patient abuse and neglect, fraudulent reimbursement practices, and financial and other arrangements which may be entered into by healthcare providers.

Federal and state governments have intensified enforcement policies, resulting in a significant increase in the number of inspections, citations of regulatory deficiencies and other regulatory sanctions, including terminations from the Medicare and Medicaid programs, bans on Medicare and Medicaid payments for new admissions, civil monetary penalties and even criminal penalties. The Company’s investments could be forced to expend considerable resources on responding to an investigation or other enforcement action under applicable laws or regulations, The Company is unable to predict the future course of federal, state and local regulation or legislation, including the Medicare and Medicaid statutes and regulations. Changes in regulatory framework could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s Portfolio Investments and the Company.

50

There are various federal and state laws prohibiting fraud and abusive business practices by healthcare providers who participate in, receive payments from or are in a position to make referrals in connection with government-sponsored healthcare programs, including the Medicare and Medicaid programs. These laws include criminal and/or civil penalties for violations that range from punitive sanctions, damage assessments, penalties, imprisonment, denial of Medicare and Medicaid payments and/or exclusion from the Medicare and Medicaid programs. Additionally, certain laws, such as the False Claims Act, allow for individuals to bring whistleblower actions on behalf of the government for violations of fraud and abuse laws. Imposition of any of these penalties upon one of the Company’s investments could jeopardize its ability to make payments.

On March 21, 2010, the U.S. House of Representatives passed the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended (“PPACA”), which generally provides increased access to health benefits for uninsured or underinsured populations through the creation of stat based health insurance exchanges and expansion of coverage under Medicaid programs. However, in 2017, the President signed an executive order instructing administration officials “to waive, defer, grant exemptions from, or delay” implementing parts of the PPACA and pursuant to this, various changes to the law have put into effect. The PPACA is likely to be subject to further adjustments through future legislation. The Adviser will not be able to determine the effects of this legislation on the Company for a significant period of time. Moreover, in the coming years, additional changes could be made to governmental healthcare programs that could significantly impact the success of the Company.

The United States Food and Drug Administration (the “FDA”) regulates food, drugs, biological products and medical devices under the Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act and other laws. These laws and implementing regulations govern, among other things, the development, testing, manufacturing, record keeping, storage, labeling, advertising, promotion and pre-market clearance or approval of technologies and products subject to regulation by the FDA of such technology or product is likely. Regulation of a technology or product candidate by the FDA involves a complicated, time-consuming, expensive and uncertain process. Any delay or failure by a portfolio company with respect to such processes could adversely affect the commercialization of its technologies and products, which in turn could negatively impact the performance of the Company.

In addition to FDA regulation, some state and local laws regulate new healthcare services and the expansion of existing healthcare services, including the addition of new beds, the acquisition of medical equipment, and the construction of healthcare-related facilities, by requiring a certificate of need or other comparable approvals. These approvals are issued by the applicable state health planning agency only after that agency makes a determination that a need exists in a particular area for a particular service, equipment or facility.

New laws and regulations, changes in existing laws and regulations or changes in the interpretation of such laws or regulations could negatively affect the financial condition of the Company’s investments. These changes, in some cases, could apply retroactively. The enactment, timing or effect of legislative or regulatory changes cannot be predicted. In addition, certain of the Company’s assets may require licenses or certificates of need to operate. Failure to obtain a license or certificate of need, or loss of a required license would prevent a facility from operating in the manner intended by the tenant. These events could adversely affect the Company’s portfolio companies’ ability to make payments to the Company, which may have a materially adverse effect on the Company’s business. Financial condition, results of operation, and ability to make distributions to the Company’s Unitholders.

Privacy and security regulations issued pursuant to the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act, and subsequent amendments thereto included to the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, as amended (“HIPAA”), extensively regulate the use and disclosure of individually identifiable health information. These laws and regulations: (i) permit the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services to impose civil monetary penalties; (ii) allow state attorneys general to bring civil actions with HIPAA violations; and (iii) require the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services to conduct audits of covered entities, such as healthcare providers, to determine their compliance with HIPAA. The cost of complying with these requirements or the imposition of penalties which may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial conditions, results of operations, and ability to make distributions to the Company’s Unitholders.

51

Reductions in Reimbursement from Third Party Payers. Declining reimbursement from government and private payers has increased pressure of healthcare providers to continue to control or reduce costs. Additional reductions in reimbursement may result healthcare reform legislation enacted by the U.S. Congress or from regulations issued by the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services. Similar efforts by private payers to reduce reimbursement in order to attempt to reduce healthcare costs will likely continue. Budget reduction measures by state governments are likely to result in further reductions in reimbursement from Medicaid and other government payment programs. A reduction in reimbursements to the Company’s investments from third party payers for any reason, including without limitation exclusion from participation in any government payer program, could adversely affect the ability of the Portfolio Investments to make payments to the Company, which may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial conditions, results of operations and ability to make distributions to the Unitholders.

Impact of Stark Law and Fraud Abuse Laws on Portfolio Companies’ Ability to Make Rent Payments. There are various federal and state laws prohibiting fraudulent and abusive business practices by healthcare providers who participate in, receive payments from or are in a position to make referrals in connections with government healthcare programs, including the Medicare and Medicaid programs. The Company’s arrangements with certain portfolio companies may also be subject to the Stark Law and fraud and abuse laws.

Shortages in Qualified Professional Clinical Staff. The healthcare industry may continue to experience shortages in qualified professional clinical staff. The Company’s portfolio companies compete with other healthcare providers and with non-healthcare providers for both professional and non-professional employees. As the demand for these services continually exceeds the supply of available and qualified staff, the Company’s portfolio companies and their competitors have been forced to offer more attractive wage and benefit packages to these professionals and to utilize outside contractors for these services at premium rates. Furthermore, the competitive arena for this shrinking labor market has created high turnover among clinical professional staff as many seek to take advantage of the supply of available positions, each offering new and more attractive wage and benefit packages. In addition to the wage pressures inherent in this environment, the cost of training new employees amid the high turnover rates has increased pressure on operating margins. While the Company’s portfolio companies may be able to retain the services of an adequate number of qualified personnel to staff their facilities appropriately and maintain standards of quality care, there can be no assurance that continued shortages will not in the future affect their ability to attract and maintain an adequate staff of qualified healthcare personnel. A lack of qualified personnel at a facility could result in significant increases in labor costs or otherwise adversely affect operations at such facility. Any of these developments could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s portfolio companies, which may adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operation.

Investments in Life Sciences Industry. Various segments of the life sciences industry are (or may become) (i) highly regulated at both the federal and state levels in the U.S. and internationally, (ii) subject to frequent regulatory change and (iii) dependent upon various government or private insurance reimbursement programs. While the Company may make investments in companies that comply with relevant laws and regulations, certain aspects of their operations may not have been subject to judicial or regulatory interpretation. An adverse review or determination by any one of such authorities, or an adverse change in the regulatory requirements or reimbursement programs, could have a material adverse effect on the operations of the companies in which the Company invests. Recent legislative changes have had, and will likely continue to have, a significant impact on the life sciences industry. In addition, various legislative proposals related to the life sciences industry are introduced from time to time at the U.S. federal and state level, and any such proposals, if adopted, could have a significant impact on the health care industry.

The life sciences industry spends heavily on research and development and in relatively new technologies. Research findings and technological innovation (together with patent expirations) may make any particular treatment, service or product less attractive if previously unknown or underappreciated risks are revealed, or if a more effective, less costly or less risky solution is or becomes available. Certain new technologies are more

52

costly and time-consuming to reach viability and such companies may have difficulty establishing a market presence. Developing technologies are also more likely to have undeveloped regulatory frameworks and therefore there is a greater risk that regulatory developments may adversely affect the industry. Any such development could have a material adverse effect on the companies in which the Company invests.

Senior Secured Loans. With respect to the Company’s investments in senior secured loans (including first lien and stretch senior loans, which are debt instruments that combine characteristics of traditional first-lien senior secured loans and second lien loans), the Company will generally have a security interest in assets of the company, which should mitigate the risk that the Company will not be repaid. However, the collateral securing the Company’s loans may decrease in value over time, may be difficult to sell in a timely manner, may be difficult to appraise, and may fluctuate in value based upon the success of the business and market conditions, including as a result of the inability of the company to raise additional capital. In some circumstances, the Company’s lien could be subordinated to claims of other creditors. In addition, deterioration in a company’s financial condition and prospects, including its inability to raise additional capital, may be accompanied by deterioration in the value of the collateral for the loan. Consequently, the fact that a loan is secured does not guarantee that the Company will receive principal and interest payments according to the loan’s terms, or at all, or that the Company will be able to collect on the loan should it be forced to enforce its remedies. Furthermore, if a secured loan is foreclosed, the Company could own the underlying collateral (e.g., real estate), and would be subject to the risks, costs and liabilities associated with owning and disposing of the collateral.

Subordinated Loans. The Company may invest in subordinated loans. In the event of a loss of value of the underlying assets that collateralize the loans, the subordinate portions of the loans may suffer a loss prior to the more senior portions suffering a loss. If a borrower defaults and lacks sufficient assets to satisfy the Company’s loan, the Company may suffer a loss of principal or interest. If a borrower declares bankruptcy, the Company may not have full recourse to the assets of the borrower, or the assets of the borrower may not be sufficient to satisfy the loan. In addition, certain of the Company’s loans may be subordinate to other debt of the borrower. As a result, if a borrower defaults on the Company’s loan or on debt senior to the Company’s loan, or in the event of the bankruptcy of a borrower, the Company’s loan will be satisfied only after all senior debt is paid in full. The Company’s ability to amend the terms of the Company’s loans, assign the Company’s loans, accept prepayments, exercise the Company’s remedies (through “standstill periods”) and control decisions made in bankruptcy proceedings relating to borrowers may be limited by intercreditor arrangements if debt senior to the Company’s loans exists. In addition, the Company will be subject to the potential risks of foreclosure and ownership of underlying collateral described in “—Senior Secured Loans” above.

Mezzanine Securities. The Company may invest in unsecured securities that are senior to common stock or other equity securities (“Mezzanine Securities”). Mezzanine Securities are subordinated to substantial amounts of senior debt, all or a portion of which may be secured. As a result, holders of Mezzanine Securities are generally not entitled to receive any payments in bankruptcy or liquidation until senior creditors are paid in full. In addition, the legal remedies available to holders of Mezzanine Securities are normally limited by restrictions benefiting senior creditors. In the event a company in which the Company holds Mezzanine Securities cannot generate adequate cash flow to meet senior debt service, the Company may suffer a partial or total loss of capital invested. Because issuers of Mezzanine Securities are often highly leveraged, their relatively high debt-to-equity ratios create increased risks that their operations will not be able to generate adequate cash flow to meet senior debt service.

Unsecured Loans or Debt. The Company may invest in unsecured loans which are not secured by collateral. In the event of default on an unsecured loan, the first priority lien holder has first claim to the underlying collateral of the loan. It is possible that no collateral value would remain for an unsecured holder and therefore result in a loss of investment to the Company. Because unsecured loans are lower in priority of payment to secured loans, they are subject to the additional risk that the cash flow of the borrower may be insufficient to meet scheduled payments after giving effect to the secured obligations of the borrower. Unsecured loans generally have greater price volatility than secured loans and may be less liquid.

53

Prepayment Risk. The terms of loans in which the Company invests may permit borrowers to voluntarily prepay loans at any time, either with no or a nominal prepayment premium. This prepayment right could result in the borrower repaying the principal on an obligation held by the Company earlier than expected. This may happen when there is a decline in interest rates, when the borrower’s improved credit or operating or financial performance allows the refinancing of certain classes of debt with lower cost debt. The yield of the Company’s investment assets may be affected by the rate of prepayments differing from the Adviser’s expectations.

Investment Modification Risk. The terms and conditions of loan agreements and related assignments may be amended, modified or waived only by the agreement of the lenders. Generally, any such agreement must include a majority or a super majority (measured by outstanding loans or commitments) or, in certain circumstances, a unanimous vote of the lenders. Consequently, the terms and conditions of the payment obligation arising from Portfolio Investments could be modified, amended or waived in a manner contrary to the preferences of the Company if a sufficient number of the other lenders concurred with such modification, amendment or waiver. There can be no assurance that any obligations arising from a Portfolio Investment will maintain the terms and conditions to which the Company originally agreed.

Collateral Risk. The collateral and security arrangements in relation to such secured obligations as the Company may invest in will be subject to such security or collateral having been correctly created and perfected and any applicable legal or regulatory requirements which may restrict the giving of collateral or security by an obligor, such as, for example, thin capitalization, over-indebtedness, financial assistance and corporate benefit requirements. If one or more Portfolio Investments do not benefit from the expected collateral or security arrangements, this may adversely affect the value of or, in the event of default, the recovery of principal or interest from such Portfolio Investments made by the Company. Accordingly, any such failure to properly create or perfect collateral and security interests attaching to the Portfolio Investments could have a material adverse effect on the performance of the Company, and, by extension, the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations and the value of the Units. A component of the Adviser’s analysis of the desirability of making a given investment relates to the estimated residual or recovery value of such Portfolio Investments in the event of the insolvency of the obligor. This residual or recovery value will be driven primarily by the value of the anticipated future cash flows of the obligor’s business and by the value of any underlying assets constituting the collateral for such Portfolio Investment. The anticipated future cash flows of the obligor’s business and the value of collateral can, however, be extremely difficult to predict as in certain circumstances market quotations and third-party pricing information may not be available. If the recovery value of the collateral associated with the Portfolio Investments in which the Company invests decreases or is materially worse than expected by the Company, such a decrease or deficiency may affect the value of the Portfolio Investments made by the Company. Accordingly, there may be a material adverse effect on the performance of the Company, and, by extension, the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations and the value of the Units.

Defaults. The Company may make investments in loans, or securities backed by loans, that may be at the time of their acquisition, or may become after acquisition, non-performing loans. In the event of any default under a loan directly held by the Company or a loan underlying a security held by the Company, the Company will bear a risk of loss of principal to the extent of any deficiency between the value of the collateral and the principal and accrued interest of the loan, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s cash flow from operations. Other non-performing loans may require workout negotiations and/or restructuring, which may entail, among other things, a substantial reduction in the interest rate and/or a substantial write-down of the original principal amount of such loans. Further, even if a restructuring were successfully accomplished, unless the restructuring provided for full amortization on or prior to maturity and the borrower strictly complied with that restructuring, a risk exists that upon maturity of such loans, replacement financing will not be available and such loans may not be repaid. In the event of the bankruptcy of a borrower, the loan to that borrower will be deemed to be secured only to the extent of the value of the underlying collateral at the time of bankruptcy (as determined by the bankruptcy court), the lien securing the loan will be subject to the avoidance powers of the bankruptcy trustee or debtor-in-possession to the extent the lien is unenforceable under state law, and realizing any value under such circumstances can be an expensive and lengthy process that could have a substantial negative effect

54

on the anticipated return on the loan and on the security backed by such loan. Other risks attendant to a bankruptcy filing are described below. The foregoing statement does not apply in the context of a borrower insolvency case commenced under chapter 13 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code where the underlying collateral is used as the principal residence of the borrower, but in such instances, the lender will nonetheless be stayed from the collection of its claim, taking possession of the collateral, and enforcing its lien unless and until the lender obtains relief from the automatic stay under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code.

Litigation and Related Risks Associated with Origination and Servicing. Loan origination and servicing companies are routinely involved in legal proceedings concerning matters that arise in the ordinary course of their business. These legal proceedings range from actions involving a single plaintiff to class action lawsuits with potentially tens of thousands of class members. In addition, a number of participants in the loan origination and servicing industry (including control persons of industry participants) have been the subject of regulatory actions by state regulators, including state Attorneys General, and by the federal government. Governmental investigations, examinations or regulatory actions, or private lawsuits, including purported class action lawsuits, may adversely affect such companies’ financial results. To the extent the Company seeks to engage in origination and/or servicing directly, or has a financial interest in, or is otherwise affiliated with, an origination or servicing company, the Company will be subject to enhanced risks of litigation, regulatory actions and other proceedings. As a result, the Company may be required to pay legal fees, settlement costs, damages, penalties or other charges, any or all of which could materially adversely affect the Company and its investments.

Ability to Originate Loans on Advantageous Terms; Competition and Supply. The Company’s success will depend, in part, on the ability of the Company or its affiliates to originate loans on advantageous terms. In originating and purchasing loans, the Company or its affiliates will compete with a broad spectrum of lenders. Increased competition for, or a diminishment in the available supply of, qualifying loans could result in lower yields on such loans, which could reduce returns (if any) to investors. The Company intends to originate certain investments and later offer to syndicate all or a portion of one or more investments to certain other funds or accounts managed by the Adviser and its affiliates, in each case subject to their own investment-review process, and to co-investors and/or third parties. Prior to such syndication, or if such syndication is not successful, the Company’s exposure to the originated investment may exceed the exposure that the Company intends to have over the long-term or would have had if it had purchased such investment in the secondary market rather than originating it. Where syndication is not successful, the Company may elect to sell all or a portion of an originated investment at a loss in order to rebalance the Company’s portfolio. The level of analytical sophistication, both financial and legal, necessary for successful financing to companies, particularly companies experiencing significant business and financial difficulties is unusually high. There is no assurance that the Adviser will correctly evaluate the value of the assets collateralizing the Company loans or the prospects for successful repayment or a successful reorganization or similar action.

Risks Relating to Bank Loans and Corporate Loans. Bank loans and corporate loans (which the Company will originate, invest in or otherwise gain exposure to) may not be readily marketable and may be subject to restrictions on resale. In some cases, negotiations involved in disposing of indebtedness may require weeks to complete. Consequently, some indebtedness may be difficult or impossible to dispose of readily at what the Adviser believes to be a fair price. In addition, bank loans and corporate loans are often less liquid than other types of debt securities, particularly in times of significant market dislocation. Loans to small and middle market entities (“SMEs”) may involve certain heightened risks. See “— Investments in Smaller and Middle Market Companies” below.

Holders of bank loans, corporate loans and other forms of direct indebtedness depend primarily upon the creditworthiness of the corporate or other borrower for payment of principal and interest. If the Company does not receive scheduled interest or principal payments on such indebtedness, the value of the Company’s investments could be adversely affected. The Company may invest in secured and unsecured bank loans and corporate loans. Bank loans and corporate loans that are fully secured may offer the Company more protection than an unsecured loan in the event of non-payment of scheduled interest or principal. However, there is no

55

assurance that the liquidation of any collateral from a secured bank loan or corporate loan would satisfy the borrower’s obligation, or that such collateral could be liquidated. In the event of the bankruptcy of a borrower, the Company could experience delays or limitations in its ability to realize the benefits of any collateral securing a loan and could be compelled to accept new instruments or interests in respect of its claims under the bank loan in a plan of reorganization. These new instruments or interests may be on terms different from prevailing market terms for similar instruments and interests.

Bank loans usually require, in addition to scheduled payments of interest and principal, the prepayment of the bank loan from free cash flow. The degree to which borrowers prepay bank loans, whether as a contractual requirement or at their election, may be affected by general business conditions, the financial condition of the borrower and competitive conditions among lenders, among others. As such, prepayments cannot be predicted with accuracy. Upon a prepayment, either in part or in full, the actual outstanding debt on which the Company derives interest income will be reduced. The effect of prepayments on the Company’s performance may or may not be mitigated by the receipt of prepayment fees and/or the Company’s reinvestment of prepayments in other bank loans that have similar or identical yields.

The Company may purchase “assignments” of bank loans from lenders. The purchaser of an assignment typically succeeds to all the rights and obligations under the loan agreement with the same rights and obligations as the assigning lender. Assignments may, however, be arranged through private negotiations between potential assignees and potential assignors, and the rights and obligations acquired by the purchaser of an assignment may differ from, and be more limited than, those held by the assigning lender.

The Company may also invest in “participations” in bank loans. Participations by the Company in a lender’s portion of a bank loan typically will result in the Company having a contractual relationship only with such lender, not with the borrower. As a result, the Company may have the right to receive payments of principal, interest and any fees to which it is entitled only from the lender selling the participation and only upon receipt by such lender of such payments from the borrower. In connection with purchasing participations, the Company generally will have no right to enforce compliance by the borrower with the terms of the loan agreement, nor any rights with respect to any funds acquired by other lenders through set-off against the borrower, and the Company may not directly benefit from any collateral supporting the bank loan in which it has purchased the participation. As a result, the Company assumes the credit risk of both the borrower and the lender selling the participation.

In many cases bank loans and loan participations would not be deemed to be securities for purposes of U.S. federal and/or state securities laws. As a result, an investment in bank loans would not be afforded the same protections as an investment in securities, such as the extensive disclosure requirements under U.S. federal and/or state securities laws, which may adversely impact the Company’s ability to seek recourse in respect of such investments. Similarly, the documentation evidencing bank loans and loan participations will not necessarily be maintained with the Company’s custodian.

General Economic and Market Risk. The value of the Company’s investments could be affected by factors affecting the economy and securities markets generally, such as real or perceived adverse economic conditions, supply and demand for particular instruments, changes in the general outlook for certain markets or corporate earnings, interest rates, announcements of political information or adverse investor sentiment generally. The market values of the Company’s investments may decline for a number of reasons, including increases in defaults resulting from changes in overall economic conditions and widening of credit spreads. Unfavorable market conditions may also increase funding costs, limit access to the capital markets or result in credit terms changing or credit becoming unavailable. These events could have an adverse effect on the Company’s investments and the Company’s overall performance.

Events such as war, terrorism and related geopolitical risks have led, and may in the future lead, to increased short-term market volatility and may have adverse long-term effects on U.S. and world economies and markets generally. Those events could also have an acute effect on individual issuers or related groups of issuers. These

56

risks could also adversely affect individual issuers and securities markets, interest rates, auctions, secondary trading, ratings, credit risk, inflation, deflation and other factors relating to the Company’s investments.

Continuing market uncertainty may have a significant impact on the business of the Company. Among other things, the level of investment opportunities may decline from the Adviser’s current expectations. One possible consequence is that the Company may take a longer than anticipated period to invest capital and/or the Company may be relatively concentrated in a limited number of investments. Consequently, during this period, the returns (if any) realized by Unitholders may be substantially adversely affected by the unfavorable performance of a small number of these investments. Furthermore, market conditions may unfavorably impact the Company’s ability to secure leverage on terms as favorable as more established borrowers in the market, or to obtain any leverage on commercially favorable terms. To the extent the Company is able to secure financing for investments, increases in interest rates or in the risk spread demanded by financing sources would make the use of leverage more expensive and could limit the Company’s ability to structure and consummate its investments. Although the Adviser believes that recent market dislocations will result in attractive investment opportunities, the Company may not be able to time the acquisition or disposition of its investments correctly, which could result in further depreciation in values.

Public Health Crises Risk. Periods of market volatility have occurred and could continue to occur in response to pandemics or other events outside of the Company’s control. These types of events have adversely affected and could continue to adversely affect operating results for the Company and for the Company’s prospective portfolio companies. For example, the COVID-19 pandemic has delivered a shock to the global economy. This outbreak has led and for an unknown period of time will continue to lead to disruptions in local, regional, national and global markets and economies affected thereby, including a recession and a steep increase in unemployment in the United States. With respect to the U.S. credit markets (in particular for middle market loans), this outbreak has resulted in, and until fully resolved is likely to continue to result in, the following among other things: (i) government imposition of various forms of shelter-in-place orders and the closing of “non-essential” businesses, resulting in significant disruption to the businesses of many middle-market loan borrowers including supply chains, demand and practical aspects of their operations, as well as in lay-offs of employees, and, while these effects are hoped to be temporary, some effects could be persistent or even permanent; (ii) increased draws by borrowers on revolving lines of credit; (iii) increased requests by borrowers for amendments and waivers of their credit agreements to avoid default, increased defaults by such borrowers and/or increased difficulty in obtaining refinancing at the maturity dates of their loans; (iv) volatility and disruption of these markets including greater volatility in pricing and spreads and difficulty in valuing loans during periods of increased volatility, and liquidity issues; and (v) rapidly evolving proposals and/or actions by state and federal governments to address problems being experienced by the markets and by businesses and the economy in general which will not necessarily adequately address the problems facing the loan market and middle market businesses.

While several countries, as well as certain states, counties and cities in the United States, have relaxed initial public health restrictions with the view to partially or fully reopening their economies, many cities have since experienced a surge in the reported number of cases, hospitalizations and deaths related to the COVID-19 pandemic. These surges have led to the re-introduction of such restrictions and business shutdowns in certain states in the United States and globally and could continue to lead to the re-introduction of such restrictions elsewhere. Health advisors warn that recurring COVID-19 outbreaks will continue if reopening is pursued too soon or in the wrong manner, which may lead to the re-introduction or continuation of certain public health restrictions (such as instituting quarantines, prohibitions on travel and the closure of offices, businesses, schools, retail stores and other public venues). Additionally, as of late December 2020, travelers from the United States are not allowed to visit Canada, Australia or the majority of countries in Europe, Asia, Africa and South America. These continued travel restrictions may prolong the global economic downturn. In addition, although the Federal Food and Drug Administration authorized vaccines produced by Pfizer-BioNTech and Moderna for emergency use starting in December 2020, it remains unclear how quickly the vaccines will be distributed nationwide and globally or when “herd immunity” will be achieved and the restrictions that were imposed to

57

slow the spread of the virus will be lifted entirely. The delay in distributing the vaccines could lead people to continue to self-isolate and not participate in the economy at pre-pandemic levels for a prolonged period of time. Even after the COVID-19 pandemic subsides, the U.S. economy and most other major global economies may continue to experience a recession, and we anticipate our business and operations could be materially adversely affected by a prolonged recession in the United States and other major markets.

This outbreak is having, and any future outbreaks could have, an adverse impact on the markets and the economy in general, which could have a material adverse impact on, among other things, the ability of lenders to originate loans, the volume and type of loans originated, and the volume and type of amendments and waivers granted to borrowers and remedial actions taken in the event of a borrower default, each of which could negatively impact the amount and quality of loans available for investment by the Company and returns to the Company, among other things. As of the date of this Registration Statement, it is impossible to determine the scope of this outbreak, or any future outbreaks, how long any such outbreak, market disruption or uncertainties may last, the effect any governmental actions will have or the full potential impact on the Company and its prospective portfolio companies. Any potential impact to the Company’s results of operations will depend to a large extent on future developments and new information that could emerge regarding the duration and severity of COVID-19 and the actions taken by authorities and other entities to contain COVID-19 or treat its impact, all of which are beyond our control.

If the economy is unable to substantially reopen, and high levels of unemployment continue for an extended period of time, loan delinquencies, loan non-accruals, problem assets, and bankruptcies may increase. In addition, collateral for our loans may decline in value, which could cause loan losses to increase and the net worth and liquidity of loan guarantors could decline, impairing their ability to honor commitments to the Company. An increase in loan delinquencies and non-accruals or a decrease in loan collateral and guarantor net worth could result in increased costs and reduced income which would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition or results of operations. Additionally, oil prices collapsed to an 18-year low on supply glut concerns, as shutdowns across the global economy sharply reduced oil demand while Saudi Arabia and Russia engaged in a price war. Central banks and governments have responded with liquidity injections to ease the strain on financial systems and stimulus measures to buffer the shock to businesses and consumers. These measures have helped stabilize certain portions of the financial markets over the short term, but volatility will likely remain elevated until the health crisis itself is under control (via fewer new cases, lower infection rates and/or verified treatments). There are still many unknowns and new information is incoming daily, compounding the difficulty of modeling outcomes for epidemiologists and economists alike.

The Company cannot be certain as to the duration or magnitude of the economic impact of the COVID-19 pandemic in the markets in which the Company and its portfolio companies operate, including with respect to travel restrictions, business closures, mitigation efforts (whether voluntary, suggested, or mandated by law) and corresponding declines in economic activity that may negatively impact the U.S. economy and the markets for the various types of goods and services provided by U.S. middle market companies. Depending on the duration, magnitude and severity of these conditions and their related economic and market impacts, certain portfolio companies may suffer declines in earnings and could experience financial distress, which could cause them to default on their financial obligations to us and their other lenders.

The Company will also be negatively affected if the operations and effectiveness of the Company or a portfolio company (or any of the key personnel or service providers of the foregoing) is compromised or if necessary or beneficial systems and processes are disrupted.

Any public health emergency, including the COVID-19 pandemic or any outbreak of other existing or new epidemic diseases, or the threat thereof, and the resulting financial and economic market uncertainty could have a significant adverse impact on the Company and the fair value of the Company’s investments. These potential impacts, while uncertain, could adversely affect the Company’s and its portfolio companies’ operating results.

58

Capital Markets Uncertainty. The U.S. capital markets have experienced extreme volatility and disruption following the global outbreak of COVID-19 that began in December 2019. The global impact of the outbreak is rapidly evolving, and many countries have reacted by instituting quarantines, prohibitions on travel and the closure of offices, businesses, schools, retail stores and other public venues. Businesses are also implementing similar precautionary measures. Such measures, as well as the general uncertainty surrounding the dangers and impact of COVID-19, have created significant disruption in supply chains and economic activity. The impact of COVID-19 has led to significant volatility and declines in the global public equity markets and it is uncertain how long this volatility will continue. As COVID-19 continues to spread, the potential impacts, including a global, regional or other economic recession, are increasingly uncertain and difficult to assess. Some economists and major investment banks have expressed concern that the continued spread of the virus globally could lead to a world-wide economic downturn.

Disruptions in the capital markets caused by the COVID-19 pandemic have increased the spread between the yields realized on risk-free and higher risk securities, resulting in illiquidity in parts of the capital markets. These and future market disruptions and/or illiquidity would be expected to have an adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Unfavorable economic conditions also would be expected to increase the Company’s funding costs, limit the Company’s access to the capital markets or result in a decision by lenders not to extend credit to the Company. These events have limited and could continue to limit the Company’s investment originations, limit the Company’s ability to grow and have a material negative impact on the Company’s operating results and the fair values of its debt and equity investments.

In addition, due to the outbreak in the United States, certain personnel of the Adviser are currently working remotely, which may introduce additional operational risk to us. Staff members of certain of our other service providers may also work remotely during the COVID-19 outbreak. An extended period of remote working could lead to service limitations or failures that could impact the Company or its performance.

Further, current market conditions resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic may make it difficult for the Company to obtain debt capital on favorable terms and any failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business. The debt capital that will be available to the Company in the future, if at all, may be at a higher cost and on less favorable terms and conditions than what the Company would otherwise expect, including being at a higher cost in rising rate environments. If the Company is unable to raise debt, then its equity investors may not benefit from the potential for increased returns on equity resulting from leverage and the Company may be limited in its ability to make or fund commitments to portfolio companies. An inability to obtain indebtedness could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition or results of operations.

General Credit Risk. The Company is subject to significant credit risk (i.e., the risk that an issuer or borrower will default in the payment of principal and/or interest on an instrument) in light of its investment strategy. Credit risk also includes the risk that a counterparty to a derivatives transaction (e.g., a swap counterparty) will be unwilling or unable to meet its obligations (see “— Counterparty Risk” below). Financial strength and solvency of an issuer or borrower are the primary factors influencing credit risk. In addition, degree of subordination, lack or inadequacy of collateral or credit enhancement for a debt instrument may affect its credit risk. The degree of credit risk associated with any particular Portfolio Investment or any collateral relating thereto may be difficult or impossible for the Adviser to determine within reasonable standards of predictability. The Adviser also expects to utilize various third parties that hold Company assets (such as the Custodian and prime brokers) in implementing the Company’s investment strategy, and the Company will therefore also be subject to credit risk with respect to such entities.

Although most of the Company’s investments will not be rated by any credit rating agency, in some cases, the credit risk of some of the Company’s Portfolio Investments may be broadly gauged by the credit ratings of such Portfolio Investments. However, ratings are only the opinions of the agencies issuing them, may change less quickly than relevant circumstances, are not absolute guarantees of the quality of the rated securities and are

59

subject to downgrade. Credit ratings and ratings agencies have recently been criticized for ratings which did not fully reflect the risks of certain securities or which did not reflect such risks in a timely manner. For most investments, however, the Adviser will rely on its own independent analysis of the credit quality and risks associated with individual securities considered for the Company, rather than relying on ratings agencies or third-party research. Therefore, the Adviser’s capabilities in analyzing credit quality and associated risks will be particularly important (especially since it is currently anticipated that most of the Company’s assets will not be rated by a ratings agency or will be rated below investment grade), and there can be no assurance that the Adviser will be successful in this regard. See also “— High Yield Debt and Unrated Securities” below.

General Leverage Risks. The Company expects to employ leverage and otherwise incur indebtedness with respect to the portfolio both on a recourse or non-recourse basis (including through guarantees, derivatives, forward commitments and reverse repurchase agreements). For example, the Company may enter into one or more revolving credit facilities, including subscription line credit facilities secured by the Company’s unfunded capital commitments.

The use of leverage has the potential to magnify the gains or the losses on investments and to make the Company’s returns more volatile. Moreover, if the Company is required to de-lever as a result of changing market conditions or otherwise, it may be forced to sell Portfolio Investments at inopportune times or at disadvantageous prices. On the other hand, while the Company will have the flexibility to use leverage, there can be no guarantee that leverage can be obtained, or obtained on terms and pricing the Adviser finds attractive, especially in the current market environment. As a result, prospective investors in the Company should recognize that Portfolio Investments may not be leveraged, or may be leveraged at an amount below any leverage level otherwise expected by the Adviser. Moreover, even if leverage can be arranged, the Company is not obligated to utilize such leverage and may do so at the sole discretion of the Adviser. Should leverage not be obtained or utilized by the Company, the returns for the Company may be lower than they would have been had such leverage been obtained and utilized.

In connection with any leverage utilized by the Company, the Company may secure its obligations with respect thereto with any and all of its assets, including its right to receive capital contributions from the Unitholders, pursuant to a pledge or other security agreement on terms that the Company determines are fair and reasonable to the Company. If the Company were to default on its obligations under such transactions, the counterparty could foreclose on the collateral and take possession of the Company’s assets and/or call capital from the Unitholders for purposes of repaying debt.

The terms of any leverage utilized by the Company are likely to impose significant restrictions on the Company’s operations and investment program, including as to the Company’s ability to pay distributions, incur additional leverage and engage in certain transactions.

Investments in Smaller and Middle Market Companies. The Company expects to invest in smaller and middle market companies. While smaller and middle market companies generally have potential for rapid growth, they often involve higher risks because they may lack the management experience, financial resources, product diversification, competitive strength and access to capital of larger companies. In addition, in many instances, the frequency and volume of the trading of securities for such companies may be substantially less than is typical of larger companies. As a result, the securities of smaller and middle market companies may be subject to wider price fluctuations. When liquidating positions in smaller and middle market companies, the Company may have to sell portfolio holdings at discounts from quoted prices or may have to make a series of small transactions over an extended period of time. Investments in such companies may also be particularly difficult to analyze due to (among other factors) limited attention from analysts and large institutional investors, limited access to liquidity sources and, in certain cases, limited publicly available financial information. With respect to the Company’s investments in SME and similar loans, the Company may receive less borrower information, receive less collateral and be subject to heightened default risk as compared to loans made to other types of entities.

60

Hedging Transactions and Related Risks. The Company may, but is not required to, engage in hedging transactions. In particular, as many of the Company’s Portfolio Investments are expected to consist of relatively illiquid securities whose price behavior is not particularly correlated to general fixed income or equity index returns, such Portfolio Investments are expected to be difficult or expensive to hedge, and as such the Company may not employ any hedging strategy in respect of such Portfolio Investments (including with respect to their credit risk).

To the extent the Adviser employs a hedging strategy for the Company, the success of any such hedging strategy will depend, in part, upon the Adviser’s ability to correctly assess the degree of correlation between the performance of the instruments used in the hedging strategy and the performance of the investments being hedged. Since the characteristics of many securities change as markets change or time passes, the success of the Company’s hedging strategy will also be subject to the Adviser’s ability to continually recalculate, readjust and execute hedges in an efficient and timely manner. While the Company may enter into hedging transactions to seek to reduce risk, such transactions may result in a poorer overall performance for the Company than if it had not engaged in such hedging transactions. For a variety of reasons, the Adviser may not seek to establish a precise correlation between the hedging instruments utilized and the portfolio holdings being hedged. Such an imprecise correlation may prevent the Company from achieving the intended hedge or expose the Company to risk of loss. Additionally, the Adviser may not hedge against a particular risk because it does not regard the probability of the risk occurring to be sufficiently high as to justify the cost of the hedge, or because it does not foresee the occurrence of the risk. Moreover, there is no guarantee that the Company’s intended hedging strategy will be successful in hedging out the subject risks.

Due Diligence Risk. When conducting due diligence and making an assessment regarding a Portfolio Investment, the Adviser will rely on the resources available to it, including internal sources of information as well as information provided by third parties. The due diligence process may at times be required to rely on limited or incomplete information. The Adviser expects to select Portfolio Investments in part on the basis of information and data filed with various government regulators and publicly available or made directly available by prospective portfolio companies or third parties. The Adviser expects that it will not be in a position to confirm the completeness, genuineness or accuracy of such information and data, and will therefore be dependent upon the integrity of the management of the entities filing such information and of such portfolio companies and third parties providing such information. In addition, there can be no assurance that any consultants or experts engaged by the Adviser will accurately evaluate such Portfolio Investments. Investment analyses and decisions by the Adviser may be undertaken on an expedited basis to enable the Company to take advantage of investment opportunities with accelerated timelines. In such cases, the available information at the time of an investment decision may be limited, inaccurate and/or incomplete. Accordingly, the Adviser cannot guarantee that its due diligence investigations will reveal or highlight all relevant facts that may be necessary or helpful in evaluating investment opportunities. Furthermore, the Company will bear its proportionate share of all due diligence-related fees, costs, expenses and liabilities (including in respect of investments that are not ultimately consummated); such fees, costs, expenses and liabilities may be significant and could reduce Company returns.

Interest Rate Risk. Interest rate risk refers to the risks associated with market changes in interest rates. In general, rising interest rates will negatively impact the price of fixed rate debt instruments and falling interest rates will have a positive effect on the price of such debt instruments. Many of the Company’s investments are expected to be variable rate loans with interest that adjusts with market rates. These loans will generally also react to interest rate changes in a similar manner although generally to a lesser degree (depending, however, on the characteristics of the reset terms, including the index chosen, frequency of reset and reset caps or floors, among other factors). The Company’s other investments and transactions (e.g., derivatives) may also be affected by changes in interest rates. Declines in market value, if not offset by any corresponding gains on hedging instruments, may ultimately reduce earnings or result in losses to the Company.

The prices of long-term debt obligations generally fluctuate more than prices of short-term debt obligations as interest rates change. To the extent the Company invests in longer-term Portfolio Investments, it will be impacted

61

to a greater degree by changes in market interest rates than if the Company invested primarily in short-term debt securities.

To the extent the Company borrows money or issues preferred Units to make investments, its net investment income will depend, in part, upon the difference between the rate at which the Company borrows funds or pays distributions on preferred Units and the rate at which it invests those funds. As a result, the Company can offer no assurance that a significant change in market interest rates will not have a material adverse effect on its net investment income in the event the Company uses debt to finance investments. In periods of rising interest rates, the Company’s cost of funds would increase, except to the extent it issues fixed rate debt or preferred Units, which could reduce net investment income. The Company expects that its long-term fixed-rate investments will be financed primarily with equity and long-term debt. The Company may use interest rate risk management techniques in an effort to limit its exposure to interest rate fluctuations. Such techniques may include various interest rate hedging activities to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act.

Further, rising interest rates could also adversely affect the Company’s performance if it holds investments with floating interest rates, subject to specified minimum interest rates (such as a LIBOR floor), while at the same time engaging in borrowings subject to floating interest rates not subject to such minimums. In such a scenario, rising interest rates may increase interest expense, even though the Company’s interest income from Portfolio Investments is not increasing in a corresponding manner as a result of such minimum interest rates.

Liquidity Risk. Most of the Company’s Portfolio Investments at any given time are expected to be illiquid, such that either no market exists for them or they are restricted as to their transferability under federal, state or foreign securities laws. Similarly, the Adviser may from time to time possess material, non-public information about an issuer, which could limit the ability of the Company to buy and sell Portfolio Investments. The illiquid nature of the Company’s positions may make it difficult, if not impossible, for the Company to (i) close out unprofitable positions and redeploy capital, except when a viable exit strategy can be developed (which may require a much longer commitment than the Adviser had anticipated), and (ii) meet margin calls or similar requirements of Company transaction counterparties to furnish additional liquid collateral. In addition, the sale of the Company’s investments may be made at substantial discounts and/or otherwise disadvantageous terms.

Inflation/Deflation Risk. Inflation risk is the risk that the value of assets or income from the Company’s Portfolio Investments will be worth less in the future as inflation decreases the value of payments at future dates. As inflation increases, the real value of the Company’s portfolio could decline and the interest payments on Company borrowings, if any, may increase. Deflation risk is the risk that prices throughout the economy decline over time. Deflation may have an adverse effect on the creditworthiness of issuers and may make issuer default more likely or materially impair the ability of distressed issuers to restructure, which may result in a decline in the value of the Company’s portfolio. Though the Company may enter into instruments related to inflation or deflation (such as inflation-indexed bonds), it will be under no obligation to do so.

Financial Fraud. Instances of fraud and other deceptive practices committed by management, employees or Service Providers of the Company’s Portfolio Investments or by other financial institutions may undermine the Adviser’s due diligence efforts with respect to, and/or negatively affect the valuation of, the Company’s Portfolio Investments. In addition, financial fraud may contribute to overall market volatility, which can negatively impact the Company’s investment program.

Exit from European Union. In 2010, a financial crisis emerged in Europe, triggered by high budget deficits and rising direct and contingent sovereign debt, which created concerns about the ability of certain nations to continue to service their sovereign debt obligations. Risks resulting from such debt crisis, including any austerity measures taken in exchange for bailout of certain nations, and any future debt crisis in Europe or any similar crisis elsewhere could have a detrimental impact on the global economic recovery, sovereign and non-sovereign debt in certain countries and the financial condition of financial institutions generally. On January 31, 2020, the United Kingdom (the “UK”) ended its membership in the European Union (“Brexit”). Under the terms of the

62

withdrawal agreement negotiated and agreed between the UK and the European Union, the UK’s departure from the European Union was followed by a transition period (the “Transition Period”), which ran until December 31, 2020 and during which the UK continued to apply European Union law and was treated for all material purposes as if it were still a member of the European Union. On December 24, 2020, the European Union and UK governments signed a trade deal that became provisionally effective on January 1, 2021 and that now governs the relationship between the UK and European Union (the “Trade Agreement”). The Trade Agreement implements significant regulation around trade, transport of goods and travel restrictions between the UK and the European Union. The longer term economic, legal, political and social implications of Brexit are unclear at this stage. Brexit has led to ongoing political and economic uncertainty and periods of increased volatility in both the UK and in wider European markets for some time. In particular, Brexit could lead to calls for similar referendums in other European jurisdictions, which could cause increased economic volatility in the European and global markets. This mid- to long-term uncertainty could have adverse effects on the economy generally and on our ability to earn attractive returns. In particular, currency volatility could mean that our returns are adversely affected by market movements and could make it more difficult, or more expensive, for us to execute prudent currency hedging policies. Potential decline in the value of the British Pound and/or the Euro against other currencies, along with the potential further downgrading of the UK’s sovereign credit rating, could also have an impact on the performance of certain investments made in the UK or Europe.

General Risks Related to the Company

Risk of Loss. An investment in the Company is highly risky. There can be no assurance that the Company will achieve its investment objective or any particular level of returns. An investor may lose all of its money by investing in the Company. Among other things, the Company may invest in assets that are underperforming or non-performing and/or in securities of issuers who are under financial stress. By their nature, such investments are considered speculative and entail substantial risks that are generally higher than the risks of investments in performing assets and securities of issuers that are not under financial stress. Any losses in the Company will be borne solely by investors in the Company and not by the Adviser or any of its respective affiliates (except to the extent they invest capital in the Company, in which case they, with respect to such capital invested, will bear their pro rata portion of such loss).

Lack of Operating History. The Company has had no investment operations with which to evaluate its future performance. The past performance of other investment vehicles managed by SCP or any of its personnel at their prior firms cannot be relied upon as an indicator of the Company’s success. In addition, although the Company is expected to have a similar strategy and overlapping investment personnel with certain prior investment vehicles managed by SCP, there will be significant differences which may make comparisons between the Company and such prior investment vehicles less relevant than would otherwise be the case. An investor in the Company must rely upon the ability of the Adviser in identifying Portfolio Investments and implementing the Company’s investment strategy.

No Market for Units. Pursuant to the LLC Agreement, Units are not generally transferable and voluntary withdrawal of Units is not allowed. A Unitholder is not expected to be able to sell, assign or transfer its Units prior to an Exchange Listing. In addition, transfers of Units may be affected by restrictions on resales imposed by federal and state securities laws. The Units will not be registered under the 1933 Act or any state securities laws and may not be transferred unless registered under applicable federal and state securities laws or unless an exemption from such laws is available. While we may engage in an Exchange Listing in the future, there can be no assurance that an Exchange Listing will be consummated for Unitholders. Therefore, an investment in the Company must be considered illiquid and must only be made by persons that are able to bear the risk of their investment in the Company for an indefinite period of time.

Exchange Listing Risk. The Company does not know at this time what circumstances will exist in the future and therefore does not know what factors the Board will consider in determining whether to conduct an Exchange Listing. If the Company does undertake an Exchange Listing, it cannot assure Unitholders that a public trading

63

market will develop or, if one develops, that such trading market can be sustained. Any such Exchange Listing may be effectuated in connection with an initial public offering, and shares of companies offered in an initial public offering often trade at a discount to the initial offering price due to underwriting discounts and related offering expenses. Also, shares of closed-end investment companies and BDCs frequently trade at a discount from their NAV. This characteristic of closed-end investment companies is separate and distinct from the risk that the Company’s NAV per Unit may decline. The Company cannot predict whether its securities, if listed on a national securities exchange, will trade at, above or below NAV.

Management Risk and Reliance on Management. The Company is subject to management risk because the Adviser actively manages its investment portfolio. The Adviser will apply investment and disposition techniques and risk analyses in making investment and disposition decisions for the Company, but there can be no guarantee that these will produce the desired results. In addition, as Unitholders may not participate in the management of the Company, only investors who are willing to entrust all aspects of the management of the Company to the Adviser should subscribe for Units.

The success of the Company will be highly dependent on the financial and managerial expertise of the Adviser and any consultants or other service providers retained by the Company. The success of the Adviser is highly dependent on the financial and managerial expertise of the investment professionals, who may not continue to be employed by or associated with the Adviser during the entire term of the Company. In addition, a number of members of the professional staff of the Adviser are investors in other investment vehicles advised by SCP and are actively involved in managing the investment decisions of these investment vehicles, as well as investment decisions of other clients of SCP. Accordingly, the members of the professional staff of the Adviser will have demands on their time for the investment, monitoring and other functions of other funds and other clients advised by SCP. In addition, competition in the financial services, private equity and alternative asset management industries for qualified investment professionals is intense. The Adviser’s continued ability to effectively manage the Company’s investments depends on its ability to attract new investment professionals and to retain and motivate its existing investment professionals.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time during the Company’s term, the Adviser may assign the full and exclusive authority and responsibility granted to it under the Investment Management Agreement to an investment adviser under common control with the Adviser, subject to applicable law. The Adviser may take any actions that are necessary or incidental to any such assignment, including assigning the Investment Management Agreement or causing the Company to enter into a new Investment Management Agreement. Although it is expected that (x) the management fee and incentive fee payable by the Company to such entities would be identical to that payable to the Adviser and (y) certain investment professionals would continue to be responsible for managing the Company’s assets, there is no guarantee that any or all of such characteristics will apply to any such new investment adviser. See also “— Conflicts of Interest; Other Activities of the Adviser” below for information about potential limits on the Company’s investment team’s ability to utilize the Adviser’s full panoply of issuer-specific resources in the management of the Company’s portfolio.

The Investment Committee may delegate non-investment decisions (including decisions relating to cash management and similar non-material transactions (which shall not be considered “investments” for these purposes), diligence decisions, decisions relating to transactions involving material non-public information and decisions relating to the engagement of consultants, law firms and other service providers) to other investment professionals in their sole discretion. Any decisions made by such subset or other investment professionals may be materially different and/or less optimal than decisions that would have been made by the Investment Committee.

Referral Relationships with Financial Sponsors. The Adviser expects that the professional staff of the Adviser will maintain and develop their relationships with financial sponsors, including venture capital sponsors, and the Company will rely to a significant extent upon these relationships to provide the Company with potential investment opportunities. If the professional staff of the Adviser fail to maintain their existing relationships or

64

develop new relationships with other sponsors or sources of investment opportunities, the Company will not be able to grow its investment portfolio. In addition, individuals with whom the professional staff of the Adviser have relationships are not obligated to provide the Company with investment opportunities, and, therefore, there is no assurance that such relationships will generate investment opportunities for the Company. If the Adviser is unable to source investment opportunities, the Company may hold a greater percentage of its assets in cash and cash equivalents than anticipated, which could impact potential returns on the Company’s portfolio.

Recourse to the Company’s Assets. The Company’s assets, including any Portfolio Investments made by the Company and any capital held by the Company, are available to satisfy all liabilities and other obligations of the Company. In addition, the Company may pledge its right to call capital from Unitholders. If the Company becomes subject to a liability, parties seeking to have the liability satisfied may have recourse to the Company’s assets generally and may not be limited to any particular asset, such as the Portfolio Investment giving rise to the liability. To the extent the Company chooses to use special-purpose entities for individual transactions to reduce recourse risk (and it may, but will be under no obligation to do so), the bona fides of such entities may be subject to later challenge based on a number of theories, including veil piercing or substantive consolidation.

Unspecified Use of Proceeds. The proceeds from the issuance of the Units are intended to be invested in investments, none of which, as of the date of this Registration Statement, have been selected by the Company. Unitholders will not have an opportunity to evaluate for themselves the relevant economic, financial and other information regarding the investments in which the proceeds from the issuance of the Units will be invested and, accordingly, will be dependent upon the judgment and ability of the Adviser in investing and managing the capital of the Company.

Identification of Potential Investment Opportunities. There is no assurance that the Adviser’s analysis in this regard, as implemented, will take into consideration all appropriate factors or appropriately weigh the factors that are considered in its analysis, especially given the heightened difficulty of the analysis required to evaluate certain Portfolio Investments. In particular, catalysts and/or exit strategies that initially appear to be viable may be precluded over time due to economic, legal, political or other factors. In addition, because the successful implementation of the Company’s investment strategy depends, in part, on its ability to successfully predict and take advantage of changing market conditions, to the extent it is unable to do so, returns may be adversely affected. These considerations are particularly relevant in light of the current uncertain economic and regulatory environment. See “— Regulatory Risks Relating to the Company” below.

Competition; Potential for Insufficient Investment Opportunities. The business of identifying and effecting investments of the types contemplated by the Adviser is competitive and there can be no assurance that the Adviser will be able to identify and obtain a sufficient number of investment opportunities to invest the full amount of capital that may be committed to the Company. Increased competition for, or a diminishment in the available supply of, potential Portfolio Investments could result in lower returns on such Portfolio Investments. The Company may engage in auction or similar bidding processes with respect to certain Portfolio Investments, which processes are often highly competitive and may involve numerous other bidders about which the Company possesses limited or no information; as a result, the foregoing considerations will be applicable with respect to any such processes.

Insufficient Capital for Follow-On Investments. Following its initial investment in a Portfolio Investment, the Company may have the opportunity to increase its investment in such Portfolio Investment. There is no assurance that the Company will make follow-on investments or that the Company will have sufficient resources to, or be permitted to, make such investments. Any decision not to make follow-on investments or the Company’s inability to make them may have a substantial negative impact on the company in need of such an investment, may result in missed opportunities for the Company or may result in dilution of the Company’s investment.

Concentration of Portfolio Investments. The Company may participate in a limited number of Portfolio Investments and, as a consequence, the aggregate return of the Company may be substantially adversely affected

65

by the unfavorable performance of any single investment. The Company has a broad and flexible investment mandate, and, beyond the asset diversification requirements associated with the Company’s intention to comply with the requirements to qualify as a RIC for U.S. tax purposes, and except as noted above, the Company will not be subject to any limits or proportions with respect to the mix of permitted Portfolio Investments. As a result, the Company’s Portfolio Investments could potentially be concentrated in relatively few strategies, issuers, industries, markets, geographies or investment types. Such non-diversification would make the Company more susceptible to risks associated with a single economic, political or regulatory occurrence than a more diversified portfolio might be. The Company could be subject to significant losses if it holds a relatively large position in a single strategy, issuer, industry, market, geographic region or a particular type of Portfolio Investment that declines in value, and the losses could increase even further if the Portfolio Investments cannot be liquidated without adverse market reaction or are otherwise adversely affected by changes in market conditions or circumstances.

Third-Party Involvement. The Company may hold a portion of its investments through partnerships, joint ventures, securitization vehicles or other entities with third-party investors (collectively, “joint ventures”). Joint venture investments involve various risks, including the risk that the Company will not be able to implement investment decisions or exit strategies because of limitations on the Company’s control under applicable agreements with joint venture partners, the risk that a joint venture partner may become bankrupt or may at any time have economic or business interests or goals that are inconsistent with those of the Company, the risk that a joint venture partner may be in a position to take action contrary to the Company’s objectives, the risk of liability based upon the actions of a joint venture partner and the risk of disputes or litigation with such partner and the inability to enforce fully all rights (or the incurrence of additional risk in connection with enforcement of rights) one partner may have against the other, including in connection with foreclosure on partner loans, because of risks arising under state law. In addition, the Company may be liable for actions of its joint venture partners.

Leveraged Companies. The Company will invest in Portfolio Investments whose capital structures have significant leverage. Such Portfolio Investments are inherently more sensitive to declines in revenues and asset values and to increases in expenses and interest rates. The leveraged capital structure of such Portfolio Investments will increase the exposure of the Portfolio Investments to adverse economic factors such as downturns in the economy or deterioration in the condition of the Portfolio Investment, its underlying assets or its industry. Additionally, the securities acquired by the Company may be the most junior securities in what may be a complex capital structure, and thus subject to the greatest risk of loss.

Portfolio Turnover. The Company will not place any limit on the rate of portfolio turnover, and Portfolio Investments may be sold or otherwise disposed of without regard to the time they have been held when, in the judgment of the Adviser, investment considerations warrant such action. A high rate of portfolio turnover involves correspondingly greater expenses than a lower rate, may act to reduce the Company’s investment gains or create a loss for investors and may result in significant tax costs for investors depending on the tax provisions applicable to such investors.

No Assurance of Cash Distributions. Subject to the discretion of the Board and applicable legal restrictions, the Company expects to declare and pay distributions quarterly. The Company expects to pay these distributions out of assets legally available for distribution. However, there are no assurances that the Company will achieve investment results that will allow a targeted level of cash distributions or year-to-year increases in cash distributions. All distributions that are made will be at the discretion of the Board and will depend on earnings, financial condition, maintenance of RIC status and other factors as the Board may deem to be relevant. The Company’s ability to pay distributions might be adversely affected by the impact of one or more of the risk factors described in this Registration Statement, including the COVID-19 pandemic described above. For example, if the temporary closure of many corporate offices, retail stores, and manufacturing facilities and factories in the jurisdictions, including the United States, affected by the COVID-19 pandemic were to continue for an extended period of time it could result in reduced cash flows to the Company from its prospective portfolio companies, which could reduce cash available for distribution to Unitholders. If the Company violates certain

66

covenants under its future credit facilities or other leverage, the Company may be limited in its ability to make distributions. To the extent the Company makes distributions to Unitholders that include a return of capital, such portion of the distribution essentially constitutes a return of the Unitholder’s investment. There can be no assurances that the Company will pay distributions to Unitholders in the future.

In certain cases, the Company may recognize income before or without receiving the accompanying cash. Depending on the amount of noncash income, this could result in difficulty satisfying the annual distribution requirement applicable to RICs. Accordingly, the Company may have to sell some Portfolio Investments at times it would not consider advantageous, raise additional debt or equity capital or reduce new investments to meet these distribution requirements.

Qualification as a RIC. To obtain and maintain the Company’s qualification as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code, the Company must meet certain source-of-income, asset diversification and distribution requirements. The source-of-income requirement will be satisfied if the Company obtains at least 90% of its income for each year from dividends, interest, gains from the sale of stock or securities or similar sources. The distribution requirement for a RIC is satisfied if the Company timely distributes at least 90% of its net ordinary income and net short-term capital gains in excess of net long-term capital losses, if any, to the Company’s Unitholders on an annual basis. Because the Company incurs debt, the Company will be subject to certain asset coverage ratio requirements under the 1940 Act and financial covenants under loan and credit agreements that could, under certain circumstances, restrict the Company from making distributions necessary to maintain its qualification as a RIC. If the Company is unable to obtain cash from other sources, the Company may fail to maintain its qualification as a RIC and, thus, may be subject to corporate-level U.S. federal income tax. To obtain and maintain the Company’s qualification as a RIC, the Company must also meet certain asset diversification requirements at the end of each calendar quarter. Failure to meet these tests may result in the Company having to dispose of certain investments quickly in order to prevent the loss of its qualification as a RIC. The Company anticipates that it may have difficulty satisfying the asset diversification requirements as the Company deploys initial capital and builds its portfolio. No certainty can be provided that the Company will satisfy the asset diversification requirements of the other requirements necessary to obtain and maintain its qualification as a RIC. If the Company fails to obtain and maintain its qualification as a RIC for any reason and become subject to corporate-level U.S. federal income tax, the resulting corporate income taxes could substantially reduce the Company’s net assets, the amount of income available for distributions to the Unitholders and the amount of funds available for new investments. Such a failure may have a material adverse effect on the Company and the Unitholders.

Recognizing Income Before Receiving Cash. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, the Company will include in income certain amounts that the Company has not yet received in cash, such as the accrual of original issue discount (“OID”). This may arise if the Company receives warrants in connection with the making of a loan and in other circumstances, or through contracted payment-in-kind (“PIK”) interest, which represents contractual interest added to the loan balance and due at the end of the loan term. Such OID, which could be significant relative to the Company’s overall investment activities, and increases in loan balances as a result of contracted PIK arrangements will be included in income before the Company receives any corresponding cash payments. The Company also may be required to include in income certain other amounts that the Company will not receive in cash.

To the extent the Company invests in OID instruments, including PIK, zero coupon bonds, and debt securities with attached warrants, investors will be exposed to the risks associated with the inclusion of such non-cash income in taxable and accounting income prior to receipt of cash, including the following:

• The interest payments deferred on a PIK loan are subject to the risk that the borrower may default when the deferred payments are due in cash at the maturity of the loan;

• The interest rates on PIK loans are higher to reflect the time-value of money on deferred interest payments and the higher credit risk of borrowers who may need to defer interest payments;

67

• PIK instruments may have unreliable valuations because the accruals require judgments about ultimate collectability of the deferred payments and the value of the associated collateral;

• An election to defer PIK interest payments by adding them to principal increases the Company’s gross assets and, thus, increases future base fees to the Adviser and, because interest payments will then be payable on a larger principal amount, the PIK election also increases the Adviser’s future income incentive fees at a compounding rate;

• Market prices of OID instruments are more volatile because they are affected to a greater extent by interest rate changes than instruments that pay interest periodically in cash;

• The deferral of interest on a PIK loan increases its loan-to-value ratio, which is a measure of the riskiness of a loan; and

• OID creates the risk of non-refundable cash payments to the Adviser based on non-cash accruals that may never be realized.

Since in certain cases the Company may recognize income before or without receiving cash representing such income, the Company may have difficulty meeting the requirement to timely distribute at least 90% of its net ordinary income and net short-term capital gains in excess of net long-term capital losses, if any, to maintain its qualification as a RIC. In such a case, the Company may have to sell some of its investments at times the Company would not consider advantageous or raise additional debt or equity capital or reduce new investment originations to meet these distribution requirements. If the Company is not able to obtain such cash from other sources, the Company may fail to obtain or maintain its qualification as a RIC and thus be subject to corporate-level U.S. federal income tax.

Publicly Offered Regulated Investment Company. A “publicly offered regulated investment company” is a RIC whose shares are either (i) continuously offered pursuant to a public offering within the meaning of Section 4 of the 1933 Act, (ii) regularly traded on an established securities market or (iii) held by at least 500 persons at all times during the taxable year. We currently anticipate that the Company will not qualify as a publicly offered RIC. If the Company is not a publicly offered RIC for any period, a non-corporate Unitholder’s allocable portion of the Company’s affected expenses, including its management fees, will be treated as an additional distribution to the Unitholder and will be deductible by such Unitholder only to the extent permitted under the limitations described below. The ability of non-corporate Unitholders to deduct such expenses, referred to as miscellaneous itemized deductions, will be subject to significant limitations. In particular, for taxable years beginning before January 1, 2026, non-corporate Unitholders, including individuals, trusts, and estates generally will not be entitled to a deduction for such expenses, and for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2025, these expenses will be deductible to non-corporate Unitholders only to the extent they exceed 2% of such a Unitholder’s adjusted gross income.

Stock Dividend Considerations. The Company may distribute taxable dividends that are payable in part in its Units. In accordance with certain applicable U.S. Treasury regulations and published guidance issued by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”), a RIC may treat a distribution of its own shares as fulfilling the RIC distribution requirements if each shareholder may elect to receive his or her entire distribution in either cash or shares of the RIC. The IRS has published a revenue procedure indicating that, in the case of publicly offered RICs, this rule will apply where the total amount of cash to be distributed is not less than 20% of the total distribution. Under this revenue procedure, if too many Unitholders elect to receive cash, the cash available for distribution must be allocated among the Unitholders electing to receive cash (with the balance of the distribution paid in shares). In no event will any Unitholder, electing to receive cash, receive less than the lesser of (a) the portion of the distribution such Unitholder has elected to receive in cash or (b) an amount equal to his or her entire distribution times the percentage limitation on cash available for distribution. Because the Company is not currently a publicly offered RIC, its ability to rely on the revenue procedure and other guidance is uncertain. If the Company elects to pay a distribution in its own Units consistent with the revenue procedure and other guidance, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the amount of the dividend paid in Units will be equal to the

68

amount of cash that could have been received instead of Units. Taxable Unitholders receiving such dividends will be required to include the amount of the dividends as ordinary income (or as long-term capital gain to the extent such distribution is properly reported as a capital gain dividend) to the extent of the Company’s current and accumulated earnings and profits for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a result, a U.S. Unitholder may be required to pay tax with respect to such dividends in excess of any cash received. Furthermore, with respect to non-U.S. Unitholders, the Company may be required to withhold U.S. tax with respect to such dividends, including in respect of all or a portion of such dividend that is payable in Units.

U.S. Dollar Denomination of Units. Units are denominated in U.S. Dollars. Investors subscribing for Units in any country in which U.S. Dollars are not the local currency should note that changes in the rate of exchange between U.S. Dollars and such currency may have an adverse effect on the value, price or income of the investment to such investor. There may be foreign exchange regulations applicable to investments in non-U.S. currencies in certain jurisdictions. Each prospective investor should consult with its own counsel and advisors as to all legal, tax, financial and related matters concerning an investment in the Units.

Forward-Looking Statements. This Registration Statement contains forward-looking statements, including observations about market and industry and regulatory trends as of the original date of this Registration Statement. Those forward-looking statements reflect the Adviser’s current view in respect of future events. Actual events could differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements as a result of factors beyond the Adviser’s or the Company’s control. Investors are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such statements. No party has an obligation to update any of the forward-looking statements in this Registration Statement.

Projections. The Company may rely upon projections, forecasts or estimates developed by the Adviser, the Company or an issuer in which the Company is invested concerning the issuer’s future performance and cash flow. Projections, forecasts and estimates are forward-looking statements, are inherently uncertain and are based upon certain assumptions. Actual events are difficult to predict and beyond the Company’s control. Actual events may differ from those assumed. Some important factors which could cause actual results to differ materially from those in any forward-looking statements include changes in interest rates; domestic and foreign business, market, financial or legal conditions; leverage amounts and costs; and the degree to which the Portfolio Investments are hedged and the effectiveness of such hedges. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that estimated returns or projections can be realized or that actual returns or results will not be materially lower than those estimated therein.

Valuation of Illiquid Assets. It is expected that the majority of the Company’s investments will be in securities or other financial instruments for which market quotations are not available. The process of valuing securities for which reliable market quotations are not available is based on inherent uncertainties, and the resulting values may differ from values that would have been determined had a ready market existed for such securities, from values placed on such securities by other investors and from prices at which such securities may ultimately be sold. In addition, third-party pricing information may at times not be available regarding certain of the Company’s assets or, if available, may not be considered reliable. In particular, recent disruptions in the credit markets have resulted in a severe lack of liquidity for many securities, making them more difficult to value and, in many cases, putting significant downward pressure on prices. Subject to approval by the Board, the Adviser will determine the fair value of securities, loans or other instruments for which market quotes are not readily available (or if extraordinary events occur after the last readily available quotation). There can be no assurance that such valuations will be reliable, accurate or reflective of the prices at which such investments are ultimately realized. In addition, certain of the securities or other assets that the Company seeks to sell or acquire via cross trade (see also “— Conflicts of Interest; Other Activities of the Adviser” below) may be illiquid and difficult to value, therefore there can be no assurance that such valuation will be accurate.

Assets Believed to Be Undervalued or Incorrectly Valued. Securities that the Adviser believes are fundamentally undervalued or incorrectly valued may not ultimately be valued in the capital markets at prices and/or within the timeframe the Adviser anticipates. As a result, the Company may lose all or substantially all of its investment in any particular instance.

69

Model Risks. The Adviser may employ financial/analytical models to aid in the selection of the Portfolio Investments, to allocate investments across various strategies and risks and to determine the risk profile of the Company. If any such models are employed, the success of the Company’s investment activities will depend, in large part, upon the viability of these models. There can be no assurance that the models are currently viable, or will remain viable during the term of the Company, due to various factors, including the quality of the data input into the models and the assumptions underlying such models, which to varying degrees involve the exercise of judgment, as well as the possibility of errors in constructing or of using the model. Even if the models function as anticipated, they cannot account for all factors that may influence the returns on the Portfolio Investments. Also, there can be no assurance that the investment professionals utilizing the models will be able to (i) determine that any model is or will become not viable or not completely viable or (ii) notice, predict or adequately react to any change in the viability of a model. The use of a model that is not viable or not materially viable could, at any time, have a material adverse effect on the performance of the Company.

Third-Party Litigation. The Company’s investment activities may subject it to the risks and costs of becoming involved in litigation with third parties due to, among other reasons, the fact that different investor groups may have qualitatively different, and frequently conflicting, interests with respect to certain Portfolio Investments. See “— Litigation and Related Risks Associated with Origination and Servicing” above. The expense of defending against claims by third parties and paying any amounts pursuant to settlements or judgments, or bringing claims against third parties, would generally be borne by the Company and would reduce net assets. In addition, the Company’s investment activities may subject it to certain risks inherent in restructuring, bankruptcy and similar proceedings. See “— Risks Associated with Bankruptcy and Insolvency Cases” below.

Broad Indemnification. The Company and/or the Adviser on behalf of the Company may enter into various agreements or arrangements which limit the liability of its Service Providers, including the Adviser and its affiliates, the Administrative Coordinator, the administrator, the Custodian, and their affiliates, employees, officers and directors, and require the Company to indemnify and/or provide broad representations, warranties and covenants in favor of such persons. U.S. federal and state securities laws impose liabilities under certain circumstances on persons that cannot be waived by contract, other agreements or documents. Therefore, nothing in those agreements should be deemed or construed in a manner that purports to waive or limit any right to the extent prohibited by law.

The Company will be required to indemnify the Adviser and its respective affiliates, each of the former, current and future shareholders, partners, members, other equity holders, officers, directors, employees, managers, trustees, agents and other representatives of the Adviser and its respective affiliates, and other persons set forth in the LLC Agreement as an “Indemnitee” for Claims (as defined in the LLC Agreement) that may accrue to or be incurred by an Indemnitee, in connection with any claim, demand, investigation, suit, proceeding or action in which an Indemnitee may become involved, as a party or otherwise, or with which an Indemnitee may be threatened, relating to or arising out of the investments or other activities of the Company, activities undertaken in connection with the Company, or otherwise relating to or arising out of the LLC Agreement or the Subscription Agreements, and otherwise as provided in the LLC Agreement or the Subscription Agreements. Such Claims may be material and have an adverse effect on the returns to the Unitholders. The Company may also provide broad indemnities, representations, warranties and covenants in connection with the acquisition, management and disposition of Portfolio Investments or otherwise in connection with the Company’s investment program.

Any indemnification obligations of the Company would be payable from the assets of the Company, including the unfunded Commitments of the Unitholders, and would adversely affect the Company’s returns.

Adverse Consequences of Default. A Unitholder in default with respect to its unfunded Commitment may experience material adverse effects on its investment. When a Unitholder defaults, the Board, in its discretion, may cause the defaulting Unitholder to forfeit a portion of the distributions to which the defaulting Unitholder may otherwise have been entitled. The Board may also require a forced sale of the defaulting Unitholder’s

70

Interest. In addition, the Board may pursue any available legal or equitable remedies, with the expenses of collection of the unpaid amount, including attorneys’ fees, to be paid by the defaulting Unitholder.

Upon the default of a Unitholder, the Company may deliver an amended funding notice to the non-defaulting Unitholders increasing their capital contributions by up to an aggregate amount equal to the capital contribution that the defaulting Unitholder failed to make, not in excess of a Unitholder’s unfunded Commitment.

The Board may require a defaulting Unitholder to contribute the entirety of its remaining Commitment to the Company. For any such Unitholder, the return on its Company investment may be materially lower than returns to Unitholders who do not pre-fund their Commitments.

Distributions in Kind. If distributions are made of assets held by the Company in lieu of cash, the amount of any such distribution will be accounted for at the fair market value of such assets as determined in accordance with procedures set forth in the LLC Agreement. An independent appraisal generally will not be required and is not expected to be obtained. Assets distributed in kind may not be readily marketable or disposable, and Unitholders therefore must be prepared to bear the risks of owning such assets for an indefinite period of time (and to incur costs and expenses in connection with any disposition thereof). In addition, there can be no assurance that the value of such assets as determined in accordance with procedures set forth in the LLC Agreement will ultimately be realized.

Risks Related to Electronic Communications/Cybersecurity Risk. The Company expects to provide to Unitholders statements, reports and other communications relating to the Company and/or the Unitholder’s Interest in electronic form, such as e-mail or via a password protected website (“Electronic Communications”). Electronic Communications may be modified, corrupted, or contain viruses or malicious code, and may not be compatible with a Unitholder’s electronic system. In addition, reliance on Electronic Communications involves the risk of inaccessibility, power outages or slowdowns for a variety of reasons. These periods of inaccessibility may delay or prevent receipt of reports or other information by the Unitholders.

While the Adviser employs various measures to address cybersecurity-related issues, the Adviser, the Administrative Coordinator, the Administrator, the Company and their respective Service Providers may nevertheless be subject to operational and information security risks resulting from cybersecurity incidents. A cybersecurity incident refers to both intentional and unintentional events that may cause the Adviser, the Company or their respective Service Providers to lose or compromise confidential information, suffer data corruption or lose operational capacity. Cybersecurity incidents include stealing or corrupting data maintained online or digitally, denial of service attacks on websites, the unauthorized release of confidential information or various other operational disruptions. If unauthorized parties gain access to such information and technology systems, they may be able to steal, publish, delete or modify private and sensitive information, including nonpublic personal information related to Unitholders (and their beneficial owners) and material nonpublic information. The systems the Company has implemented to manage risks relating to these types of events could prove to be inadequate and, if compromised, could become inoperable for extended periods of time, cease to function properly or fail to adequately secure private information. Breaches such as those involving covertly introduced malware, impersonation of authorized users and industrial or other espionage may not be identified even with sophisticated prevention and detection systems, potentially resulting in further harm and preventing them from being addressed appropriately. The failure of these systems or of disaster recovery plans for any reason could cause significant interruptions in the Company’s and the Adviser’s operations and result in a failure to maintain the security, confidentiality or privacy of sensitive data, including personal information relating to Unitholders, material nonpublic information and other sensitive information in the Adviser’s possession.

A disaster or a disruption in the infrastructure that supports the Adviser’s business, including a disruption involving electronic communications or other services used by the Adviser or third parties with whom the Adviser conducts business, or directly affecting the Adviser’s headquarters, could have a material adverse impact on the Adviser’s ability to continue to operate its business without interruption. The Adviser’s disaster recovery

71

programs may not be sufficient to mitigate the harm that may result from such a disaster or disruption. In addition, insurance and other safeguards might only partially reimburse the Adviser for losses, if at all.

Cybersecurity incidents may adversely impact the Company and its Unitholders. There is no guarantee that the Adviser, the Company and/or their respective Service Providers will be successful in protecting against cybersecurity incidents.

In addition, cybersecurity has become a top priority for regulators around the world, and some jurisdictions have enacted laws requiring companies to notify individuals of data security breaches involving certain types of personal data. If the Adviser fails to comply with the relevant laws and regulations, the Adviser could suffer financial losses, a disruption of its businesses, liability to investors, regulatory intervention or reputational damage.

The Company and its Service Providers are currently impacted by quarantines and similar measures being enacted by governments in response to the global COVID-19 pandemic, which are obstructing the regular functioning of business workforces (including requiring employees to work from external locations and their homes). Accordingly, the risks described above are heightened under current conditions.

Risks Related to RICs and BDCs

Failure to Qualify as a RIC. Although the Company intends to elect to be treated as a RIC as soon as practicable following its election to be a BDC, no assurance can be given that it will be able to qualify for and maintain qualification as a RIC. To obtain and maintain qualification as a RIC, the Company must meet the following source-of-income, asset diversification, and distribution requirements.

The income source requirement will be satisfied if the Company obtains at least 90% of gross income for each year from dividends, interest, foreign currency, payments with respect to loans of certain securities, gains from the sale of stock or other securities, net income from certain “qualified publicly traded partnerships,” or similar sources.

The asset diversification requirement will be satisfied if the Company meets certain asset diversification requirements at the end of each quarter of the taxable year. Failure to meet those requirements may result in the Company having to dispose of certain investments quickly in order to prevent the loss of qualification as a RIC. Because most of the Company’s investments will be in private companies, and therefore will be relatively illiquid, any such dispositions could be made at disadvantageous prices and could result in substantial losses. The Company may have difficulty satisfying the diversification requirement during the ramp-up phase until it has a portfolio of investments.

The annual distribution requirement will be satisfied if the Company distributes to our Unitholders on an annual basis at least 90% of net ordinary income and realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses, if any. Because the Company may use debt financing, it is subject to certain asset coverage ratio requirements under the 1940 Act and financial covenants under loan and credit agreements that could, under certain circumstances, restrict the Company from making distributions necessary to satisfy the distribution requirement. If the Company is unable to obtain cash from other sources, it could fail to qualify as a RIC.

If the Company fails to qualify as a RIC for any reason and therefore becomes subject to corporate income tax, the resulting corporate taxes could substantially reduce net assets, the amount of income available for distribution and the amount of distributions.

Permissible Incurred Leverage. Leverage magnifies the potential for loss on investments and on invested equity capital. As the Company uses leverage to partially finance its investments, Unitholders will experience increased risks of investing in the Company’s securities. If the value of the Company’s assets increases, then leveraging

72

would cause the NAV attributable to the Company’s Units to increase more sharply than it would have had the Company not leveraged. Conversely, if the value of the Company’s assets decreases, leveraging would cause NAV to decline more sharply than it otherwise would have had the Company not leveraged its business. Similarly, any increase in the Company’s income in excess of interest payable on the borrowed funds would cause net investment income to increase more than it would without the leverage, while any decrease in the Company’s income would cause net investment income to decline more sharply than it would have had the Company not borrowed. Such a decline could negatively affect the Company’s ability to pay dividends on Units, scheduled debt payments or other payments related to securities. Leverage is generally considered a speculative investment technique.

Asset Coverage Ratio. The Company may issue debt securities, other evidences of indebtedness or preferred Units, and may borrow money from banks or other financial institutions, which are referred to collectively herein as “senior securities,” up to the maximum amount permitted by the 1940 Act. Subject to specified conditions, the 1940 Act permits the Company to issue senior securities in amounts such that our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, equals at least 150% after each issuance of senior securities. The Company’s ability to pay dividends or issue additional senior securities would be restricted if the asset coverage ratio were not at least 150%. If the value of the Company’s assets declines, the Company may be unable to satisfy this test. If that happens, the Company may be required to liquidate a portion of its investments and repay a portion of its indebtedness at a time when such sales or repayment may be disadvantageous. As a result of issuing senior securities, the Company will also be exposed to typical risks associated with leverage, including an increased risk of loss. If the Company issues preferred Units, such preferred Units will rank “senior” to common Units in the Company’s capital structure, preferred Unitholders will have separate voting rights for certain purposes and may have rights, preferences or privileges more favorable than those of the Company’s common Units and the issuance of preferred Units could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a transaction or a change of control that might involve a premium price for Unitholders or otherwise be in the best interest of Unitholders.

To the extent the Company is constrained in its ability to issue debt or other senior securities, it will depend on issuances of capital interests to finance operations. As a BDC, the Company will not generally be able to issue Units at a price below NAV without first obtaining required approvals of Unitholders and independent directors in accordance with the conditions set forth in Section 63(2) of the 1940 Act. If the Company raises additional funds by issuing more common Units or senior securities convertible into, or exchangeable for, common Units, the percentage ownership of Unitholders at that time would decrease and Unitholders may experience dilution. In addition to issuing securities to raise capital as described above, the Company could, in the future, securitize loans to generate cash for funding new investments. An inability to successfully securitize its loan portfolio could limit the Company’s ability to grow business, fully execute its business strategy and improve profitability.

Distribution and Asset Coverage Ratio Requirements. In order to satisfy the requirements applicable to RICs and to avoid payment of excise taxes, the Company intends to distribute to Unitholders substantially all of its ordinary income and capital gain net income except for certain net capital gains, which it intends to retain and to elect to treat as deemed distributions to Unitholders. As a BDC, the Company is generally required to meet a coverage ratio of total assets to total senior securities, which would include all borrowings and any preferred Units that it may issue in the future, of at least 150%. This requirement will limit the amount that the Company may borrow. Because the Company will continue to need capital to grow its loan and investment portfolio, this limitation may prevent the Company from incurring debt and require the Company to raise additional equity at a time when it may be disadvantageous to do so. While the Company expects to be able to borrow and to issue additional debt and equity securities, there is no assurance that debt and equity financing will be available on favorable terms or at all. In addition, as a BDC, the Company is not permitted to issue equity securities priced below NAV without Unitholder and independent director approval in accordance with the conditions set forth in Section 63(2) of the 1940 Act. However, if the Company does obtain the necessary approvals to issue securities at prices below their NAV, a Unitholder’s investment in the Company will experience dilution as a result of such issuance. If additional funds are not available, the Company could be forced to curtail or cease lending and investment activities, and NAV could decrease.

73

Unrealized Depreciation. As a BDC, the Company is required to carry investments at market value or, if no market value is ascertainable, at fair value as determined in good faith by the Board. Decreases in the market values or fair values of investments will be recorded as unrealized depreciation. Any unrealized depreciation in

the Company’s loan portfolio could be an indication of a portfolio company’s inability to meet its repayment obligations with respect to the loans whose market values or fair values decreased. This could result in realized losses in the future and ultimately in reductions of income available for distribution in future periods.

Qualifying Asset Requirements. As a BDC, the Company may not acquire any assets other than “qualifying assets” unless, at the time of such acquisition, at least 70% of its total assets are qualifying assets. Therefore, the Company may be precluded from investing in what it believes are attractive investments if such investments are not qualifying assets. Similarly, these rules could prevent the Company from making additional investments in existing portfolio companies, which could result in the dilution of its position, or could require disposal of investments at an inopportune time to comply with the 1940 Act. If the Company were forced to sell non-qualifying investments for compliance purposes, the proceeds from such sale could be significantly less than the current value of such investments. Conversely, if the Company failed to invest a sufficient portion of assets in qualifying assets, it could lose status as a BDC, which would subject the Company to substantially more regulatory restrictions and significantly decrease operating flexibility.

Regulatory Risks Relating to the Company

Exemptive Relief. The Company and the other BDCs for which SLR Capital Partners serves as investment adviser (SLRC, SUNS and PCI BDC, together, the “SCP BDCs”) are substantially limited in their ability to co-invest in privately negotiated transactions with affiliated funds other than as permitted by the Order. While the Order permits the Company to participate in negotiated co-investment transactions with the SCP BDCs and other affiliated funds, such participation is subject to numerous conditions. If the Company and the SCP BDCs are unable to comply with these conditions or are otherwise unable to rely on the Order for a particular opportunity, such opportunity will be allocated first to the entity whose investment strategy is the most consistent with the opportunity being allocated, and second, if the terms of the opportunity are consistent with more than one entity’s investment strategy, on an alternating basis. Although SCP will endeavor to allocate investment opportunities in a fair and equitable manner, the Company could be adversely affected to the extent investment opportunities are allocated among the Company and other investment vehicles managed or sponsored by, or affiliated with SCP and its affiliates, including the SCP BDCs, pursuant to the conditions of the Order.

Regulatory Risks Relating to the Company. Legal and regulatory changes could occur during the term of the Company that may adversely affect the Company. The Company may be subject to, and adversely affected by, new federal, state or non-U.S. laws or new regulation by the SEC, the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the “CFTC”), the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve Board”), the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”), the European Commission and other federal, state and non-U.S. securities or banking regulators, and other governmental regulatory authorities or self-regulatory organizations that supervise the financial markets. The Company may also be adversely affected by changes in the enforcement or interpretation of existing statutes and rules by courts and/or these governmental regulatory authorities or self-regulatory organizations. For example, a recent court decision casts doubt on whether federal or state usury laws apply with respect to loans originated by national banks and then sold to non-bank investors such as the Company; this decision could significantly disrupt the bank loan secondary market and adversely impact the Company’s investment program. In addition, the approach taken by a federal court in the recent “Sun Capital” decision may significantly expand the scope of potential joint and several liability for pension obligations of portfolio companies commonly held by affiliated funds; this decision could create significant uncertainty with respect to such investments and adversely impact the Company. Moreover, legal and regulatory changes may adversely affect the Company’s ability to obtain financing by (among other things) reducing the availability of financing and/or adversely impacting financing costs and other terms.

The financial services industry is subject to extensive regulation. Banking regulators have broad and largely discretionary powers, which include prohibiting “unsafe or unsound” practices; requiring affirmative actions to

74

correct any violation or practice; issuing administrative orders that can be judicially enforced; directing increases in capital; directing the sale of subsidiaries or other assets; limiting dividends and distributions; restricting growth; assessing civil monetary penalties; removing officers and directors; and terminating deposit insurance. These actions and other regulatory requirements could have a material adverse effect on an investment in the Company. The financial institutions in which the Company will invest and with which the Company will transact are subject to laws, regulations, administrative actions and policies in each location in which they operate.

The regulatory environment for private investment funds is evolving, and changes in the regulation or taxation of private investment funds may adversely affect the value of the investments held by the Company and the ability of the Company to execute its investment strategy.

In addition, the securities and futures markets are subject to comprehensive statutes, regulations and margin requirements. The SEC and other U.S. and non-U.S. regulators, self-regulatory organizations and exchanges are authorized to take extraordinary actions in the event of market emergencies. The regulation of derivatives transactions and funds that engage in such transactions is an evolving area of law and is subject to modification by government and judicial action. The effect of any future regulatory change on the Company could be substantial and adverse.

Financial Services and Government Intervention. From time to time, certain governments and regulatory authorities, such as the U.S. federal government, the U.S. Federal Reserve and the governments and regulatory authorities of certain member countries of the EU, have taken actions to provide or arrange credit support to financial institutions whose operations have been compromised by credit market dislocations and to restore liquidity and stability to the financial system in such jurisdictions. The implementation of any current or future governmental interventions (which may be significantly altered or terminated prior to implementation or during their terms), and their impact on both the credit markets generally and the Company’s investment program in particular, are uncertain.

U.S. Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act. In response to the recent disruption in the credit markets and the global economic downturn, various agencies and regulatory bodies of the U.S. federal government have taken or are considering taking various actions. These actions include, but are not limited to, the enactment of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), which was signed into law on July 21, 2010, and which imposes a new regulatory framework over the U.S. financial services industry, non-U.S. financial entities that are regulated by or affiliated with entities regulated by U.S. financial regulators, and the consumer credit markets in general, and proposed and final regulations adopted thereunder, as well as proposed and final regulations to implement the Basel III regulatory capital accords. Given the broad scope and sweeping nature of these changes and the fact that certain final implementing rules and regulations have not yet been adopted or implemented, the potential impact of these actions on the Adviser and the Company is unknown, and no assurance can be made that the impact of such changes would not have a material adverse effect on the Adviser or the Company. For example, the U.S. Financial Stability Oversight Council (“FSOC”) created by the Dodd-Frank Act has the authority to designate asset management firms as a “systemically important financial institution” (“SIFI”). If the Adviser, or one of its affiliates, were designated as a SIFI, it would be subject to a variety of regulations, including capital requirements and limitations on leverage, which could have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Company to pursue its investment strategy. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act created a new regulator for the credit industry in the U.S. known as the U.S. Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”). The CFPB may, among other things, regulate interest rates and other charges, require certain disclosures and regulate foreclosure practices. Future regulatory actions authorized by the Dodd-Frank Act (including any regulatory actions or other measures taken by the FSOC and/or the CFPB) may significantly reduce the profitability of the Company and its Portfolio Investments.

Changes to Derivatives Regulation. Through comprehensive new global regulatory regimes impacting derivatives (e.g., the Dodd-Frank Act, European Market Infrastructure Regulation (“EMIR”), Markets in Financial Investments Regulation (“MIFIR”)/Markets in Financial Instruments Directive (“MIFID II”)), certain

75

over-the-counter derivatives transactions in which the Company may engage are either now or will soon be subject to various requirements, such as mandatory central clearing of transactions which include additional margin requirements and in certain cases trading on electronic platforms, pre-and post-trade transparency reporting requirements and mandatory bi-lateral exchange of initial margin for non-cleared swaps. The Dodd-Frank Act also created new categories of regulated market participants, such as “swap dealers,” “security-based swap dealers,” “major swap participants,” and “major security-based swap participants” who are subject to significant new capital, registration, recordkeeping, reporting, disclosure, business conduct and other regulatory requirements. The EU and some other jurisdictions are implementing similar requirements. Because these requirements are new and evolving (and some of the rules are not yet final), their ultimate impact remains unclear. However, even if the Company itself is not located in a particular jurisdiction or directly subject to the jurisdiction’s derivatives regulations, the Company may still be impacted to the extent the Company enters into a derivatives transaction with a regulated market participant or counterparty that is organized in that jurisdiction or otherwise subject to that jurisdiction’s derivatives regulations.

Based on information available as of the date of this Registration Statement, the effect of such requirements will be likely to (directly or indirectly) increase the Company’s overall costs of entering into derivatives transactions. In particular, new margin requirements, position limits and significantly higher capital charges resulting from new global capital regulations, even if not directly applicable to the Company, may cause an increase in the pricing of derivatives transactions entered into by market participants to whom such requirements apply or affect the overall ability of the Company to enter into derivatives transactions with certain counterparties. Such new global capital regulations and the need to satisfy the various requirements by counterparties are resulting in increased funding costs, increased overall transaction costs, and significantly affecting balance sheets, thereby resulting in changes to financing terms and potentially impacting the Company’s ability to obtain financing. Administrative costs, due to new requirements such as registration, recordkeeping, reporting, and compliance, even if not directly applicable to the Company, may also be reflected in the Company’s derivatives transactions. New requirements to trade certain derivatives transactions on electronic trading platforms and trade reporting requirements may lead to (among other things) fragmentation of the markets, higher transaction costs or reduced availability of derivatives, and/or a reduced ability to hedge, all of which could adversely affect the performance of certain of the Company’s trading strategies. In addition, changes to derivatives regulations may impact the tax and/or accounting treatment of certain derivatives, which could adversely impact the Company.

In November 2020, the SEC adopted new rules regarding the ability of a BDC (or a registered investment company) to use derivatives and other transactions that create future payment or delivery obligations. BDCs that use derivatives would be subject to a value-at-risk leverage limit, certain other derivatives risk management program and testing requirements and requirements related to board reporting. These new requirements would apply unless the BDC qualified as a “limited derivatives user,” as defined in the adopted rules. A BDC that enters into reverse repurchase agreements or similar financing transactions would need to aggregate the amount of indebtedness associated with the reverse repurchase agreements or similar financing transactions could either (i) comply with the asset coverage requirements of the Section 18 of the 1940 Act when engaging in reverse repurchase agreements or (ii) choose to treat such agreements as derivative transactions under the adopted rule. Under the adopted rule, a BDC may enter into an unfunded commitment agreement that is not a derivatives transaction, such as an agreement to provide financing to a portfolio company, if the BDC has a reasonable belief, at the time it enters into such an agreement, that it will have sufficient cash and cash equivalents to meet its obligations with respect to all of its unfunded commitment agreements, in each case as it becomes due. If the BDC cannot meet this test, it is required to treat unfunded commitments as a derivatives transaction subject to the requirements of the rule. Collectively, these requirements may limit the Company’s ability to use derivatives and/or enter into certain other financial contracts.

Uncertainty of the U.S. Political Climate. As a result of the United States presidential election, which occurred on November 3, 2020, commencing January 2021, the Democratic Party is expected to control the executive branch of government. The Democratic Party also currently controls the House of Representatives portion of the legislative branch of government. Changes in federal policy, including tax policies, and at regulatory agencies

76

occur over time through policy and personnel changes following elections, which lead to changes involving the level of oversight and focus on the financial services industry or the tax rates paid by corporate entities. The nature, timing and economic and political effects of potential changes to the current legal and regulatory framework affecting financial institutions remain highly uncertain. Uncertainty surrounding future changes may adversely affect our operating environment and therefore our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

The Company and its portfolio companies will be subject to regulation by laws at the U.S. federal, state and local levels. These laws and regulations, as well as their interpretation, could change from time to time, including as the result of interpretive guidance or other directives from the U.S. President and others in the executive branch, and new laws, regulations and interpretations could also come into effect. Any such new or changed laws or regulations could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, and political uncertainty could increase regulatory uncertainty in the near term.

The effects of legislative and regulatory proposals directed at the financial services industry or affecting taxation, could negatively impact the operations, cash flows or financial condition of the Company or its portfolio companies, impose additional costs on the Company or its portfolio companies, intensify the regulatory supervision of the Company or its portfolio companies or otherwise adversely affect the Company’s business or the business of its portfolio companies. In addition, if the Company does not comply with applicable laws and regulations, the Company could lose any licenses that it then holds for the conduct of business and could be subject to civil fines and criminal penalties.

Over the last several years, there also has been an increase in regulatory attention to the extension of credit outside of the traditional banking sector, raising the possibility that some portion of the non-bank financial sector will be subject to new regulation. While it cannot be known at this time whether any regulation will be implemented or what form it will take, increased regulation of non-bank credit extension could negatively impact the Company’s operations, cash flows or financial condition, impose additional costs on the Company, intensify the regulatory supervision of the Company or otherwise adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

Although the Company cannot predict the impact, if any, of these changes to business, they could adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition, operating results and cash flows. Until the Company knows what policy changes are made and how those changes impact business and the business of its competitors over the long term, the Company will not know if, overall, it will benefit from them or be negatively affected by them.

“Bad Actor” Restrictions for Private Placements Conducted Under Rule 506 of Regulation D. An issuer is precluded from conducting offerings that rely on the exemption from registration under the 1933 Act provided by Rule 506 of Regulation D (“Rule 506 Offerings”) if a “covered person” of the issuer has been the subject of a “disqualifying event” (each as defined below). “Covered persons” include, among others, the issuer, affiliated issuers, any investment manager or solicitor of the issuer, any director, executive officer or other officer participating in the offering of the issuer, any general partner or managing member of the foregoing entities, any promoter of the issuer and any beneficial owner of 20% or more of the issuer’s outstanding voting equity securities, calculated on the basis of voting power. A “disqualifying event” includes, among other things, certain (a) criminal convictions and court injunctions and restraining orders issued in connection with the purchase or sale of a security or false filings with the SEC, (b) final orders from the CFTC, U.S. Federal banking agencies and certain other regulators that bar a person from associating with a regulated entity or engaging in the business of securities, insurance or banking or that are based on certain fraudulent conduct, (c) SEC disciplinary orders relating to investment advisers, brokers, dealers and their associated persons, (d) SEC cease-and-desist orders relating to violations of certain anti-fraud provisions and registration requirements of the U.S. federal securities laws, (e) suspensions or expulsions from membership in a self-regulatory organization (“SRO”) or from association with an SRO member, and (f) U.S. Postal Service false representation orders.

77

A disqualification will occur only in the case of a disqualifying event of a covered person that occurs on or after September 23, 2013, although issuers must disclose to potential investors in a Rule 506 Offering disqualifying events of covered persons that occurred before September 23, 2013. The rule provides an exception from disqualification if the issuer can show that it did not know and, in the exercise of reasonable care could not have known, that the issuer or any other covered person had a disqualifying event, although an issuer will not be able to establish that it has exercised reasonable care unless it has made, in light of the circumstances, factual inquiry into whether any disqualifications exist.

The Adviser has made, and on a periodic basis will continue to make, inquiries into whether any persons that the Adviser has determined to be affiliated issuers have been subject to any disqualifying events; however, in some circumstances the Adviser’s ability to determine whether the Company would be disqualified from relying on Rule 506 may depend on cooperation of third parties over whom the Company may have limited control and influence.

If any of the Adviser’s covered persons, including any affiliated issuer of the Company, is subject to a disqualifying event, the Company could lose the ability to raise capital in a future Rule 506 offering for a significant period of time and the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

Changes to Accounting Standards. The Financial Accounting Standards Board’s Accounting Codification Standards and updates, and additional provisions of U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”) (or to the extent applicable, International Financial Reporting Standards or other applicable accounting or financial reporting standards), that may be adopted in the future may impose additional, or different, specific requirements as to the valuation of assets and liabilities for purposes of U.S. GAAP-compliant financial reporting.

Licensing Requirements. Various licensing requirements could apply to the Company or the Adviser with respect to investments in, or the origination, holding, servicing and disposing of, loans and similar assets. The licensing requirements could apply depending on the location of the borrower, the location of the collateral securing the loan, or the location where the Company or the Adviser operates or has offices. Moreover, the Company’s ability to invest in certain properties, participate in the secondary mortgage market, obtain financing for investments, lease properties to tenants and/or engage in lending, advisory, servicing and/or broker activities may be subject to the issuance of permits or licenses. If the Company applies for such licenses, this process may be costly and take several months. There is no assurance that the Company will obtain all of the licenses that it desires or that the Company would not experience significant delays in seeking these licenses. In states and other jurisdictions in which it is licensed, the Company or the Adviser will be required to comply with applicable laws and regulations, including possible information requirements, consumer protection and anti-fraud laws, which could impose restrictions on the Company’s or the Adviser’s ability to take certain actions to protect the value of its investments in such assets and impose compliance costs. Failure to comply with such laws and regulations could lead to, among other penalties, a loss of the Company’s or the Adviser’s license, which in turn could restrict the Company’s investment options or require the Company to divest assets located in or secured by real property located in that jurisdiction. These risks will also apply to issuers and entities in which the Company invests that hold similar assets, as well as any origination company or servicer in which the Company owns an interest.

Reporting Company Filing Requirements. As a BDC, the Company will be subject to the reporting requirements of the 1934 Act and requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”). These requirements may place a strain on systems and resources. The 1934 Act requires that the Company file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to business and financial condition. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that the Company maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting, which are discussed below. In order to maintain and improve the effectiveness of disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls, significant resources and management oversight will be required. The Company intends to implement procedures, processes, policies and practices for the purpose of addressing the

78

standards and requirements applicable to reporting companies. These activities may divert management’s attention from other business concerns, which could have a material adverse effect on business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. The Company expects to incur significant additional annual expenses related to these steps and, among other things, directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, director fees, reporting requirements of the SEC, transfer agent fees, additional administrative expenses payable to the Administrative Coordinator to compensate them for hiring additional accounting, legal and administrative personnel, increased auditing and legal fees and similar expenses.

The systems and resources necessary to comply with public company reporting requirements will increase further once the Company ceases to be an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act. As long as the Company remains an emerging growth company, it intends to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies, including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The Company will remain an emerging growth company for up to five years following an initial public offering, although if the market value of the Units that are held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of any June 30 before that time, the Company would cease to be an emerging growth company as of the following December 31.

Additionally, because the Company’s Units will be registered under the 1934 Act, ownership information for any person who beneficially owns 5% or more of the Company’s Units will have to be disclosed in a Schedule 13G or other filings with the SEC. Beneficial ownership for these purposes is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC, and includes having voting or investment power over the securities. In some circumstances, Unitholders who choose to reinvest their dividends may see their percentage stake in the Company increased to more than 5%, thus triggering this filing requirement. Each Unitholder is responsible for determining their filing obligations and preparing the filings. In addition, Unitholders who hold more than 10% of a class of the Units may be subject to Section 16(b) of the 1934 Act, which recaptures for the benefit of the Company profits from the purchase and sale of registered units within a six-month period.

Documentation of Internal Controls. The Company is obligated to maintain proper and effective internal control over financial reporting, including the internal control evaluation and certification requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (“Section 404”). The Company is not required to comply with all of the requirements under Section 404 until the date it is no longer an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act. Accordingly, the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting do not currently meet all of the standards contemplated by Section 404 that they will eventually be required to meet.

Specifically, the Company is required to conduct annual management assessments of the effectiveness of internal controls over financial reporting. However, the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to formally attest to the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting until the date it is no longer an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act.

The Company’s internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements because of its inherent limitations, including the possibility of human error, the circumvention or overriding of controls, or fraud. Even effective internal controls can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements. If the Company fails to maintain the adequacy of its internal controls, including any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or if the Company experiences difficulties in their implementation, the Company’s business and operating results could be harmed and it could fail to meet its financial reporting obligations.

Other Risks Related to Portfolio Investments

High Yield Debt and Unrated Securities. High yield securities are typically junior to the obligations of companies to senior creditors, trade creditors and employees. High yield securities and unrated securities (which are not rated by a rating agency) may be more susceptible to real or perceived adverse economic and competitive

79

industry conditions than investment-grade securities. A projection of an economic downturn or of a period of rising interest rates, for example, could cause a decline in the prices of high yield securities and unrated securities, because the advent of a recession could lessen the ability of an issuer to make principal and interest payments on its debt obligations. In addition, such securities have historically experienced greater default rates than investment grade securities. The ability of holders of high yield debt to influence a company’s affairs will be substantially less than that of senior creditors, especially during periods of financial distress or following insolvency.

As with other Portfolio Investments, there may not be a liquid market for certain high yield debt which is held by the Company, which could result in the Company being unable to sell such securities for an extended period of time, if at all. In addition, as with other types of Portfolio Investments, the market for high yield debt has historically been subject to disruptions that have caused substantial volatility in the prices of such securities. Consolidation in the financial services industry has resulted in there being fewer market makers for high yield debt, which may result in further risk of illiquidity and volatility with respect to high yield debt held by the Company, and this trend may continue in the future. Furthermore, high yield debt which is held by the Company may not be registered under the 1933 Act, and, unless so registered, the Company will not be able to sell such high yield debt except pursuant to an exemption from registration under the 1933 Act. Unrated securities may be less liquid than comparable rated securities and may also involve the risk that the Adviser may not accurately evaluate the security’s comparative credit rating.

Analysis of creditworthiness of issuers of high yield and unrated securities may be more complex than for issuers of higher-quality fixed income securities. Since it is expected that most of the Company’s assets will not be rated by any rating agency or will be rated below investment grade, the Company will be more dependent on the Adviser’s creditworthiness analysis than if the Company invested exclusively in higher-quality and rated securities. Securities rated below investment grade are often referred to as “leveraged loans,” “high yield” or “junk” securities, and may be considered “high risk” compared to debt instruments that are rated investment grade. See “— General Credit Risk” above.

Equity-Related Securities. As with other Portfolio Investments, the value of equity or equity-related securities held by the Company may be adversely affected by actual or perceived negative events relating to the issuer of such securities, the industry or geographic areas in which such issuer operates or the financial markets generally. However, equity securities may be even more susceptible to such events given their subordinate position in the issuer’s capital structure. As such, equity securities generally have greater price volatility than fixed income securities, and the market price of equity securities owned by the Company is more susceptible to moving up or down in a rapid or unpredictable manner. In addition, equity securities often lose a significant amount of their value and may become worthless as a result of a bankruptcy proceeding or reorganization.

Corporate Debt Securities. The Company expects to invest in a variety of bonds and related debt obligations of varying maturities issued by U.S. and non-U.S. companies, banks, savings and loan holding companies, insured depository institutions and other corporate entities. Corporate debt securities include bills, notes, debentures, money market instruments and similar instruments and securities, and are generally used by corporations and other issuers to borrow money from investors for such purposes as working capital or capital expenditures. The issuer pays the investor a variable or fixed rate of interest and normally must repay the amount borrowed on or before maturity. Certain bonds are “perpetual” in that they have no maturity date.

The investment return of corporate debt securities reflects interest earnings, changes in the market value of the security and the expected principal recovery amount. The market value of a corporate debt obligation may be expected to rise and fall inversely with interest rates generally. Debt securities with longer maturities tend to be more sensitive to interest rate movements than those with shorter maturities. In addition to interest rate risk, corporate debt securities also involve the risk that the issuers of the securities may not be able to meet their obligations on interest or principal payments at the time called for by an instrument. The rate of return or return of principal on some debt securities may be linked or indexed to the level of exchange rates between the

80

U.S. Dollar and a foreign currency or currencies. Corporate debt securities are subject to the risk of the issuer’s inability to meet principal and interest payments on the obligation and may also be subject to price volatility due to such factors as interest rate sensitivity, market perception of the creditworthiness of the issuer and general market liquidity.

Convertible Securities Risk. Convertible securities generally offer lower interest or dividend yields than non-convertible debt securities of similar quality. The market values of convertible securities tend to decline as interest rates increase and, conversely, to increase as interest rates decline. However, a convertible security’s market value tends to reflect the market price of the common stock of the issuing company when that stock price approaches or is greater than the convertible security’s “conversion price.” The conversion price is defined as the predetermined price at which the convertible security could be exchanged for the associated stock. As the market price of the underlying common stock declines, the price of the convertible security tends to be influenced more by the yield of the convertible security. Thus, it may not decline in price to the same extent as the underlying common stock. Generally, in the event of a liquidation of the issuing company, holders of convertible securities would be paid before the company’s common stockholders but after holders of any senior debt obligations of the company. Consequently, the issuer’s convertible securities generally entail less risk than its common stock but more risk than its debt obligations. There is also a risk that, under certain circumstances, a bankruptcy court may order that convertible securities are treated as equity.

The Company may invest in synthetic convertible securities, which are created through a combination of separate securities that possess the two principal characteristics of a traditional convertible security, i.e., an income-producing security (“income-producing component”) and the right to acquire an equity security (“convertible component”). The income-producing component is achieved by investing in non-convertible, income-producing securities such as bonds, preferred stocks and money market instruments. The convertible component is achieved by purchasing warrants or options to buy common stock at a certain exercise price, or options on a stock index. The values of synthetic convertible securities will respond differently to market fluctuations than a traditional convertible security because a synthetic convertible is composed of two or more separate securities or instruments, each with its own market value. Synthetic convertible securities are also subject to the risks associated with derivatives. In addition, if the value of the underlying common stock or the level of the index involved in the convertible element falls below the strike price of the warrant or option, the warrant or option may lose all value.

Preferred Securities Risk. In addition to credit risk, investment in preferred stocks involves certain other risks. Certain preferred stocks contain provisions that allow an issuer under certain conditions to skip or defer distributions. If the Company owns preferred stock that is deferring its distribution, the Company may be required to report income for U.S. federal income tax purposes despite the fact that it is not receiving current income on this position. Preferred stock often is subject to legal provisions that allow for redemption in the event of certain tax or legal changes or at the issuer’s call. In the event of redemption, the Company may not be able to reinvest the proceeds at comparable rates of return. Preferred stock is subordinated to bonds and other debt securities in an issuer’s capital structure in terms of priority for corporate income and liquidation payments and, therefore, will be subject to greater credit risk than those debt securities. Preferred stock may trade less frequently and in a more limited volume and may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements than many other securities, such as common stocks, corporate debt securities and U.S. government securities.

Forwards and Derivatives Transactions. The Company may engage in a variety of derivatives transactions. A derivative is a financial contract the value of which depends upon, or is derived from, the value of underlying assets, reference rates or indices. Derivatives may relate to securities, interest rates, currencies or currency exchange rates, inflation rates, commodities and related indices, and include foreign currency contracts, swap contracts, options, forward and futures contracts (including options thereon), repurchase or reverse repurchase agreements or other over-the-counter contracts. The Company may use derivatives for many purposes, including as a substitute for direct investment, as a way to adjust its exposure to various securities, markets and currencies without actually having to sell existing investments and/or make new investments, and as a means to hedge other

81

investments and to manage liquidity and excess cash. The Company’s use of derivatives may result in losses, reduce the Company’s return, and/or increase the volatility of the Company (particularly since many derivatives are inherently leveraged), especially in unusual or extreme market conditions.

All derivatives transactions involve risks different from, and potentially greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other more traditional assets, including:

Market Risk. This is the general risk that the value of a particular investment or transaction will change in a way detrimental to the Company’s interests.

Management Risk. Derivatives contracts are specialized contracts that require investment techniques and risk analyses with additional levels of complexity associated with the underlying investments. In addition to risks associated with the underlying instruments, counterparty and unsecured risk (among others) need to be computed and tracked in relation to the Company’s overall risk profile.

Counterparty Risk. With respect to derivatives transactions, estimating counterparty risk exposure entails (among other things) reviewing the current market value of open positions, collateral posted in (or out) against positions, unsettled or failing movements of any cash payments or collateral obligations due from the counterparty and potential replacement cost of positions. When derivatives transactions are collateralized, each party is exposed to the additional risk that its counterparty, clearing broker or the central counterparty does not provide collateral for the mark-to-market of positions in a timely manner. While different derivatives transactions have different counterparty risk characteristics, in general cleared derivatives transactions can have a lower level of counterparty risk, while bilateral OTC derivatives and unsettled transactions can have a more significant level of counterparty risk.

Documentation Risk. Many derivatives transactions also have documentation risk. Because contracts for over-the-counter derivatives transactions are individually negotiated with specific counterparties, there exists the risk that the parties may interpret contractual terms (e.g., the definition of default) differently than the Company. If that occurs, the cost and unpredictability of the legal proceedings required for the Company to enforce its contractual rights may lead the Company to decide not to pursue its claims against the counterparty. The Company, therefore, assumes the risk that it may be unable to obtain payments the Adviser believes are owed to it under derivatives transactions, or those payments may be delayed or made only after the Company has incurred the costs of litigation. Also, payment amounts calculated in connection with standard industry conventions for resolving contractual issues (e.g., ISDA Protocols and auction processes) may be different than would be realized if a counterparty were required to comply with the literal terms of the derivatives transaction (e.g., physical delivery). There is little case law interpreting the terms of most derivatives or characterizing their tax treatment.

Regulatory Risk. The derivatives market is subject to various risks related to existing as well as new and evolving regulation both within and outside the U.S. Additional regulation of the derivatives markets may make derivatives more costly, may limit the availability of derivatives, or may otherwise adversely affect the value or performance of derivatives. Any such adverse future developments could impair the effectiveness of a Company’s derivatives transactions and cause the Company to lose value. They may also render certain strategies in which the Company might otherwise engage impossible or so costly that they will no longer be economical to implement. See also “— Changes to Derivatives Regulation” above.

Other Risks. Derivatives also involve the risk that changes in their value may not correlate perfectly with the assets, rates or indices they are designed to track. Suitable derivatives may not be available in all circumstances. Under the terms of certain contracts governing derivatives transactions, the occurrence of certain events with respect to the Company (such as a decline in the Company’s NAV) may cause the Company’s derivatives transactions to be terminated early, including at an inopportune time or at an unfavorable price.

Warrants and Rights. The Company may purchase or otherwise receive warrants or rights. Warrants and rights generally give the holder the right to receive, upon exercise, a security of the issuer at a stated price. Risks

82

associated with the use of warrants and rights are generally similar to risks associated with the use of options. Unlike most options, however, warrants and rights are issued in specific amounts, and warrants generally have longer terms than options. Warrants and rights are not likely to be as liquid as exchange-traded options backed by a recognized clearing agency. In addition, the terms of warrants or rights may limit the Company’s ability to exercise the warrants or rights at such time, or in such quantities, as the Company would otherwise wish.

Risks Relating to Reference Rates. LIBOR, the London Interbank Offered Rate, is the basic rate of interest used in lending transactions between banks on the London interbank market and is widely used as a reference for setting the interest rate on loans globally.

In the recent past, concerns have been publicized that some of the member banks surveyed by the British Bankers’ Association (“BBA”) in connection with the calculation of LIBOR across a range of maturities and currencies may have been under-reporting or otherwise manipulating the inter-bank lending rate applicable to them in order to profit on their derivative positions or to avoid an appearance of capital insufficiency or adverse reputational or other consequences that may have resulted from reporting inter-bank lending rates higher than those they actually submitted. A number of BBA member banks entered into settlements with their regulators and law enforcement agencies with respect to alleged manipulation of LIBOR, and investigations by regulators and governmental authorities in various jurisdictions are ongoing.

Actions by the ICE Benchmark Administration, regulators or law enforcement agencies as a result of these or future events, may result in changes to the manner in which LIBOR is determined. Potential changes, or uncertainty related to such potential changes may adversely affect the market for LIBOR-based securities. In addition, any further changes or reforms to the determination or supervision of LIBOR may result in a sudden or prolonged increase or decrease in reported LIBOR, which could have an adverse impact on the market for LIBOR-based securities or the value of any LIBOR-indexed, floating-rate debt securities, loans, and other financial obligations in the Company’s portfolio or extensions of credit held by or due to the Company.

On July 27, 2017, the U.K. Financial Conduct Authority (the “FCA”), which regulates LIBOR, announced that it intends to stop persuading or compelling banks to submit LIBOR rates after 2021. In addition, on March 25, 2020, the FCA stated that although the central assumption that firms cannot rely on LIBOR being published after the end of 2021 has not changed, the outbreak of COVID-19 has impacted the timing of many firms’ transition planning, and the FCA will continue to assess the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on transition timelines and update the marketplace as soon as possible. Furthermore, on November 30, 2020, the Intercontinental Exchange, Inc. (“ICE”) announced that the ICE Benchmark Administration Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary of ICE and the administrator of LIBOR, will consult to consider extending the LIBOR transition deadline to the end of June 2023. Despite this potential extension of the U.S. LIBOR transition deadline, U.S. regulators continue to urge financial institutions to stop entering into new LIBOR transactions by the end of 2021. It is unclear if after 2021 LIBOR will cease to exist or if new methods of calculating LIBOR will be established such that it continues to exist after 2021. It is also unclear whether the COVID-19 pandemic will have further effect on LIBOR transition plans.

In the United States, the Federal Reserve Board and the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, in conjunction with the Alternative Reference Rates Committee, a steering committee comprised of large U.S. financial institutions, is considering replacing U.S. dollar LIBOR with a new index calculated by short-term repurchase agreements, backed by Treasury securities called the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”). The Federal Reserve Bank of New York began publishing SOFR in April 2018. Whether or not SOFR attains market traction as a LIBOR replacement remains a question and the future of LIBOR at this time is uncertain, including whether the COVID-19 pandemic will have further effect on LIBOR transition plans. The elimination of LIBOR or any other changes or reforms to the determination or supervision of LIBOR could have an adverse impact on the market for or value of any LIBOR-linked securities, loans, and other financial obligations or extensions or credit held by or due to the Company or on the Company’s overall financial condition or results of operations.

83

Risks Related to Economic Recessions. Many of the Company’s portfolio companies may be susceptible to economic slowdowns or recessions and may be unable to repay loans during these periods. The recent global outbreak of COVID-19 has disrupted economic markets, and the prolonged economic impact is uncertain. Many manufacturers of goods have seen a downturn in production due to the suspension of business and temporary closure of factories globally in an attempt to curb the spread of the virus. As a result of these disruptions, the Company’s non-performing assets may increase and the value of its portfolio may decrease during these periods as the Company is required to record the values of its investments. Adverse economic conditions also may decrease the value of collateral securing some of the Company’s loans and the value of its equity investments at fair value. Economic slowdowns or recessions could lead to financial losses in the Company’s portfolio and a decrease in revenues, net income and assets. Unfavorable economic conditions also could increase the Company’s funding costs, limit its access to the capital markets or result in a decision by lenders not to extend credit to the Company. These events could prevent the Company from increasing investments and result in the Company’s receipt of a reduced level of interest income from its portfolio companies and/or losses or charge offs related to the Company’s investments, and, in turn, may adversely affect distributable income and have a material adverse effect on results of operations.

A portfolio company’s failure to satisfy financial or operating covenants imposed by the Company or other lenders could lead to defaults and, potentially, acceleration of the time when the loans are due and foreclosure on its secured assets, which could trigger cross-defaults under other agreements and jeopardize the portfolio company’s ability to meet its obligations under the debt that the Company holds. The Company may incur additional expenses to the extent necessary to seek recovery upon default or to negotiate new terms with a defaulting portfolio company. In addition, if one of the Company’s portfolio companies were to go bankrupt, depending on the facts and circumstances, including the extent to which the Company actually provided significant managerial assistance to that portfolio company, a bankruptcy court might re-characterize the Company’s debt holdings and subordinate all or a portion of its claim to that of other creditors.

These portfolio companies may face intense competition, including competition from companies with greater financial resources, more extensive research and development, manufacturing, marketing and service capabilities and greater number of qualified and experienced managerial and technical personnel. They may need additional financing that they are unable to secure and that the Company is unable or unwilling to provide, or they may be subject to adverse developments unrelated to the technologies they acquire.

The Company’s business is directly influenced by the economic cycle, and could be negatively impacted by a downturn in economic activity in the U.S. as well as globally. Fiscal and monetary actions taken by U.S. and non-U.S. government and regulatory authorities could have a material adverse impact on our business. To the extent uncertainty regarding the U.S. or global economy negatively impacts consumer confidence and consumer credit factors, the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected. Moreover, Federal Reserve policy, including with respect to certain interest rates and the decision to end its quantitative easing policy, along with the general policies of the current Presidential administration, may also adversely affect the value, volatility and liquidity of dividend- and interest-paying securities. Market volatility, rising interest rates and/or a return to unfavorable economic conditions could adversely affect the Company’s business.

Risks Related to Portfolio Investment Monitoring and Involvement. The Company’s Portfolio Investments will require active monitoring and may, at times, involve participation in business strategy or reorganization proceedings. See “—Control Positions” below. The Company’s investment program may from time to time enable it to place representatives on the creditors’ or steering committees and/or the boards of directors of certain companies in which it has invested. While such involvement may enable the Adviser to enhance the value of the Company’s Portfolio Investments, it may also prevent the Company from freely disposing of such Portfolio Investments, while also exposing it to legal claims and adverse publicity (including claims of breach of duty of loyalty, securities claims and other management-related claims). In addition, if the Adviser’s representatives are serving as directors of companies which are in the “zone of insolvency,” such persons may have a fiduciary

84

obligation to the creditors of such entity as well as the shareholders of such entity. The interests of such parties may be adverse to the interests of the Company. These fiduciary obligations may conflict with the Adviser’s obligation to the Company, and the Adviser may cause its representatives to resign from such positions in order to reduce such conflicts. Any involvement by the Adviser’s representatives (including through serving on a board of directors, or permanent or ad hoc creditors’ or steering committees) may also entail a substantial time commitment, which may limit such representatives’ ability to participate in other Company matters and investments.

Risks Associated with Bankruptcy and Insolvency Cases. If any issuers of securities held by the Company or any counterparties to the derivatives transactions and other transactions entered into by the Company, or any custodians of the Company’s assets or any obligors in connection with Portfolio Investments are involved in bankruptcy proceedings, the Company will be subject to certain risks inherent in bankruptcy proceedings, including the duration, administrative costs and impact of a bankruptcy case on the value of assets administered in bankruptcy or on a company’s value (including that a bankruptcy case may damage or diminish a company’s relationship with its employees, customers and/or suppliers). Many of the events within a bankruptcy or insolvency case are adversarial and often beyond the control of the creditors. While creditors generally are afforded an opportunity to object to significant actions, or to demand that certain actions take place, there can be no assurance that a court would not approve actions or inaction which may be contrary to the interests of the Company.

Generally, the duration of a bankruptcy or insolvency case can only be roughly estimated. The reorganization of a company usually involves the design of a business plan, the development and negotiation of a plan of reorganization, plan approval by creditors and confirmation by the court. This process can involve substantial legal, professional and administrative costs to the company and to the Company; it is subject to unpredictable and lengthy delays; and during the process the company’s competitive position may erode, key management may depart and the company may not be able to invest adequately. In some cases, the company may not be able to reorganize and may be required to liquidate assets. In addition, the debt of companies in financial reorganization may, in some cases, not pay current interest and other charges, may not even accrue interest and other charges during reorganization, may be relieved of paying pre-payment premiums and may be adversely affected by an erosion of the issuer’s fundamental value. Further, a debtor seeking to reorganize under U.S. federal bankruptcy law will frequently obtain a “first day” order from the bankruptcy court limiting trading in claims against, and shares of, the debtor in order to maximize the debtor’s ability to utilize net operating losses following a successful reorganization.

During the pendency of a bankruptcy case, an automatic stay will prevent all creditors from taking action against the debtor to foreclose on collateral or otherwise to collect on amounts owed to such creditors. Unless a creditor’s claim in such case is secured by assets having a value in excess of such claim, or the bankruptcy estate is determined to be solvent, no interest will be permitted to accrue and, therefore, a creditor’s return on investment can be adversely affected by the passage of time during which the plan of reorganization of the debtor is being negotiated, approved by the creditors and confirmed by the bankruptcy court.

The priority of perfected liens held by secured creditors as of the commencement of the bankruptcy case is typically recognized in a bankruptcy case, unless avoided. Occasionally, however, a court will allow a debtor-in-possession financing to receive liens that prime pre-existing, valid liens.

The administrative costs in connection with a bankruptcy case are frequently high and will generally be paid out of the debtor’s estate prior to any return to creditors (other than out of assets or proceeds thereof which are subject to valid and enforceable liens and other security interests) and equity holders. In addition, certain unsecured claims that have priority by law over the claims of certain creditors (for example, claims arising post-petition and certain claims for taxes) may be quite high.

U.S. bankruptcy law permits the classification of “substantially similar” claims in determining the classification of claims in a reorganization for the purpose of voting on a plan of reorganization. Because the standard for

85

classification is vague, there exists a significant risk that the Company’s influence with respect to a class of securities can be lost by the inflation of the number and the amount of claims in, or other gerrymandering of, the class.

Although a creditor is not typically compelled to release direct claims it may have against non-debtor third parties, in certain circumstances a court may compel such release in the context of a plan of reorganization.

Claims in bankruptcy cases are often paid at less than par and, depending on the debtor’s assets and liabilities, there may be no recovery at all for some classes of creditors. The claims of even over-secured secured creditors are often paid out over time, and may receive debt securities that will trade below par. Initially, only the debtor may file a proposed plan of reorganization. While the U.S. Bankruptcy Code permits other parties-in-interest to file proposed plans of reorganization after the debtors’ “exclusive period” to do so ends, bankruptcy courts often extend the debtor’s exclusive period, which effectively permits only the debtor to file a proposed reorganization plan. While creditors can vote on the plan of reorganization, the unanimous consent of all creditor classes is not necessarily required for the bankruptcy court to confirm the plan. Therefore, a plan can, subject to the provisions of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, be “crammed down” on dissenting classes of creditors. Moreover, minority members of a class may be deemed to be members of an accepting class if the requisite majority vote is acquired.

Even if a class of claims is entitled to a recovery in a reorganization or liquidation proceeding, such recovery could be in the form of instruments or interests different from the form of instrument or interest which formed the basis for the claim, including debt securities, equity securities, convertible securities, warrants, options, cash, interests in litigation claims or trusts formed to pursue such litigation claims, interests in liquidation trusts, or other property or interests, any of which could be illiquid and/or difficult to value. Furthermore, the terms of instruments or interests distributed in a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding may differ from prevailing market terms for similar instruments or interests, and may have a market value of less than par.

The Company may be presented with the opportunity to make new investments in connection with the reorganization or liquidation of an issuer of Portfolio Investments, including, without limitation, through a rights offering, litigation financing, bridge financing or other exit financing. The Company may make such investments as part of an in-court or out-of-court restructuring of an issuer of Portfolio Investments, and any such investment will be subject to the same risks as other Portfolio Investments of the Company.

Contractual subordination provisions are enforceable when a borrower is in bankruptcy, as are most inter-creditor agreement terms. Furthermore, there are instances where creditors and equity holders may lose their ranking and priority when they take over management and functional operating control of a debtor. In those cases where the Company, by virtue of such action, is found to exercise “domination and control” of a debtor, the Company may lose its priority if the debtor or other creditors can demonstrate that the debtor’s business was adversely impacted or other creditors and/or equity holders were harmed by improper or unfair actions of the Company, whether or not the Company is found to be a controlling party of the debtor. Notwithstanding the corporate structure of various debtor entities, such as special purpose entities created to hold assets and to structure for bankruptcy remoteness, such entities may, in certain cases, be consolidated in bankruptcy proceedings, which can affect the outcome of such proceedings and the amounts ultimately received by creditors. In addition, if a claim can be asserted against only a parent holding entity, such claim may be structurally subordinated to claims against a subsidiary entity that owns assets.

The U.S. Bankruptcy Code and other laws and regulations affecting debtors’ and creditors’ rights are subject to change, including by way of legislative action or judicial interpretation. The U.S. Bankruptcy Code and other laws and regulations affecting debtors’ and creditors’ rights are subject to change, including by way of legislative action or judicial interpretation. In addition, governmental actors have recently shown a willingness to intervene in bankruptcy-related matters (for example, the U.S. government’s bailouts of General Motors and Chrysler), which may increase uncertainty regarding the enforcement of creditors’ rights and the bankruptcy process generally. Any such actions could alter the expected outcome or introduce greater uncertainty regarding the

86

expected outcome of an investment situation of the Company, which may adversely affect such investment or the Company’s investment program.

Lack of Control over Investments. The Company expects to invest in debt securities, but may hold a non-controlling interest in one or more Portfolio Investments. Such investments may not give the Company the ability to influence the management of the company or to elect a representative to the Board. In addition, the management of the company or its shareholders may have economic or business interests which are inconsistent with those of the Company, and they may be in a position to take action contrary to the Company’s objectives. A non-controlling interest may be especially adverse to the Company in circumstances, such as certain stressed or distressed situations, where an element of control or influence might be beneficial to the subject investment.

Control Positions. The Company does not expect to, but may have a controlling interest in a Portfolio Investment (because of its equity ownership, representation on the board of directors and/or contractual rights) either on its own or, in certain cases, with another financial partner or investment fund (e.g., in accordance with the Company’s receipt of equity in connection with a restructuring). The exercise of control over a company may impose additional risks of liability for environmental damage, product defects, failure to supervise management, pension and other fringe benefits, violation of governmental regulations (including securities laws) or other types of related liability. If these liabilities were to arise, the Company might suffer a significant loss in such investment. In addition, if employees of the Adviser serve as directors of certain of the Portfolio Investments, including public companies, they will have duties to persons other than the Company.

To the extent that the Company owns a controlling stake in or is deemed an affiliate of a particular company, it may also be subject to certain additional bankruptcy or securities laws restrictions that could affect both the liquidity of the Company’s interest and the Company’s ability to liquidate its interest without adversely impacting the price thereof, including insider trading restrictions, the affiliate sale restrictions of Rule 144 of the 1933 Act and the disclosure requirements of Sections 13 and 16 of the 1934 Act. Further, to the extent that affiliates of the Company or the Adviser are subject to such restrictions, the Company, by virtue of its affiliation with such entities, may be similarly restricted, regardless of whether the Company stands to benefit from such affiliate’s ownership.

If the Company, alone or as part of a group acting together for certain purposes, becomes the beneficial owner of more than 10% of certain classes of securities of a U.S. public company or places a director on the board of directors of such a company, the Company may be subject to certain additional reporting requirements and to liability for short-swing profits under Section 16 of the 1934 Act. Furthermore, the Company may also be subject to similar reporting requirements and other limitations in non-U.S. jurisdictions where it holds significant positions in companies in such jurisdictions.

The exercise of control over a company, depending upon the amount and type of securities owned by the Company, contractual arrangements between the company and the Company, and other relevant factual circumstances, could result in an extension to one year of the 90-day bankruptcy preference period with respect to payments made to the Company. See “— Fraudulent Conveyance and Preference Considerations” below. The exercise of control over a company may also provide grounds for challenges to the priority and enforceability of Portfolio Investments or other claims the Company may have against the company if it is subject to a bankruptcy case or other insolvency proceeding. See “— Lender Liability Considerations and Equitable Subordination” below.

Lender Liability Considerations and Equitable Subordination. In recent years, a number of judicial decisions in the U.S. have upheld the right of borrowers to sue lending institutions on the basis of various evolving legal theories (collectively termed “lender liability”). Generally, lender liability is founded upon the premise that an institutional lender has violated a duty (whether implied or contractual) of good faith and fair dealing owed to the borrower or has assumed a degree of control over the borrower resulting in creation of a fiduciary duty owed to the borrower or its other creditors or shareholders. In addition, courts have in some cases applied the doctrine of

87

equitable subordination to subordinate the claim against a borrower of a creditor, including a lending institution, to claims of other creditors of the borrower when the creditor is found to have engaged in unfair, inequitable or fraudulent conduct. There can be no assurance as to whether any fund, lending institution or other party from which the Company may directly or indirectly acquire such claims engaged in any such conduct and, if it did, as to whether the Company would be subject to claims that the Company’s Portfolio Investments should be equitably subordinated based on such conduct. Because of the nature of certain of the Company’s Portfolio Investments, the Company could be subject to allegations of lender liability or to claims that the Company’s Portfolio Investments should be equitably subordinated.

Portfolio Investment Risk. The Company’s Portfolio Investments may involve a high degree of business and financial risk. Portfolio Investments may be in early stages of development, may have operating losses or significant variations in operating results and may be engaged in rapidly changing businesses with products subject to a substantial risk of obsolescence. Portfolio Investments will also include companies that are experiencing or are expected to experience financial difficulties, which may never be overcome. In addition, many of them will have weak financial conditions and may require substantial additional capital to support their operations, to finance expansion or to maintain their competitive positions. Portfolio Investments may face intense competition, including competition from companies with greater financial resources, more extensive development, manufacturing, marketing, and other capabilities and a larger number of qualified managerial and technical personnel. In addition, Portfolio Investments in which the Company expects to invest may be required to comply with numerous U.S. and non-U.S. statutory and regulatory standards. A Portfolio Investment could be materially and adversely affected as a result of statutory or regulatory changes or changes in judicial or administrative interpretations of existing laws and regulations that impose more comprehensive or stringent requirements on such Portfolio Investment, the markets in which such Portfolio Investment operates or such Portfolio Investment’s industry generally.

There can be no assurance that a Portfolio Investment’s management team will be able to operate such Portfolio Investment successfully. In addition, instances of fraud or other illegal practices committed by the management team of a Portfolio Investment may undermine the Company’s investment in such Portfolio Investment and the Company may suffer losses. Additionally, Portfolio Investments need to attract, retain and develop executives and members of their management teams. There can be no assurance that a Portfolio Investment will be able to attract and develop suitable members of its management team, which may adversely affect the Company.

“Special Situation” Investment Risks. The Company may make investments in “special situations,” including recapitalizations, spinoffs, corporate and financial restructurings, acquiring or otherwise taking control of a pooled investment vehicle or its assets, litigation or other catalyst-orientated situations. Such investments are often difficult to analyze. In any such investment opportunity, there exists the risk that the relevant transaction either will be unsuccessful, will take considerable time or will result in a distribution of cash or a new security, the value of which will be less than the purchase price to the Company of the security or other financial instrument in respect of which such distribution is received. Similarly, if an anticipated catalyst produces an unanticipated result or does not in fact occur, the Company may choose to sell the Portfolio Investment at a loss or hold the Portfolio Investment and ultimately recover less than the amount of its initial investment. Any risk management strategies employed cannot fully insulate the Company from the risks inherent in its planned activities. Moreover, in certain situations, the Company may be unable to, or may choose not to, implement risk management strategies because of the costs involved or other relevant circumstances.

Zero-Coupon Bonds, Deferred Interest Rate Bonds and Payment-In-Kind Securities. Zero-coupon bonds pay interest only at maturity rather than at intervals during the life of the security. Deferred interest rate bonds generally provide for a period of delay before the regular payment of interest begins. PIK securities are debt obligations that pay “interest” in the form of other debt obligations, instead of in cash. Each of these instruments is normally issued and traded at a deep discount from face value. Zero-coupon bonds, deferred interest rate bonds and PIKs allow an issuer to avoid or delay the need to generate cash to meet current interest payments and, as a result, may involve greater credit risk than bonds that pay interest currently or in cash. In addition, such

88

investments experience greater volatility in market value due to changes in interest rates than debt obligations that provide for regular payments of interest.

Money Market and Other Liquid Instruments. The Company may invest its assets in such liquid securities as the Adviser may deem to be advisable, including fixed income securities, money market instruments, money market mutual funds, and debt securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S., certain U.S. government agencies or instrumentalities. Money market instruments are short-term fixed income obligations, which generally have remaining maturities of one year or less, and may include commercial paper, certificates of deposit, and bankers’ acceptances issued by domestic branches of U.S. banks that are members of the FDIC. The Company may be prevented from achieving its investment objective during any period in which its assets are not substantially invested in accordance with its investment strategy. Notwithstanding their general high-quality nature, money market funds and liquid securities are subject to the risk of loss.

Among other liquid investments, the Company may invest cash, pending investment, reinvestment or distribution thereof or in connection with the maintenance of reserves, in money fund products offered from time to time by its Custodian, including the use of bank “sweep” short-term offerings.

Pooled Investment Vehicles and Pass-through Entities. The Company may invest or take short positions in pooled investment vehicle and pass-through entities, including affiliated or third-party unregistered investment vehicles, investment companies registered under the 1940 Act (including exchange-traded funds and closed-end companies) and master limited partnerships (“Pooled Investment Vehicles”). See “— Conflicts of Interest; Other Activities of the Adviser” below. To the extent the Company invests directly in Pooled Investment Vehicles and other “pass-through” entities which are treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income taxation purposes, the Company must rely on such vehicles to deliver to it certain tax information that is necessary to complete the Company’s own tax returns. If this information is not delivered to the Company in a timely fashion, the Company will be delayed in providing tax information to the investors.

U.S. Government and Agency Securities. The Company may invest in debt securities issued or guaranteed by certain U.S. government agencies, instrumentalities and sponsored enterprises. Some U.S. government securities, such as Treasury bills, notes and bonds and MBS guaranteed by Ginnie Mae, are supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S.; others are supported by the right of the issuer to borrow from the U.S. Treasury; others are supported by the discretionary authority of the U.S. government to purchase the agency’s obligations; and still others are supported only by the credit of the instrumentality. Although U.S. government-sponsored enterprises, such as Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, may be chartered or sponsored by Congress, they are not funded by Congressional appropriations, and their securities are not issued by the U.S. Treasury or supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government and involve increased credit risks. In addition, certain governmental entities have been subject to regulatory scrutiny regarding their accounting policies and practices and other concerns that may result in legislation, changes in regulatory oversight and/or other consequences that could adversely affect the credit quality, availability or investment character of securities issued by these entities.

Restricted Securities. It is expected that a significant portion of the Company’s Portfolio Investments will be securities (“restricted securities”) that have not been registered for sale to the public under the 1933 Act pursuant to an exemption from registration (including Section 4(a)(2) of, or Rule 144A under, the 1933 Act). Restricted securities are generally only sold to institutional investors in private sales from the issuer or from an affiliate of the issuer. These securities may be less liquid than securities registered for sale to the general public. The liquidity of a restricted security may be affected by a number of factors, including: (i) the credit quality of the issuer; (ii) the frequency of trades and quotes for the security; (iii) the number of dealers willing to purchase or sell the security and the number of other potential purchasers; (iv) dealer undertakings to make a market in the security; and (v) the nature of the security and the nature of marketplace trades. Also, restricted securities may be difficult to value because market quotations may not be readily available.

In addition, a debtor in a reorganization case may be granted a trading restriction order by a bankruptcy court in order to protect such debtor’s net operating losses (a “NOL Order”). Such an order may prohibit or severely

89

restrict the ability of some creditors to sell their claims and interests in the debtor. The Company’s ability to transfer its interests in such a debtor may be impaired, delayed or prohibited as a consequence of a NOL Order. The Company may also incur added expenses if it attempts to challenge or limit the scope of a NOL Order, and such an attempt may not be successful. Similarly, issuers with net operating losses sometimes adopt Unitholder rights plans or similar arrangements in order to preserve the ability to utilize such net operating losses in the future; any such actions could also limit or otherwise adversely impact the Company’s ability to transfer or dispose of its interests in any such issuer.

Currency Exchange Risk. Investments of the Company may be denominated in, or linked to, currencies other than the U.S. Dollar, and hence the value of such investments will depend in part on the relative strength of the U.S. Dollar. The Company may be affected favorably or unfavorably by exchange control regulations or changes in the exchange rate between such currencies and the U.S. Dollar. A change in the value of a non-U.S. currency relative to the U.S. Dollar will result in a corresponding change in the dollar value of the Company’s assets denominated in that non-U.S. currency as well as the dollar value of non-U.S. currency held by the Company. Changes in currency exchange rates may also affect the value of dividends and interest earned and gains and losses realized on the sale of securities held by the Company.

The Company may enter into forward currency exchange contracts or invest in currency futures contracts and options on currencies and futures as well as swap agreements and options on swaps to manage the Company’s exposure to a foreign currency or to shift exposure to foreign currency fluctuations from one country to another with respect to the Company. A forward currency exchange contract, which involves an obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date at a price set at the time of the contract, reduces the Company’s exposure with respect to its investment to changes in the value of the currency it will deliver and increases its exposure to changes in the value of the currency it will receive for the duration of the contract. The effect on the value of the Company is similar to selling securities denominated in one currency and purchasing securities denominated in another currency. A contract to sell foreign currency would limit any potential gain which might be realized if the value of the hedged currency increases. The Company may enter into these contracts to hedge against currency exchange risk to increase exposure to a currency or to shift exposure to currency fluctuations from one currency to another.

The Company is not obligated to engage in any currency hedging operations, and there can be no assurance that the Company will engage in such transactions at any given time or from time to time. Additionally, suitable hedging transactions may not be available in all circumstances, or such transactions may not be successful and may eliminate any chance for the Company to benefit from favorable fluctuations in relevant currencies. The Company may use one currency (or a basket of currencies) to hedge against adverse changes in the value of another currency (or a basket of currencies) when the Adviser believes that exchange rates between the two currencies are positively correlated.

Risks Related to Disposition of Investments. The Company may dispose of its investments through whatever manner it deems to be advisable, including through asset sales, repackaging transactions, securitizations, initial public offerings, strategic transactions and other mergers and acquisitions activity, and/or any combination thereof. Therefore, the disposition of Company investments will be subject to the risks associated with the particular exit strategy utilized. See for example “—Risks Relating to Bank Loans and Corporate Loans” above. In particular, certain disposition techniques and structures may expose the Company to liability for (among other things) securities laws violations, breaches of representations and warranties, and repurchase or “putback” obligations with respect to securitizations or similar structures.

90

ITEM 2. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Overview

We were formed as a limited liability company under the laws of the State of Delaware on July 7, 2020. We have elected to be regulated as a BDC under the 1940 Act, and intend to elect to be treated, and to qualify annually thereafter, as a RIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As such, we are required to comply with various regulatory requirements, such as the requirement to invest at least 70% of our assets in “qualifying assets,” source of income limitations, asset diversification requirements, and the requirement to distribute annually at least 90% of our taxable income and tax-exempt interest. See “Regulation as a Business Development Company” and “Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences — Taxation of the Company.” You should read the following discussion in conjunction with the financial statements and related notes and other financial information appearing elsewhere in this Registration Statement.

Revenues

The Company generates revenue primarily in the form of interest income from the securities it holds and capital gains, if any, on investment securities that it may sell. Our debt investments typically bear interest at a floating rate usually determined on the basis of a benchmark London interbank offered rate (“LIBOR”), commercial paper rate, or the prime rate. Interest on our debt investments is generally payable monthly or quarterly We may also generate revenue in the form of commitment, origination, structuring fees, and fees for providing managerial assistance.

The Company’s principal focus is to invest in first lien and stretch first lien secured loans typically to upper middle market private equity-owned companies in the healthcare sector, with EBITDA between approximately $25 million and $100 million, generating significant free cash flow, and operating in the non-cyclical healthcare sub-sectors in which we have direct experience. These loan tranches are generally $100 million to $300 million. In addition, the Company intends to invest a portion of its assets in loans to late stage drug and medical device development companies. The Company will seek to leverage the significant capital base of the SCP platform to co-invest alongside other SCP managed investment vehicles enabling the Company to participate in larger, more attractive upper middle-market financings and have more control over structuring through greater ownership of a financing tranche.

Critical Accounting Policies

The preparation of the financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP will require management to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses for the periods covered by such financial statements. Actual results could materially differ from those estimates, which the Company will evaluate on an ongoing basis. The Company has identified the following items as critical accounting policies. The Company will disclose these and any other critical accounting policies in the notes to its future financial statements.

Valuation of Portfolio Investments

The Company’s NAV will be calculated periodically by the Adviser or its delegate, and approved by the Board, by taking the value of the Portfolio Investments and other assets of the Company and subtracting all liabilities, including accrued expenses.

It is anticipated that in respect of many of the Company’s assets, readily available market quotations will not be obtainable and that such assets will be valued at fair value.

91

For purposes of calculating the NAV, the Company’s assets will generally be valued as follows:

(i) securities or other instruments (other than as referred to in clauses (ii) and (iii) below) for which market quotes are readily available will be valued based on quotes obtained from a quotation reporting system, market makers or pricing services (when deemed to represent fair value under U.S. GAAP);

(ii) exchange-traded options, futures, options on futures and warrants will be valued at the settlement price determined by the exchange or through the use of a model such as Black-Scholes;

(iii) short-term investments with maturities of sixty (60) days or less generally will be valued at amortized cost; and

(iv) securities, loans or other instruments for which market quotes are not readily available will be valued as described below:

a. the quarterly valuation process begins with each portfolio company or investment being initially valued by the investment professionals of the Adviser responsible for the portfolio investment;

b. preliminary valuation conclusions are then documented and discussed with senior management of the Adviser;

c. the audit committee of the Board reviews the preliminary valuation recommendations of the Adviser and third party valuation specialist, if any, and responds to the valuation recommendations to reflect any comments; and

d. the Board discusses valuations and determines the fair value of each investment in our portfolio in good faith based on the input of the Adviser, the audit committee, and the third party valuation specialist, if any, that may from time to time be engaged.

Investments in all asset classes will be valued utilizing a market approach, an income approach, or both approaches, as appropriate. However, in accordance with ASC 820-10, certain investments that qualify as investment companies in accordance with ASC 946, may be valued using net asset value as a practical expedient for fair value. The market approach uses prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets or liabilities (including a business). The income approach uses valuation approaches to convert future amounts (for example, cash flows or earnings) to a single present amount (discounted). The measurement is based on the value indicated by current market expectations about those future amounts. In following these approaches, the types of factors that we may take into account in fair value pricing our investments include, as relevant: available current market data, including relevant and applicable market trading and transaction comparables, applicable market yields and multiples, security covenants, call protection provisions, the nature and realizable value of any collateral, the portfolio company’s ability to make payments, its earnings and discounted cash flows, the markets in which the portfolio company does business, comparisons of financial ratios of peer companies that are public, M&A comparables, our principal market (as the reporting entity) and enterprise values, among other factors.

Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 820 classifies the inputs used to measure these fair values into the following hierarchy:

Level 1: Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities, accessible by the Company at the measurement date.

Level 2: Quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, or quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, or other observable inputs other than quoted prices.

Level 3: Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability.

In all cases, the level in the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement in its entirety falls is determined based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Our assessment

92

of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment and considers factors specific to each investment. The exercise of judgment is based in part on our knowledge of the asset class and our prior experience.

The valuation principles set forth above may be modified from time to time without notice to Unitholders, in whole or in part, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion.

Revenue Recognition

The Company will record dividend income and interest, adjusted for amortization of premium and accretion of discount, on an accrual basis. Investments that are expected to pay regularly scheduled interest and/or dividends in cash will generally be placed on non-accrual status when principal or interest/dividend cash payments are past due 30 days or more and/or when it is no longer probable that principal or interest/dividend cash payments will be collected. Such non-accrual investments will be restored to accrual status if past due principal and interest or dividends are paid in cash, and in management’s judgment, are likely to continue timely payment of their remaining interest or dividend obligations. Interest or dividend cash payments received on investments may be recognized as income or applied to principal depending upon management’s judgment. Loan origination fees, original issue discount, and market discounts are capitalized and amortized into income using the effective interest method. Upon the prepayment of a loan, any unamortized loan origination fees will be recorded as interest income. We will record prepayment premiums on loans and other investments as interest income when we receive such amounts. Capital structuring fees are recorded as other income when earned.

Income Taxes

The Company intends to elect to be treated and to qualify annually as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. In order to qualify for U.S. federal income taxation as a RIC, the Company is required, among other things, to timely distribute to its stockholders at least 90% of investment company taxable income, as defined by the Code, for each year. Depending on the level of taxable income earned in a given tax year, the Company may choose to carry forward taxable income in excess of current year distributions into the next tax year and pay a nondeductible 4% U.S. federal excise tax on such income, as required. To the extent that the Company determines that its estimated current year annual taxable income will be in excess of estimated current year distributions, the Company will accrue an estimated excise tax, if any, on estimated excess taxable income.

Expenses

The Company will (directly or indirectly) bear:

• all of its fees, costs, expenses and liabilities, all of its investment-related fees, costs, expenses and liabilities (including with respect to amounts incurred prior to the Company’s initial closing) and all of its other operating fees, costs, expenses and liabilities, including all fees, due diligence costs and other fees, costs, expenses and liabilities related to the identification, sourcing, evaluation, pursuit, acquisition, holding, appraisals, asset management, restructuring and disposing of investments, including all reasonable travel-related fees, costs, expenses and liabilities, including lodging and meals, all fees, costs, expenses and liabilities of legal counsel and financial and other advisers incurred in connection therewith, all fees, costs, expenses and liabilities of information technology services relating to the ongoing management of investments, and all other investment-related fees, costs, expenses and liabilities (to the extent not reimbursed by the relevant portfolio company);

• all fees, costs, expenses and liabilities related to any audits or agreed upon procedures, tax forms and return preparations and filings, custodian fees and expenses, fund accounting, administrator services, financial statement preparation and reporting, web services for the benefit of Unitholders, delivery costs and expenses in connection with reporting obligations and communications and compliance services;

93

• all fees, costs, expenses and liabilities relating to insurance policies (including director and officer liability insurance) maintained by or for the Company, including in respect of Portfolio Investments and/or personnel of the Adviser, the Administrative Coordinator and their affiliates;

• other administrative fees, costs, and liabilities;

• all fees, costs, expenses and liabilities of brokers, transaction finders and other intermediaries, including brokerage commissions and spreads, and all other transaction-related fees, costs, expenses and liabilities, including reverse break-up fees

• all fees, costs, expenses and liabilities relating to derivatives and hedging transactions;

• all principal amounts of, and interest expense on, borrowings and guarantees, and all other fees, costs, expenses and liabilities arising out of borrowings and guarantees, including the arranging and maintenance thereof, whether incurred by the Company or incurred or facilitated by a special purpose vehicle that makes Portfolio Investments;

• Management Fees;

• Administration Expenses;

• all fees, costs, expenses and liabilities incurred through the use or engagement of Service Providers;

• all taxes, fees, penalties and other governmental charges levied against the Company (see “Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations” above) and all fees, costs, expenses, penalties and liabilities related to tax compliance;

• all fees, costs, expenses and liabilities of the Company’s legal counsel related to extraordinary matters, including expenses for any dispute resolution (including litigation and regulatory-related legal expenses);

• all fees, costs, expenses and liabilities relating to legal, governance and regulatory compliance and filings, including securities law filings relating to Portfolio Investments;

• all fees, costs, expenses and liabilities related to the Company’s indemnification or contribution obligations;

• all fees, costs, expenses and liabilities for subscription services (to the extent such subscription is required by a placement agent);

• any required regulatory filings and related legal fees;

• all fees, costs, expenses and liabilities of liquidating the Company;

• transfer agent services;

• any other fees, costs, expenses and liabilities not specifically assumed by the Adviser or the Administrative Coordinator;

• all fees, costs, expenses and liabilities of the independent directors, including resources retained by the independent directors, or on their behalf, while representing and/or acting on behalf of all Unitholders; and

• all fees, costs, expenses and liabilities related to an Exchange Listing (including any transactions effectuated in connection therewith) or other business combination.

Hedging

We may, but are not required to, enter into interest rate, foreign exchange or other derivative agreements to hedge interest rate, currency, credit or other risks, but we do not generally intend to enter into any such derivative agreements for speculative purposes. Any derivative agreements entered into for speculative purposes are not expected to be material to the Company’s business or results of operations. These hedging activities, which will

94

be in compliance with applicable legal and regulatory requirements, may include the use of futures, options and forward contracts. We will bear the costs incurred in connection with entering into, administering and settling any such derivative contracts. There can be no assurance any hedging strategy we employ will be successful.

Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources

As we have not yet commenced investment operations, we have not substantiated any transactions to date. Our primary uses of cash will be for (i) investments in portfolio companies and other investments to comply with certain portfolio diversification requirements, (ii) the cost of operations (including paying the Adviser), (iii) debt service of any borrowings, and (iv) cash distributions to our Unitholders.

Contractual Obligations

We have entered into certain contracts under which we have material future commitments. We have entered into the Investment Management Agreement with the Adviser in accordance with the 1940 Act. Pursuant to the Investment Management Agreement we have entered into with the Adviser, we intend to pay the Adviser certain management and incentive fees prior to and following an Exchange Listing. Prior to an Exchange Listing, we intend to pay the Adviser, in its capacity as Administrative Coordinator, an administration fee for administrative and coordination services, each as defined and described further below. Following an Exchange Listing, the Company intends to enter into a separate administration agreement with an affiliate pursuant to which administrative services would be provided to the Company, as described further below. See “Item 1(c). Description of Business — Investment Management Agreement.” The Pre-Exchange Listing Administration Fee will not offset any fees paid to the Adviser. Under the Investment Management Agreement, prior to an Exchange Listing, the Administrative Coordinator may engage or delegate certain administrative functions to third parties or affiliates on behalf of the Company. The Administrative Coordinator will be responsible for all expenses of its own staff responsible for (i) certain on-going, routine, non-investment-related administrative services for the Company, (ii) the coordination of various third party services needed or required by the Company, and (iii) certain Unitholder servicing functions. See “Item 1(c). Description of Business — Investment Management Agreement.”

We may establish one or more credit facilities and/or subscription facilities or enter into other financing arrangements to facilitate investments and the timely payment of our expenses. It is anticipated that any such credit facilities will bear interest at floating rates at to be determined spreads over LIBOR. We cannot assure Unitholders that we will be able to enter into a credit facility on favorable terms or at all. In connection with a credit facility or other borrowings, lenders may require us to pledge assets, commitments, and/or drawdowns (and the ability to enforce the payment thereof) and may ask to comply with positive or negative covenants that could have an effect on our operations.

If any of the contractual obligations discussed above are terminated, our costs under any new agreements that we enter into may increase. In addition, we would likely incur significant time and expense in locating alternative parties to provide the services we expect to receive under the Investment Management Agreement. Any new investment management agreement would also be subject to approval by our Unitholders.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Other than contractual commitments and other legal contingencies incurred in the normal course of our business, we do not expect to have any off-balance sheet financings or liabilities.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We are subject to financial market risks, including changes in interest rates. In addition, U.S. and global capital markets and credit markets have experienced a higher level of stress due to the global COVID-19 pandemic, which has resulted in an increase in the level of volatility across such markets and may result in a general decline

95

in value of the securities we expect to hold. In connection with the COVID-19 pandemic, the U.S. Federal Reserve and other central banks have reduced certain interest rates and LIBOR has decreased. In a prolonged low interest rate environment, including a reduction of LIBOR to zero, the difference between the total interest income earned on interest earning assets and the total interest expense incurred on interest bearing liabilities may be compressed, which would reduce our net interest income and potentially adversely affect our operating results. However, we may hedge against interest rate fluctuations from time-to-time by using standard hedging instruments such as futures, options, swaps and forward contracts subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act. While hedging activities may insulate us against adverse changes in interest rates, they may also limit our ability to participate in any benefits of certain changes in interest rates with respect to our portfolio of investments. We plan to invest in illiquid debt and equity securities of private companies. Most of our investments will not have a readily available market price, and we will value these investments at fair value as determined in good faith by the Board in accordance with our valuation policy. There is no single standard for determining fair value in good faith. As a result, determining fair value requires that judgment be applied to the specific facts and circumstances of each portfolio investment while employing a consistently applied valuation process for the types of investments we make. See “Item 9. Market Price of and Dividends on the Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Unitholder Matters—Valuation of Portfolio Investments.”

Related Parties

See “Item 7. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence” for a description of certain transactions and relationships with related parties.

ITEM 3. PROPERTIES

Our executive offices are located at 500 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10022, and are provided by SLR Capital Partners in accordance with the terms of the Investment Management Agreement. We believe that our office facilities are suitable and adequate for our business as it is presently conducted.

96

ITEM 4. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

The following table sets forth, as of March 16, 2021, the beneficial ownership of each current director, the Company’s executive officers, each person known to us to beneficially own 5% or more of the outstanding Units, and the executive officers and directors as a group. Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and includes voting or investment power with respect to the Units. Ownership information for those persons who beneficially own 5% or more of our Units is based upon filings by such persons with the SEC and other information obtained from such persons, if available. Unless otherwise indicated, the Company believes that each beneficial owner set forth in the table has sole voting and investment power over such Units. Unless otherwise indicated, the address of all executive officers and directors is c/o SLR HC BDC LLC, 500 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10022.

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner	Number of Units Owned Beneficially(1)		Percentage of Class(2)
Interested Directors
Michael S. Gross		—		—
Bruce Spohler		—		—
Independent Directors
Steven Hochberg		—		—
Leonard A. Potter		—		—
David S. Wachter		—		—
Executive Officers
Richard L. Peteka		—		—
Guy Talarico		—		—
All executive officers and directors as a group (7 persons)		—		—

(1) Beneficial ownership has been determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 under the 1934 Act.

(2) Based on a total of 119,453 of the Company’s Units issued and outstanding as of March 16, 2021.

97

ITEM 5. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

The Board oversees the Company’s management. The Board currently consists of five members, three of whom are not “interested persons” of the Company as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act. The Company refers to these individuals as our independent directors. The Board elects officers, who serve at the discretion of the Board. The responsibilities of each director will include, among other things, the oversight of investment activity, the quarterly valuation of assets, and oversight of financing arrangements. The Board has also established an audit committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee and may establish additional committees in the future.

Board of Directors and Executive Officers

Directors

Our directors have been divided into two groups — interested directors and independent directors. An interested director is an “interested person” as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act. The Board has identified certain desired attributes for director nominees. Each of our directors has demonstrated high character and integrity, superior credentials and recognition in his respective field and the relevant expertise and experience upon which to be able to offer advice and guidance to our management. Each of our directors also has sufficient time available to devote to the affairs of the Company, is able to work with the other members of the Board and contribute to the success of the Company and can represent the long-term interests of the Company’s Unitholders as a whole. Our directors have been selected such that the Board represents a range of backgrounds and experience.

Information regarding the Board is as follows:

Name	Age		Position	Director Since:
Interested Directors
Michael S. Gross		59	Co-Chief Executive Officer, President and Director		2020
Bruce Spohler		60	Co-Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer and Director		2020
Name	Age		Position	Director Since:
Independent Directors
Steve Hochberg		59	Director		2020
David S. Wachter		57	Director		2020
Leonard A. Potter		59	Director		2020

The address for each of our directors is c/o SLR HC BDC LLC, 500 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10022.

Executive Officers Who Are Not Directors

Name	Age		Position
Richard L. Peteka		59	Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Corporate Secretary
Guy Talarico		65	Chief Compliance Officer

Biographical Information

Directors

Our directors have been divided into two groups — interested directors and independent directors. An interested director is an “interested person” as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act.

98

Interested Directors

Michael S. Gross has been a director of SLR HC BDC LLC since inception. Mr. Gross has served as Co-Chief Executive Officer of SLRC, SUNS and PCI BDC since June 2019, and served as sole Chief Executive Officer of SLRC from February 2007 to June 2019, of SUNS from December 2010 to June 2019, and of PCI BDC from June 2018 to June 2019. Mr. Gross has been chairman of the board of directors and president of SLRC, SUNS and PCI BDC since 2007, 2010 and 2018, respectively. Mr. Gross also currently serves as the managing member of SCP’s investment advisor, SCP. From February 2004 through February 2006, Mr. Gross was the president and chief executive officer of Apollo Investment Corporation, a publicly traded BDC that he founded, and where he also served as chairman of the board of directors and investment committee from February 2004 to July 2006. Mr. Gross was also the managing partner of Apollo Investment Management, L.P., the investment advisor to Apollo Investment Corporation. From 1990 to February 2006, Mr. Gross was a senior partner at Apollo Management, L.P., a leading private equity firm which he founded in 1990 with five other persons. During his tenure there, Mr. Gross was a member of an investment committee that was responsible for overseeing investments. In addition, from 2003 to February 2006, Mr. Gross was the managing partner of Apollo Distressed Investment Fund, an investment fund he founded to invest principally in non-control oriented distressed debt and other investment securities of leveraged companies. Prior to his time at Apollo Management, L.P., Mr. Gross was employed by Drexel Burnham Lambert Incorporated. Mr. Gross also serves as Chairman of the Board of Directors of Global Ship Lease Inc.; Chairman of the Board of Mt. Sinai Children’s Center Foundation; Director of New York Road Runners; Member of the Kellogg Global Advisory Board; and Member of the Ross School Advisory Board at the University of Michigan. He served as Director of Jarden Corporation from 2007 to 2016. Mr. Gross holds a B.B.A. in accounting from the University of Michigan and an M.M. from the J.L. Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University. Mr. Gross’ intimate knowledge of the business and operations of SLR Capital Partners, extensive familiarity with the financial industry and the investment management process in particular, and experience as a director of other public and private companies not only gives the Board valuable insight but also positions him well to continue to serve as the Chairman of our Board.

Bruce Spohler has been a director of SLR HC BDC LLC since inception. Mr. Spohler has served as Co-Chief Executive Officer of SLRC, SUNS and PCI BDC since June 2019. Additionally, Mr. Spohler has been the chief operating officer of SLRC since 2007 and has been a member of the board of directors since September 2009. Mr. Spohler has also served as chief operating officer and a member of the board of directors of SUNS since its inception in 2010. Mr. Spohler also currently serves as a partner of SCP’s investment advisor, SCP. Previously, Mr. Spohler was a managing director and a former co-head of U.S. Leveraged Finance for CIBC World Markets. He held numerous senior roles at CIBC World Markets, including serving on the U.S. Management Committee, Global Executive Committee and the Deals Committee, which approves all of CIBC World Markets’ U.S. corporate finance debt capital decisions. During his tenure, he was responsible for senior loan, high yield and mezzanine origination and execution, as well as CIBC World Markets’ below investment grade loan portfolio in the U.S. As a co-head of U.S. Leveraged Finance, he oversaw over 300 capital raising and merger and acquisition transactions, comprising over $40 billion in market capitalization. He joined CIBC World Markets in 1995 when it acquired The Argosy Group, of which Mr. Spohler was a founding member and managing director. Prior to The Argosy Group, Mr. Spohler was employed by Drexel Burnham Lambert Incorporated. Mr. Spohler earned a B.S. from Syracuse University and an M.M. from the J.L. Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University. Mr. Spohler’s depth of experience in managerial positions in investment management, leveraged finance and financial services, as well as his intimate knowledge of SLR Capital’s business and operations, gives the Board valuable industry-specific knowledge and expertise on these and other matters.

Independent Directors

Steven Hochberg has been a director of SLR HC BDC LLC since inception. Mr. Hochberg has been a partner at Deerfield Management, a healthcare investment firm, since 2013. Mr. Hochberg is the co-founder and manager of Ascent Biomedical Ventures, a venture capital firm focused on early stage investment development and of biomedical companies, since 2004. Since 2011, Mr. Hochberg had been the Chairman of the board of directors of

99

Continuum Health Partners, one of the largest non-profit hospital systems in New York City, until its merger with Mount Sinai in 2013, where he is the Senior Vice Chairman of Mount Sinai Health System, a non-profit healthcare integrated delivery system in New York City. Mr. Hochberg serves on the board of directors of a number of private healthcare companies, two special purpose acquisition companies, including Deerfield Healthcare Technology Acquisitions Corp. and DFP Healthcare Acquisitions Corp., and the Cardiovascular Research Foundation, an organization focused on advancing new technologies and education in the field of cardiovascular medicine. Mr. Hochberg presently serves as a member of the board of directors of SLRC, SUNS and PCI BDC, BDCs managed by SLR Capital Partners. Mr. Hochberg holds a B.B.A. from the University of Michigan and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School. Mr. Hochberg’s varied experience in investing in medical technology companies provides the Board with particular knowledge of this field, and his role as chairman of other companies’ board of directors brings the perspective of a knowledgeable corporate leader.

Leonard A. Potter has been a director of SLR HC BDC LLC since inception. Mr. Potter is currently the President and Chief Investment Officer of Wildcat Capital Management, LLC, a registered investment adviser, since 2011. Mr. Potter served as the Chief Executive Officer of Infinity Q Capital Management, LLC, also a registered investment adviser, from 2014 to 2020 and currently serves as Non-Executive Chairman. Mr. Potter co-founded and has served as Senior Managing Director at Vida Ventures since 2017. From August 2009 through August 2011, Mr. Potter served as the Chief Investment Officer of Salt Creek Hospitality, a private acquirer and owner of hospitality related assets. From December 2002 through July 2009, Mr. Potter was a Managing Director — Soros Private Equity at Soros Fund Management LLC where, from May 2005 through July 2009, Mr. Potter served as co-head of the Private Equity group and a member of the Private Equity Investment Committee. Mr. Potter is currently a member of the board of directors of Hilton Grand Vacations Inc. since 2017 and SuRo Capital Corp. (formerly known as Sutter Rock Capital Corp.), a publicly-traded BDC since 2011, and SLRC, SUNS and PCI BDC, BDCs managed by SLR Capital Partners, and several private companies. Mr. Potter has a B.A. from Brandeis University and a J.D. from the Fordham University School of Law. Mr. Potter’s experience practicing as a corporate lawyer provides valuable insight to the Board on regulatory and risk management issues. In addition, his tenure in private equity investments and service as a director of both public and private companies provide industry-specific knowledge and expertise to the Board.

David S. Wachter has been a director of SLR HC BDC LLC since inception. Mr. Wachter is a founding partner and Managing Partner of W Capital Partners, a private equity fund manager, since 2001. In addition, Mr. Wachter presently serves as a member of the board of directors of SLRC, SUNS and PCI BDC, BDCs managed by SLR Capital Partners. Mr. Wachter has a B.S. in Engineering, with a major in Computer Science and Applied Mathematics, from Tufts University and an M.B.A. from New York University Graduate School of Business. Mr. Wachter’s extensive knowledge of private equity and investment banking provides the Board with the valuable insight of an experienced financial manager.

Executive Officers Who Are Not Directors

Richard L. Peteka has been the chief financial officer, treasurer and secretary of SLR HC BDC LLC since inception. In addition, Mr. Peteka has served as chief financial officer, treasurer and secretary of SLRC and SUNS, BDCs managed by SCP, since May 2012, and as chief financial officer, treasurer and secretary of PCI BDC, a BDC managed by SCP, since June 2018. Mr. Peteka joined SLR Capital from Apollo Investment Corporation, a publicly-traded BDC, where he served from 2004 to 2012 as the Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer. Mr. Peteka holds a B.S. in Finance from The College at Old Westbury and an MBA in International Finance from St. John’s University.

Guy Talarico has been the chief compliance officer of SLR HC BDC LLC since inception. In addition, Mr. Talarico has served as Chief Compliance Officer of SLRC, a BDC managed by SCP, since July 2008, chief compliance officer of SUNS, a BDC managed by SCP, since its inception in December 2010 and chief compliance officer of PCI BDC, a BDC managed by SCP, since its inception in June 2018. Mr. Talarico founded and has served as chief executive officer of Alaric Compliance Services, LLC, (successor to EOS Compliance

100

Services LLC) since December 2005. Mr. Talarico has served and continues to serve as chief compliance officer for other BDCs, funds and/or investment advisers who are not affiliated with the SLR Capital entities. Mr. Talarico holds a B.S. ChE from Lehigh University, an M.B.A. from Fairleigh Dickinson University and a J.D. from New York Law School.

Board Leadership Structure

Our Board will monitor and perform an oversight role with respect to the business and affairs of the Company, including with respect to investment practices and performance, compliance with regulatory requirements and the services, expenses and performance of service providers to the Company. Among other things, our Board will approve the appointment of SLR Capital Partners as our investment adviser and administrative coordinator, and officers, review and monitor the services and activities performed by SLR Capital Partners and executive officers and approve the engagement, and review the performance of, our independent public accounting firm.

Under the Company’s LLC Agreement, our Board may choose to designate a chairman to preside over the meetings of the Board and any meetings of the Unitholders and to perform such other duties as may be assigned to him by the Board. We do not have a fixed policy as to whether the chairman of the Board should be an independent director and believe that we should maintain the flexibility to select the chairman and reorganize the leadership structure, from time to time, based on the criteria that is in the best interests of the Company and our Unitholders at such times.

Presently, Mr. Gross serves as the Chairman of our Board. Mr. Gross is an “interested person” of the Company as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act because he is the President and Co-Chief Executive Officer of the Company, serves on the Investment Committee and is a managing member of SLR Capital Partners. We believe that Mr. Gross’ history with the Company, familiarity with its investment platform, and extensive knowledge of the financial services industry and the investment valuation process in particular qualify him to serve as the Chairman of our Board. We believe that the Company is best served through this existing leadership structure, as Mr. Gross’ relationship with SLR Capital Partners provides an effective bridge and encourages an open dialogue between management and the Board, ensuring that both groups act with a common purpose.

Our Board does not currently have a designated lead independent director. We are aware of the potential conflicts that may arise when a non-independent director is Chairman of the Board, but believe these potential conflicts are offset by our strong corporate governance policies. Our corporate governance policies include regular meetings of the independent directors in executive session without the presence of interested directors and management, the establishment of the Audit Committee and the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, which are comprised solely of independent directors and the appointment of a chief compliance officer, with whom the independent directors meet regularly without the presence of interested directors and other members of management, for administering our compliance policies and procedures.

We recognize that different board leadership structures are appropriate for companies in different situations. We re-examine our corporate governance policies on an ongoing basis to ensure that they continue to meet the Company’s needs.

Board’s Role in Risk Oversight

Our Board will perform its risk oversight function primarily through (a) its two standing committees, which report to the entire Board and are comprised solely of independent directors, and (b) active monitoring of our Chief Compliance Officer and our compliance policies and procedures.

As described below in more detail under “Committees,” the Audit Committee and the Nominating and the Corporate Governance Committee will assist the Board in fulfilling its risk oversight responsibilities. The Audit Committee’s risk oversight responsibilities will include overseeing the Company’s accounting and financial

101

reporting processes, the Company’s systems of internal controls regarding finance and accounting, and audits of the Company’s financial statements. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee’s risk oversight responsibilities will include selecting, researching and nominating directors for election by our Unitholders, developing and recommending to the Board a set of corporate governance principles and overseeing the evaluation of the Board and our management.

Our Board will also perform its risk oversight responsibilities with the assistance of the Chief Compliance Officer. The Board will annually review a written report from the Chief Compliance Officer discussing the adequacy and effectiveness of the compliance policies and procedures of the Company and its Service Providers. The Chief Compliance Officer’s annual report will address at a minimum (a) the operation of the compliance policies and procedures of the Company and its Service Providers since the last report; (b) any material changes to such policies and procedures since the last report; (c) any recommendations for material changes to such policies and procedures as a result of the Chief Compliance Officer’s annual review; and (d) any compliance matter that has occurred since the date of the last report about which the Board would reasonably need to know to oversee our compliance activities and risks. In addition, the Chief Compliance Officer will meet separately in executive session with the independent directors at least once each year.

We believe that the role of our Board in risk oversight will be effective and appropriate given the extensive regulation to which we will be subject as a BDC. As a BDC, we will be required to comply with certain regulatory requirements that control the levels of risk in our business and operations. For example, our ability to incur indebtedness will be limited such that our asset coverage must equal at least 150% immediately after each time we incur indebtedness, we generally will not be permitted to invest in assets that are not “qualifying assets” unless at least 70% of our total assets consist of “qualifying assets” immediately prior to such investment, and we generally will not be permitted to invest, subject to certain exceptions, in any portfolio company in which one of our affiliates currently has an investment.

We recognize that different Board roles in risk oversight are appropriate for companies in different situations. We will re-examine the manners in which the Board administers its oversight function on an ongoing basis to ensure that they continue to meet the Company’s needs.

Committees

The Board has an Audit Committee and a Nominating and the Corporate Governance Committee and may form additional committees in the future.

Audit Committee

The Audit Committee will operate pursuant to a charter approved by our Board. The charter will set forth the responsibilities of the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee’s responsibilities will include selecting the independent registered public accounting firm for the Company, reviewing with such independent registered public accounting firm the planning, scope and results of their audit of the Company’s financial statements, pre-approving the fees for services performed, reviewing with the independent registered public accounting firm the adequacy of internal control systems, reviewing the Company’s annual financial statements and periodic filings and receiving the Company’s audit reports and financial statements. The Audit Committee will also establish guidelines and make recommendations to our Board regarding the valuation of our investments. The Audit Committee will be responsible for aiding our Board in determining the fair value of debt and equity securities that are not publicly traded or for which current market values are not readily available. The Board and the Audit Committee may utilize the services of nationally recognized third-party valuation firms to help determine the fair value of certain securities. The Audit Committee is currently composed of Messrs. Hochberg, Wachter and Potter. Mr. Hochberg serves as Chairman of the Audit Committee. Our Board has determined that Mr. Hochberg is an “audit committee financial expert” as that term is defined under Item 407 of Regulation S-K, as promulgated under the 1934 Act. Mr. Hochberg meets the current independence and experience requirements of Rule 10A-3 of the 1934 Act.

102

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will operate pursuant to a charter approved by our Board. The members of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee are Messrs. Hochberg, Wachter and Potter. Mr. Wachter serves as Chairman of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will be responsible for selecting, researching and nominating directors for election by our Unitholders, selecting nominees to fill vacancies on the Board or a committee thereof, developing and recommending to the Board a set of corporate governance principles and overseeing the evaluation of the Board and our management. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee currently does not consider nominees recommended by our Unitholders.

The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will seek candidates who possess the background, skills and expertise to make a significant contribution to the Board, the Company and our Unitholders. In considering possible candidates for election as a director, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will take into account, in addition to such other factors as it deems relevant, the desirability of selecting directors who:

• are of high character and integrity;

• are accomplished in their respective fields, with superior credentials and recognition;

• have relevant expertise and experience upon which to be able to offer advice and guidance to management;

• have sufficient time available to devote to the affairs of the Company;

• are able to work with the other members of the Board and contribute to the success of the Company;

• can represent the long-term interests of the Company’s Unitholders as a whole; and

• are selected such that the Board represents a range of backgrounds and experiences.

The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will not adopt a formal policy with regard to the consideration of diversity in identifying director nominees. In determining whether to recommend a director nominee, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will consider and discusses diversity, among other factors, with a view toward the needs of the Board as a whole. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will generally conceptualize diversity expansively to include, without limitation, concepts such as race, gender, national origin, differences of viewpoint, professional experience, education, skill and other qualities that contribute to the Board, when identifying and recommending director nominees. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will believe that the inclusion of diversity as one of many factors considered in selecting director nominees is consistent with the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee’s goal of creating a Board that best serves the needs of the Company and the interest of our Unitholders.

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Under the LLC Agreement, we will fully indemnify any person who was or is involved in any actual or threatened action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that such person is or was one of our directors or officers. So long as we are regulated under the 1940 Act, the above indemnification and limitation of liability is limited by the 1940 Act or by any valid rule, regulation or order of the SEC thereunder. The 1940 Act provides, among other things, that a company may not indemnify any director or officer against liability to it or its security holders to which he or she might otherwise be subject by reason of his or her willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office unless a determination is made by final decision of a court, by vote of a majority of a quorum of directors who are disinterested, non-party directors or by independent legal counsel that the liability for which indemnification is sought did not arise out of the foregoing conduct. In addition, we have obtained liability insurance for our officers and directors.

103

Portfolio Management and Investment Committee

The management of our investment portfolio is the responsibility of our Adviser and the Investment Committee, which is currently comprised of Michael Gross, Bruce Spohler, Philip Guerin, Julie Reyes, Anthony Storino and Krishna Thiyagarajan. We consider Messrs. Gross, Spohler, Guerin, Storino and Thiyagarajan and Ms. Reyes to be our portfolio managers. For more information regarding the business experience of Messrs. Gross and Spohler, see “Management — Board of Directors and Executive Officers — Interested Directors,” and for more information regarding the business experience of Messrs. Guerin, Storino and Thiyagarajan and Ms. Reyes, see “Item 1. Business — Investment Professionals.” All new investments are required to be approved by a consensus of the Investment Committee. The members of the Investment Committee are not employed by us, and receive no compensation from us in connection with their portfolio management activities. However, such members may be employees or partners of the Adviser and may receive compensation or profit distributions from the Adviser. For instance, Messrs. Gross and Spohler, through their financial interests in the Adviser, will be entitled to a portion of any investment advisory fees paid by the Company to the Adviser.

The Adviser

SLR Capital Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, has been appointed to serve as the Adviser of the Company. Adviser personnel will be responsible for the operations of the Adviser, although they may retain other parties for certain functions, such as compliance and administrative support. Pursuant to the Investment Management Agreement between the Company and the Adviser, the Company has delegated full and exclusive authority and responsibility to the Adviser to invest, reinvest and dispose of the assets of the Company, and to manage the day-to-day operations of the Company. The Adviser is authorized to delegate all, or any such part as it deems appropriate, of its discretionary management and investment advisory authority and responsibility to any of its members or their respective affiliates. The Adviser is registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act.

ITEM 6. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Compensation of Executive Officers

None of our affiliated officers receives direct compensation from the Company. Mr. Gross, our Co-Chief Executive Officer and President, and Mr. Spohler, our Co-Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer, through their ownership interest in our Adviser, are entitled to a portion of any profits earned by the Company, which includes any fees payable by us to the Company under the terms of the Investment Management Agreement, less expenses incurred by the Adviser in performing its services under the Investment Management Agreement. Mr. Gross and Mr. Spohler do not receive any additional compensation from the Adviser in connection with the management of our portfolio.

Mr. Peteka, our Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, and Secretary is paid by the Adviser or its affiliates, and such costs or payments are not subject to reimbursement by the Company. Through unaffiliated Alaric Compliance Services, LLC, Guy Talarico is our Chief Compliance Officer. Alaric Compliance Services, LLC and our Chief Compliance Officer will be paid by us on a direct basis and will be approved annually by our Board.

Compensation of Directors

No compensation is expected to be paid to our directors who are “interested persons,” as such term is defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act. We initially expect to pay each independent director $25,000 per year for serving as a director. We are also authorized to pay the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of each independent director incurred by such director in connection with the fulfillment of his or her duties as an independent director.

104

ITEM 7. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

Transactions with Related Persons, Promoters and Certain Control Persons

Investment Management Agreement

We have entered into the Investment Management Agreement with the Adviser pursuant to which we will pay management fees, administrative coordinator fees and incentive fees to the Adviser. The Board held a virtual meeting on September 16, 2020 to consider and approve the Investment Management Agreement and related matters. In reliance on certain exemptive relief provided by the SEC in connection with the global COVID-19 pandemic, the Board undertook to ratify the Investment Management Agreement at its next in-person meeting. Subject to certain restrictions, the Investment Management Agreement will remain in effect for a period of two years from February 1, 2021, the date it first became effective, and will remain in effect from year to year thereafter if approved annually by a majority of the Board, including a majority of independent directors, or by the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities until terminated by the Company, or by the Adviser, upon 60 days’ prior written notice. See “Item 1(c). Description of Business — Investment Management Agreement.”

Administration Services

Pre-Exchange Listing. Prior to an Exchange Listing, pursuant to the Investment Management Agreement, the Adviser has also been appointed as the Administrative Coordinator. The Administrative Coordinator will supervise or provide the Company’s administrative services, including operational trade support, NAV calculations, financial reporting, fund accounting, registrar and transfer agent services. The Administrative Coordinator will also provide assistance to the Adviser in connection with communicating with investors and other persons with respect to the Company. The Administrative Coordinator will not provide any investment advisory or investment management services to the Company. Pursuant to the Investment Management Agreement, the Company will pay the Administrative Coordinator the Pre-Exchange Listing Administration Fee for its services.

The Investment Management Agreement contains limitations on liability and indemnifications in favor of the Administrative Coordinator, provided that the Administrative Coordinator’s actions do not constitute fraud, bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct (collectively, “Wrongful Conduct”). The Administrative Coordinator’s liability to the Company is subject to an overall cap (except where the Administrative Coordinator has engaged in Wrongful Conduct). In the event that the Administrative Coordinator is terminated or resigns as the administrative coordinator to the Company, the Board reserves the ability to appoint one or more different or replacement administrative coordinators in its sole discretion at any time without notice to the Unitholders, or to assume the Administrative Coordinator’s role on the same or similar terms in providing administration services to the Company.

Our Board will approve the engagement of the Administrative Coordinator on an annual basis prior to an Exchange Listing. In connection with such approval, the Board, including a majority of independent directors, reviews the engagement of the Administrative Coordinator to determine that the relevant provisions of the Investment Management Agreement are carried out satisfactorily and to determine, among other things, whether the fees payable to the Administrative Coordinator are reasonable in light of the services provided. The Board also considers the possibility of obtaining such services from a different third party and whether any other third party service provider would be capable of providing all such services at comparable cost, quality and timeliness. See “Item 1(c). Description of Business — Administration Services.”

Post-Exchange Listing. As described above, in connection with an Exchange Listing, and subject to Board approval, the Company intends to enter into an administration agreement with SCM pursuant to which SCM will provide administrative services to the Company. For providing these services, facilities and personnel, the

105

Company will reimburse SCM for the Company’s allocable portion of overhead and other expenses incurred by SCM in performing its obligations under the administration agreement. See “Item 1(c). Description of Business — Investment Management Agreement.”

Use of Name

Pursuant to the LLC Agreement, SCP has granted us a non-exclusive license to use the name “SLR HC BDC LLC” as the name of the Company and in connection with the marketing and operation of the Company. We have a right to use the “SLR HC BDC LLC” name for so long as the Adviser or one of its affiliates remains our investment adviser. Other than with respect to this limited license, we have no legal right to the “SLR HC BDC LLC” name or logo.

Relationship with the Adviser and Potential Conflicts of Interest

Conflicts of Interest; Other Activities of the Adviser. Various potential and actual conflicts of interest are expected to arise from the overall investment activities of the Adviser and its affiliates, some of which are noted below. The Adviser and its affiliates serve as an investment adviser to other investment vehicles, funds and clients and expect to make investment decisions for the accounts of others, including other investment vehicles and funds, which are different from those that will be made by the Adviser on behalf of the Company. Such conflicts may arise, for example, when both the Company and/or clients of SCP invest in (i) securities or other instruments issued by a particular issuer and in certain assets owned by such issuer; and (ii) different parts of an issuer’s capital structure, whereby one or more clients own senior debt obligations of an issuer and other clients own junior debt or equity of the same issuer, or one or more clients own public securities and other clients own private securities, as well as circumstances in which clients invest in different tranches of the same investment. In such circumstances, matters such as decisions over the operations or activities of the issuer involved; negotiations over the terms and conditions of the investment; decisions with respect to amendments, consents or waivers; the targeted returns from the investment; the timeframe for, or method of, exiting the investment; or bankruptcy-related matters (including decisions over whether to trigger an event of default or over the terms of any workout) are likely to result in conflicts of interest.

Similar conflicts of interest are likely to arise to the extent a Portfolio Investment is in competition with investments owned by the Adviser, its clients or affiliates (e.g., investments in similar regions or markets may compete with respect to customers, tenants and/or purchasers). In order to minimize such conflicts, the Company may avoid making certain investments or taking certain actions that would potentially give rise to conflicts of interest, which could have the effect of limiting the Company’s investment opportunities. Alternatively, the Company might resolve the conflict by adopting a particular strategy (including disposing of an investment earlier than it otherwise would have if no conflict existed), which could result in a different investment outcome than might arise if the Company had adopted an otherwise different investment strategy.

All conflicts of interest will be resolved by the Adviser in its sole discretion. When making investment decisions where a conflict of interest may arise, the Adviser will endeavor to act in a fair and equitable manner as between the Company and other clients of SCP; however, there can be no assurance that the Adviser will be able to resolve such conflict of interest in a fair and equitable manner. For example, in certain instances the resolution of the conflict may result in the Adviser acting on behalf of itself, an affiliate or another client of an affiliate of SCP, or any of their respective affiliates (for example, by foreclosing on loans, putting an issuer into default and/or transacting with an issuer) in a manner that is not in the best interests, or is opposed to the interests, of the Company.

Subject to the foregoing and applicable law, (i) the Adviser and its affiliates expect to invest for the accounts of clients in various securities or other instruments or investments that are senior, pari passu or junior to, or have interests different from or adverse to, the securities or other instruments or investments that are owned by the Company, (ii) the Adviser and its affiliates may engage in transactions, on an arms-length basis, that arrange for

106

or provide financing or leverage for the Company’s investment program and/or investments, and the Company may pledge or sell assets (including pursuant to reverse repurchase agreements) to the Adviser and its affiliates in connection therewith and (iii) the Adviser and/or its affiliates expects to at certain times be simultaneously seeking to purchase (or sell) investments for the Company and to sell (or purchase) the same investment for accounts, funds or structured products for which it serves as asset manager now or in the future, or for its clients or affiliates, and to enter into cross trades (including similar transactions such as novations of derivatives transactions) in such circumstances, including with respect to securities or other assets that may be illiquid and difficult to value. In addition, the Adviser and its affiliates expect to buy securities and other investments from or sell securities and other investments to the Company, if permitted by and in accordance with applicable law. These other relationships may also result in securities laws restrictions on transactions in these instruments by the Company and otherwise create potential conflicts of interest for the Adviser. In the event that the Adviser enters into a transaction resulting in such simultaneous buying and selling or cross trades, the transaction will be reported to the Board in accordance with the Company’s compliance policies and procedures.

Conflicts of interest may also arise where, for example, the Company holds certain loans of an issuer, and that same issuer has issued other loans or instruments that are owned by other clients of SCP or by an entity, in which other clients of SCP have an interest; in such circumstances, SCP may take actions with respect to the assets held by such client that are adverse to the Company, for example, by foreclosing on loans or by putting an issuer into default. In negotiating the terms and conditions of any such investments, or any subsequent amendments or waivers, the Adviser may find that the interests of the Company and the interests of one or more other clients of SCP could conflict. In these situations, decisions over whether to make an investment, proxy voting, corporate reorganization, how to exit an investment, the servicing of loans or bankruptcy matters are likely to result in conflicts of interest. Similarly, if an issuer in which the Company and one or more other clients of SCP directly or indirectly hold different classes of securities (or other assets, instruments or obligations issued by such issuer or underlying investments of such issuer) encounters financial problems, decisions over the terms of any restructuring or workout are likely to raise conflicts of interest (including, for example, conflicts over proposed waivers and amendments to debt covenants). For example, a debt holder may be better served by a liquidation of the issuer in which it may be paid in full, whereas an equity or junior bond holder might prefer a reorganization that holds the potential to create value for the equity holders. Although in some cases the Adviser may refrain from taking certain actions or making investments on behalf of the Company because of conflicts (potentially disadvantaging the Company as a result of actions not taken or investments not made), in other cases the Adviser will not refrain from taking actions or making investments on behalf of the Company that have the potential to disadvantage other SCP clients.

Except as otherwise expressly set forth in the LLC Agreement, or as required by law, the Adviser or its respective affiliates will not be obligated to refer any actual or potential conflict of interest to Unitholders, or to act in accordance with their advice and counsel. However, if the Company chooses or is required under the LLC Agreement or by law to do so, matters approved by a majority in interest of Unitholders (as applicable) will be final and binding on the Company, the Unitholders, the Access Fund and the Access Fund LPs.

Certain Portfolio Investments may engage in activities or take actions that adversely impact the Company or its other Portfolio Investments; provided that such Portfolio Investment does not engage in such activities or actions at the instruction of the Adviser. With respect to Portfolio Investments for which it does not exercise influence or control, the Adviser will likely have limited or no ability to impact such matters. Furthermore, with respect to Portfolio Investments for which it does exercise influence or control, there can be no assurance that the Adviser will be able to impact such matters; for example, directors appointed by the Adviser will have duties to persons other than the Company and/or may recuse themselves from matters presenting actual or potential conflicts of interest.

In addition, the Company may be unable or limited in its ability to acquire Portfolio Investments or take certain actions with respect to Portfolio Investments (including taking “active” positions with respect to such Portfolio Investments) due to the Adviser’s duties to other clients or under applicable law (including the Advisers Act, the

107

1940 Act and U.S. Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”)) or by the Adviser’s intention to avoid certain potential conflicts of interest or regulatory issues or obligations, and individual members of the investment team may be subject to similar constraints (or unable to participate in certain Company matters) due to similar considerations. Similarly, the Adviser may be required to take certain actions (including disposing of investments owned by the Company and/or other clients) due to such issues, obligations or potential conflicts. In order for the Adviser to adhere to its applicable fiduciary obligations as well as to address and/or mitigate conflicts of interest, it may not be possible or appropriate to make available resources of the Adviser that might be relevant to particular investment decisions by the investment professionals responsible for the Company’s investment program. Such restrictions could result in such investment professionals making investment or other decisions for the Company that are different from the decisions they would make if there were no such limits or restrictions.

In connection with its investment program, the Company, in the sole discretion of the Adviser may take various forms of action (“Litigation Actions”) with other investors and/or parties, including issuing demand letters, making and defending claims, filing lawsuits and/or taking other dispute resolution-related measures. In connection with such Litigation Actions, the Company may be required to bear certain fees, costs, expenses and liabilities. Other SCP clients that are or were investors in, or otherwise involved with, the subject investments may or may not (depending on the circumstances) be parties to such Litigation Actions, with the result that the Company may participate in Litigation Actions in which not all SCP clients with similar investments may participate, and such non-participating clients may benefit from the results of such Litigation Actions without bearing or otherwise being subject to the associated fees, costs, expenses and liabilities. SCP, for example, typically does not pursue legal claims on behalf of its separately managed client accounts.

Although the principals and employees of the Adviser will devote as much time to the Company as the Adviser deems appropriate, the principals and employees may have conflicts in allocating their time and services among the Company and the other accounts now or hereafter advised by the Adviser and/or its affiliates.

The Adviser, the Administrative Coordinator and the Custodian will from time to time act as investment advisers, administrators or custodians in relation to, or otherwise be involved with, other companies established by parties other than the Company. Such companies may have similar objectives to the Company. Should a conflict of interest arise, the Board will endeavor to ensure that it is resolved fairly, to the extent it is in a position to do so.

In implementing its investment program, the Company expects to seek to acquire rights (including rights of first offer, rights of first refusal, non-competition rights, exclusivity rights and purchase rights) arising under existing contractual arrangements (including agreements with joint venture partners, servicers, originators and Portfolio Investments) of the Adviser, other clients of the Adviser or other affiliates of the foregoing; conversely, the Company may obtain such rights in connection with its investment program and may seek to transfer such rights to such entities. Any transfer of rights may or may not involve the receipt by the transferor of a purchase price or direct consideration, depending on the circumstances. Such activities are likely to give rise to certain conflicts of interest. In particular, (i) any such rights will likely be illiquid, and if sold will likely be difficult to value; (ii) the Adviser will be conflicted in determining whether to assign a value to any such right, as well as in determining any value assigned thereto; (iii) the Adviser may be incentivized to pursue investment opportunities arising under such arrangements (including due to a desire to maintain a long-term relationship with a transaction counterparty), and may forgo other attractive investment opportunities for the Company as a result; and (iv) to the extent the Company’s rights are dependent on its ownership of a Portfolio Investment, the Adviser may be incentivized to extend such Portfolio Investment’s duration to enable such rights to be transferred to another entity. Conversely, the Company may not (or may be unable to) acquire or dispose of such rights, which could give rise to certain conflicts of interest; for instance, if another client of the Adviser or its affiliates has a right of first offer with respect to transaction types, the Company’s ability to pursue such transactions could be constrained if it does not acquire such right. In addition, the documentation relating to any assignment of such

108

rights could be complex, difficult to enforce and (among other things) potentially expose the Company to the liabilities of another related entity.

The Company expects to make investments through joint ventures, strategic partnerships or similar arrangements with third parties, the terms of which will often provide for the payment of fees, incentive compensation and/or other amounts to such third parties. These amounts will typically be borne (directly or indirectly) by the Company. Such amounts will generally not give rise to a reduction in the Management Fees, Administration Expenses or Incentive Fees payable by the Company, and the Adviser may therefore be incentivized to pursue investment opportunities arising under such arrangements (including to maintain or develop a long-term or strategic relationship with a third party).

Conflicts Related to Cross-Trades. The Adviser may, to the extent permitted under applicable law, effect client cross trades where the Adviser causes a transaction to be effected between the Company and another account advised by it or its affiliate. The valuation of loans or other assets that may be transferred from the Company to other funds managed by the Adviser or affiliates involves inherent conflicts of interest for the Adviser, and there is no guarantee that the Adviser will resolve these conflicts in a manner that will not have an adverse effect on the Company.

Conflicts Related to Sale of Loans. The Company may sell a portion of any loans or certain other assets originated by the Company to other funds managed by the Adviser or affiliates. As a result, the Company’s initial participation in such loans or other assets may be greater, and its available liquid capital less, than it would have been if the Company did not expect to ultimately sell part of such loans or other assets to another fund managed by the Adviser or affiliates. To the extent the Company purchases loans or other assets and subsequently sells a portion thereof to other funds managed by the Adviser or affiliates, the Company will bear the risk of changes in the value of such loans or other assets during the period it holds such loans or other amounts and the amount of capital available to the Company to pursue other investment opportunities may be reduced. Furthermore, it may be difficult to determine the value of the loans or other assets transferred by the Company. As a result, consideration due to the Company from other funds managed by the Adviser or affiliates whenever it may sell the loans or other assets is subject to uncertainty and valuation risks as described elsewhere herein. The valuation of loans or other assets that may be transferred from the Company to other funds managed by the Adviser or affiliates involves inherent conflicts of interest for the Adviser, and there is no guarantee that the Adviser will resolve these conflicts in a manner that will not have an adverse effect on the Company. To help mitigate these conflicts, the Adviser may engage an independent third party valuation agent (whose fees will be borne by the Company) to price loans sold from the Company to other funds managed by the Adviser or affiliates.

Service Providers. The nature of the relationship with a Service Provider and the amount of time devoted or required to be devoted by a Service Provider are expected to vary considerably. In some cases, a Service Provider may provide sector-, industry- and/or regional-specific insights and feedback on investment themes, assist in transaction due diligence, and/or make introductions to and provide reference checks on management teams. In other cases, Service Providers may take on more extensive roles and serve as executives or directors on the board of directors of Portfolio Investments or portfolio companies or contribute to the origination of new investment opportunities. In certain instances, there may be formal arrangements with Service Providers (which may or may not be terminable upon notice by any party), and in other cases the relationships may be more informal. Service Providers may receive compensation regardless of whether a Portfolio Investment is consummated (including pursuant to retainers and expense reimbursement), and/or may be uncompensated unless and until an engagement with a Portfolio Investment develops. In certain cases, they may have certain attributes of “employees” of the Adviser (e.g., they may have dedicated offices at the Adviser, participate in general meetings and events for the Adviser personnel, work on matters of the Adviser as their primary or sole business activity and/or be compensated on a weekly or monthly basis rather than on a project basis) even though they are not considered employees of the Adviser, affiliates or personnel for purposes of provisions of this Registration Statement, the LLC Agreement and the Investment Management Agreement relating to Adviser expenses.

109

Because certain services provided by Service Providers, such as the identification or analysis of investments, might otherwise be provided by employees of the Adviser, the Adviser will have an incentive to retain such Service Providers and have them paid by the Company rather than hiring employees or otherwise paying for these services out of its own resources, particularly since the fees, costs, expenses and liabilities of these parties may be substantial (e.g., fees payable to individual Service Providers may exceed $1 million in any given year). There can be no assurance that any of the Service Providers will continue to serve in such roles for the expected duration of their engagement. Moreover, agreements with Service Providers may provide for the indemnification by the Company of a Service Provider against certain costs and liabilities, which may have the effect of reducing the Adviser’s potential costs and obligations. In addition, if the Company utilizes a Service Provider that the Adviser, its clients and/or its affiliates have an option to acquire, the Adviser may be incentivized to have the Company provide substantial compensation or take other measures with respect to such Service Provider in order to facilitate such acquisition or enable the prospective purchasers to acquire the Service Provider on more favorable terms.

The Company expects to utilize or otherwise engage in transactions with, and to invest in entities that utilize or otherwise engage in transactions with, Service Providers that are owned by, affiliated with or otherwise related to the Company, other clients of the Adviser, the Adviser, or any affiliate or respective personnel thereof. The Company’s involvement with affiliated Service Providers will give rise to conflicts of interest. For example, (i) while the Adviser may have an incentive to cause the Company to utilize affiliated Service Providers, there can be no guarantee that such Service Providers will have a positive impact on the Company or its investments, or that they will produce results better than unaffiliated Service Providers; (ii) the Adviser may be less incentivized to pursue remedies and enforce rights against an affiliated Service Provider as compared to an unaffiliated Service Provider; (iii) the Adviser may be incentivized to utilize an affiliated Service Provider in order to support such entity, benefit or reduce amounts owed by the other users of or purchasers from such entity, and/or benefit the Adviser-affiliated owners of such entity (which may not include the Company), including by generating fees or other compensation paid to such entity (which will not offset the Management Fee, Administration Expenses or Incentive Fees paid by the Company); (iv) while the fees and expenses paid to any Service Provider that is an affiliate of the Adviser will be determined in the Board’s commercially reasonable discretion, taking into account the relevant facts and circumstances and consistent with the responsibilities of the Board and the Adviser, the Board may still be incentivized to agree to more favorable compensation terms with an affiliated Service Provider than with an unaffiliated Service Provider, and such terms will not necessarily be confirmed as being comparable to the market rates for such services; (v) to the extent the Company acquires or sells an interest in an affiliated Service Provider via cross trade with another affiliate of the Adviser, such investment will likely be illiquid and difficult to value, and such valuation will result in conflicts of interest; and (vi) to the extent any such Service Provider is owned by or services multiple Adviser-affiliated entities, the allocation of opportunities and expenses among the relevant entities will require the exercise of discretion. In addition, any such Service Provider may have duties to parties other than the Company, and the Company may not be able to control or influence the standards or actions of such Service Provider notwithstanding its affiliation. Any such affiliated Service Provider may also be acquired by one or more third parties or an affiliate of the Adviser, which could reduce or eliminate any benefits the Company previously received by virtue of its prior affiliation.

Potential Conflicts Relating to the Allocation of Investment Opportunities among the Company and Other Investment Vehicles. Various potential and actual conflicts of interest are expected to arise in connection with the allocation of investment opportunities among the Company and other investment vehicles managed or advised by SCP. Investment opportunities that become known to the Adviser may be appropriate for the Company as well as for the Adviser’s other clients and for the clients of SCP. The Adviser may face conflicts of interest with respect to the allocation of such opportunities.

The Company intends to co-invest with other SEC-regulated funds and private funds managed by the Adviser or its affiliates in certain circumstances where doing so is consistent with applicable law and SEC staff interpretations. For example, the Company may co-invest with such accounts consistent with guidance promulgated by the SEC staff permitting the Company and such other accounts to purchase interests in a single

110

class of privately placed securities so long as certain conditions are met, including that the Adviser, acting on our behalf and on behalf of other clients, negotiates no term other than price. The Company may also co-invest with the Adviser’s or its affiliates’ other clients as otherwise permissible under the Order. The Order permits the Company to participate in negotiated co-investment transactions with certain affiliates, each of whose investment adviser is SCP or an investment adviser that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with SCP and is registered under the Advisers Act. Transactions entered pursuant to the Order must be conducted in a manner consistent with the Company’s investment objective, positions, policies, strategies and restrictions as well as regulatory requirements and other pertinent factors, and pursuant to the conditions in the Order. The limitations imposed by the Order or the inability to rely upon the Order could limit the ability of the Company to participate in certain investment opportunities.

The Adviser has written policies relating to the allocation of investment opportunities, and the Adviser will allocate investment opportunities that become known to the Adviser and that the Adviser considers appropriate for the Company among the Adviser’s sponsored funds and other clients, in accordance with the Adviser’s allocation policy and procedures. With respect to investment opportunities that are appropriate for other clients of SCP, on the one hand, and the Company, on the other hand, SCP has agreed upon an allocation methodology that it believes will result in the relevant clients each being allocated an appropriate level of such opportunity. Although the Adviser intends to allocate investment opportunities in a fair and equitable manner, decisions as to the allocation of investment opportunities present numerous conflicts of interest, which may not be resolved in a manner that is favorable to the Company’s interests. Moreover, allocation decisions involving co-investment opportunities will depend on the ability of the Company and clients of the Adviser and SCP to rely on SEC exemptive relief relating to co-investments with business development companies advised by SCP.

The Adviser expects that in certain circumstances it will permit other investment vehicles to co-invest with the Company. In that case, allocations will be made in the sole discretion of the Adviser and may result in the investments being made on different terms or in different securities. In addition, these types of co-investments may result in conflicts regarding decisions relating to that investment, including with respect to timing of disposition or strategic objectives.

Material Non-Public Information. The Adviser expects to come into possession of material non-public information concerning specific issuers. Under applicable securities laws, this may limit the Adviser’s flexibility to buy or sell securities issued by such issuers on behalf of the Company or otherwise use such information for the benefit of the Company (e.g., in situations when the Company is asked to grant consents, waivers or amendments with respect to loans, the Adviser’s ability to assess the desirability of such consents, waivers and amendments may be compromised). The Adviser may decline to pursue certain investment opportunities or exit strategies on behalf of the Company in order to avoid being in possession of material non-public information in respect of an issuer where such possession would limit the Adviser’s ability to trade in other securities of such issuer on behalf of their other clients. Alternatively, the Adviser may decline to receive material non-public information in order to avoid trading restrictions, even though access to such information might have been advantageous and other market participants are in possession of such information.

In addition, in circumstances when a Unitholder receives, in connection with its investment in the Company, material non-public information concerning specific issuers, such Unitholder’s flexibility to buy or sell securities issued by such issuers or otherwise use such information may similarly be limited or restricted under applicable securities laws.

With respect to transactions involving material non-public information (among others), the Investment Committee may delegate investment and/or asset management decisions to other investment professionals of the Adviser in their sole discretion. Any decisions made by such subset or other investment professionals may be materially different and/or less optimal than decisions that would have been made by the Investment Committee.

In the event any material, non-public information is disclosed to any person responsible for the affairs of the Company, the Company may be prohibited by applicable securities laws and the Company’s Joint Code of Ethics

111

and Insider Trading Policy from acting upon any such information. Due to these restrictions, the Company may not be able to conclude a transaction that it otherwise might have concluded. In other cases, because of confidential or material non-public information acquired by SCP, the Company may also be prohibited from acquiring an investment that it otherwise might have acquired.

Co-Investments. With respect to a Portfolio Investment for which the Adviser determines co-investment capacity is available, the Adviser may, in its sole discretion, offer any portion of a co-investment to Unitholders or to third parties (which may be unaffiliated or affiliated with the Adviser or its affiliates, which may include Service Providers), or may cause the Company to retain such amounts. Each co-investment may be made by a separate vehicle formed for the purpose of making such co-investment. Any Unitholder participating in a co-investment may be required to pay fees (including management, incentive and administration fees) in connection with such co-investment (and, for the avoidance of doubt, any such fees or amounts shall not be considered Transaction Fees (as defined below). Distributions of income and proceeds related to each co-investment will be made separately from, and not aggregated with, distributions of income and proceeds related to the corresponding Portfolio Investment by the Company. “Transaction Fees” means the Company’s portion (as determined by the Company in its reasonable discretion) of any directors’, transaction, break-up, consulting, financial and advisory or other fees paid to the Adviser or any of its subsidiaries by any third party in connection with any proposed or existing Portfolio Investment; provided that, in each case, Transaction Fees will not include (i) any amounts paid as reimbursement for out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with providing services in respect of which such Transaction Fees were paid, (ii) any amounts paid to Service Providers in connection with any Company investment or (iii) any amounts paid by any investor or investment vehicle making a co-investment with the Company or investing alongside the Company. In determining the Company’s portion of any Transaction Fees, the Company may take into account its proportionate ownership of a Portfolio Investment’s entire capital structure (including both debt and equity). The Adviser or any of its subsidiaries may take actions to give effect to the above arrangement other than reducing Management Fees (e.g., rebating or waiving Transaction Fees at the Portfolio Investment level), in which case Transaction Fees will not reduce Management Fees as described above. For the avoidance of doubt, any fees and expenses paid to Gemino Healthcare Finance LLC, or any existing or future entity which has been acquired by the Adviser or any affiliate of the Adviser, in each case, on an arms-length basis in connection with services provided in relation to any Portfolio Investments are not Transaction Fees and will not offset Management Fees.

The Adviser is under no obligation to provide co-investment opportunities to Unitholders, and any such co-investment opportunity may be offered to one or more third parties. Co-investment opportunities will be allocated as determined by the Adviser in its sole discretion. In determining such allocations, the Adviser may take into account any facts or circumstances it deems appropriate, including the size of the prospective co-investor’s investment in the Company and any other vehicles or accounts advised by the Adviser or its affiliates; whether and the extent to which the prospective co-investor has expressed an interest in co-investment opportunities; the Adviser’s evaluation of the financial resources, sophistication, experience and expertise of the potential co-investor, with respect to the execution of co-investment transactions generally, and with respect to the geographic location or business activities of the applicable Portfolio Investment; perception of past experiences and relationships with each prospective co-investor; whether or not such person has co-invested previously and the ability of any such co-investor to respond promptly and appropriately to potential investment opportunities; perception of the legal, regulatory, reporting, public relations, competitive, confidentiality or other issues that may arise with respect to any prospective co-investor; and any strategic value or other benefit to the Adviser or its affiliates resulting from offering such co-investment opportunity to a prospective co-investor. Nothing in this Registration Statement constitutes a guarantee, prediction or projection of the availability of co-investment opportunities.

Co-investments may result in conflicts between the Company and other co-investors (for example, over the price and other terms of such investment, exit strategies and related matters, including the exercise of remedies of their respective investments). Furthermore, to the extent that the Company holds interests that are different (or more senior) than those held by such other co-investors, the Adviser may be presented with decisions involving

112

circumstances where the interests of such co-investors are in conflict with those of the Company. To the extent any affiliate of the Adviser co-invests with the Company, such conflicts will be heightened.

The Adviser may grant certain Unitholders a priority right to participate in co-investment opportunities, subject to the requirements of the Order and to applicable law. The existence of such priority co-investment rights may result in other Unitholders receiving fewer or no co-investment opportunities. Because co-investors may not be identified and/or may not agree to invest until relatively late in the investment process, or for other reasons, co-investors may not bear their proportionate share of investment-related expenses (including “broken deal” expenses). Beneficial owners of more than 25% of the Company’s Units will not be permitted to participate in co-investment opportunities, and beneficial owners of between 5% and 25% of the Company’s Units will only be permitted to participate in co-investment opportunities upon approval of the Company’s Board. A non-binding indication of interest in co-investments does not require the Adviser to notify such interested party of any co-investment opportunity.

Certain Potential Conflicts Relating to Expenses. The appropriate allocation of fees and expenses among the Company and other funds or accounts advised by the Adviser or any of its affiliates often cannot be resolved by reference to a pre-existing formula and will require the exercise of discretion. In addition, it is expected that the Company will bear expenses related to investments that it does not consummate (i.e., broken deal expenses). While the Adviser has adopted policies and procedures designed to fairly and equitably allocate expenses, the Adviser and its affiliates will be subject to conflicts of interest in making such determinations, and there can be no assurance that errors will not arise in such allocations, or that any allocations (i) will reflect an entity’s pro rata share of such expenses based on the amounts invested (or anticipated to be invested) / market value of the investment held (or anticipated to be held) by each fund or account managed by the Adviser or its affiliates or (ii) will be in proportion to the number of participating funds managed by the Adviser or its affiliates, or the proportion of time spent on each fund managed by the Adviser or its affiliates, or that such allocations will not confer an economic benefit on other entities at the Company’s expense. Similarly, the determination of whether an expense (for instance, the fees and expenses of consultants, contract employees, outside legal counsel and temporary employees (as well as secondees of any of the foregoing) who work on Company -related matters) is appropriately borne by the Company (or a specific group of Company investors) or the Adviser often cannot be resolved by reference to a pre-existing formula and will require the exercise of discretion, and the Adviser will be subject to conflicts of interest in making such determinations. In particular, the Adviser will be incentivized to (i) classify expenses as borne by the Company as opposed to the Adviser and (ii) decrease the level or quality of third-party services provided to the Company to the extent such services are paid for by the Adviser.

For administrative and other reasons, the Adviser may (i) cause the Company to be invoiced for, advance or otherwise bear on a temporary basis all or a portion of an expense ultimately intended to be borne in whole or in part by another vehicle managed by the Adviser or an affiliate and/or (ii) make corrective allocations of expenses among such vehicles to reflect their appropriate share of such expenses. Such measures generally will not include the imposition of an interest charge or other payments designed to compensate (whether for time value, opportunity cost or otherwise) a particular vehicle for temporarily bearing a disproportionate share of expenses.

The Company and certain other funds managed by the Adviser or an affiliate may, but are not expected to hold certain investments and conduct certain activities through the same SPVs or other structures. The use of such common SPVs or other structures may give rise to various conflicts of interest; for example, the use of any such vehicle may make it more difficult to address specific considerations applicable to the Company than if separate vehicles were used. In addition, a level of discretion will be required with respect to each entity’s relative participation in any such vehicle, including adjustments intended to reflect the entities’ relative capital available for investment as of the conclusion of their respective offering periods.

Incentive Fee; Use of Leverage. The existence of the Adviser’s Post-Exchange Listing Incentive Fee will create an incentive for the Adviser to make more speculative investments on behalf of the Company than it might otherwise make in the absence of such performance-based compensation. Additionally, the Company will have

113

broad authority to utilize leverage; as the use of leverage has the potential to magnify gains, the Adviser may be incentivized to utilize leverage in an effort to enhance the Company’s performance and/or generate Incentive Fees for itself. Additionally, prior to an Exchange Listing, the Adviser may be incentivized to utilize a Commitment-based Company credit facility, since (i) borrowings associated with such facility generally will be included for purposes of the Pre-Exchange Listing Management Fee payable to the Adviser and (ii) the utilization of such facility may enable the Adviser not to draw down Commitments and thereby receive Pre-Exchange Listing Incentive Fees sooner than it would have in the absence of such facility.

Valuation. Subject to approval by the Board, the Adviser will value securities, loans or other instruments for which market quotes are not readily available at fair value (or if extraordinary events occur after the last readily available quotation), and will be subject to certain conflicts of interest in doing so. In particular, the Adviser may be incentivized to produce higher valuations in order to enhance Company performance, and/or due to the operation of the guideline.

Diverse Unitholder Group. It is expected that the Unitholders will have conflicting investment, tax and other interests with respect to their investments in the Company. The conflicting interests of Unitholders may relate to, or arise from, among other things, the acquisition or structuring of Portfolio Investments and the timing and disposition of Portfolio Investments. As a consequence, conflicts of interest may arise in connection with decisions made by the Adviser that may be more beneficial for one investor than for another investor, for example, with respect to Unitholders’ individual tax situations. In addition, the Company may make Portfolio Investments which may have a negative impact on related or unrelated investments made by Unitholders in transactions outside of the Company. In selecting and structuring Portfolio Investments appropriate for the Company, the Adviser will consider the investment and tax objectives of the Company and the Unitholders as a group, not the investment, tax or other objectives of any Unitholder individually.

Changing and Evolving Conflicts and Potential Conflicts. From time to time, the Adviser, its affiliates and their personnel may enter new lines of business and modify or further develop existing lines of business for itself and for clients. Expertise in a range of disciplines may lead to the Adviser entering new businesses and/or other potential investment opportunities, directly or indirectly (including through joint ventures or other arrangements), which in turn may introduce potential conflicts in the allocation of time, resources and investment opportunities made available to the Company by the Adviser. Similarly, the composition of the Adviser may also change, and these changes may have an impact on the Company’s business lines and the activities it conducts for itself and for clients.

There is no guarantee that the Adviser’s business, and any associated potential conflicts of interest, will not change or become more acute. As a result, it is difficult to predict or foresee the potential conflicts that may arise as the business of the Adviser changes and evolves. Thus, potential investors should view these disclosures as being preliminary only and not exhaustive.

Certain Business Relationships

Certain of our current directors and officers are directors or officers of other funds managed by the Adviser.

Promoters and Certain Control Persons

The Adviser may be deemed a promoter of the Company. We have entered into the Investment Management Agreement with the Adviser. The Adviser, for its services to us, will be entitled to receive management fees and incentive fees in addition to the reimbursement of certain expenses. In addition, under the Investment Management Agreement, we expect, to the extent permitted by applicable law and in the discretion of our Board, to indemnify the Adviser and certain of its affiliates. See “Item 1(c). Description of Business—General.”

Director Independence

For information regarding the independence of our directors, see “Item 5. Directors and Executive Officers.”

114

ITEM 8. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

Neither we nor the Adviser are currently subject to any material legal proceedings, nor, to our knowledge, is any material legal proceeding threatened against us or the Adviser. From time to time, we or the Adviser may be a party to certain legal proceedings in the ordinary course of business, including proceedings relating to the enforcement of our rights under contracts with our portfolio companies. Our business is also subject to extensive regulation, which may result in regulatory proceedings against us. While the outcome of these legal or regulatory proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty, we do not expect that these proceedings will have a material effect upon our financial condition or results of operations

ITEM 9. MARKET PRICE OF AND DIVIDENDS ON THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED UNITHOLDER MATTERS

Market Information

To purchase Units, investors must be (i) “accredited investors” within the meaning of Rule 501(a) of Regulation D promulgated under the 1933 Act and (ii) “qualified purchasers” for purposes of Section 3(c)(7) of the 1940 Act or “knowledgeable employees” or companies owned exclusively by “knowledgeable employees” for purposes of the rules promulgated under the 1940 Act. Any sale of Units outside of the United States will conducted in accordance with Regulation S under the 1933 Act. See “Item 10. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities” for more information. There is no public market for our Units, and none is expected to develop prior to an Exchange Listing.

Because Units are being acquired by investors in one or more transactions “not involving a public offering,” they are “restricted securities” and may be required to be held indefinitely. Our Units may not be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged or otherwise disposed of unless (i) our written consent is granted, and (ii) the Units are registered under applicable securities laws or specifically exempted from registration (in which case the Unitholder may, at our option, be required to provide us with a legal opinion, in form and substance satisfactory to us, that registration is not required). We do not anticipate consenting to sales, transfers or assignments of Units. Accordingly, an investor must be willing to bear the economic risk of investment in the Units until we are liquidated. No sale, transfer, assignment, pledge or other disposition, whether voluntary or involuntary, of the Units may be made without our written consent.

Holders

Please see “Item 4. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” for disclosure regarding our Unitholders.

Distribution Policy

Distributions of available cash and other proceeds will be made in the sole discretion of the Board and in accordance with RIC requirements. The Board expects to make distributions during the Offering Period as necessary to satisfy the RIC requirements. Prior to an Exchange Listing, the Adviser will apportion each Unitholder’s pro rata share of Investment Proceeds between Disposition Proceeds and Current Proceeds. See “Item 1. Business — Description of Business — Incentive Fee.”

Following the end of the Offering Period and prior to an Exchange Listing, the Company generally expects to distribute Current Proceeds quarterly, and following the end of the Investment Period, the Company generally expects to distribute Disposition Proceeds as and when they become available, each subject to the availability of cash after the Company has satisfied obligations (including discretionary or mandatory pay-downs of any liabilities) and set aside reserves for existing or anticipated expenses and obligations of the Company.

Investment Proceeds that are available for distribution prior to an Exchange Listing will generally be apportioned among the Unitholders, on the one hand, and the Adviser as its Pre-Exchange Listing Incentive Fee, on the other,

115

in the amounts and order of priority described under “Item 1(c). Description of Business — Investment Management Agreement — Compensation of Adviser” above. All remaining Investment Proceeds available for distribution will be distributed to the Unitholders pro rata according to their respective capital contributions.

Reports to Unitholders

We will furnish our Unitholders with annual reports containing audited financial statements, quarterly reports, and such other periodic reports as we determine to be appropriate or as may be required by law. Upon the effectiveness of this Registration Statement, we will be required to comply with all periodic reporting, proxy solicitation and other applicable requirements under the 1934 Act.

Valuation of Portfolio Investments

The Company’s estimated NAV will be calculated periodically by the Adviser or its delegate, and approved by the Board, by taking the value of the Portfolio Investments and other assets of the Company and subtracting all liabilities, including accrued expenses.

It is anticipated that in respect of many of the Company’s assets, readily available market quotations will not be obtainable and that such assets will be valued at fair value.

For purposes of calculating the NAV, the Company’s assets will generally be valued as follows:

(i) securities or other instruments (other than as referred to in clauses (ii) and (iii) below) for which market quotes are readily available will be valued based on quotes obtained from a quotation reporting system, market makers or pricing services (when deemed to represent fair value under U.S. GAAP);

(ii) exchange-traded options, futures and options on futures will be valued at the settlement price determined by the exchange or through the use of a model such as Black-Scholes;

(iii) short-term investments with maturities of sixty (60) days or less generally will be valued at amortized cost; and

(iv) securities, loans or other instruments for which market quotes are not readily available will be valued as described below:

a. the quarterly valuation process begins with each portfolio company or investment being initially valued by the investment professionals of the Adviser responsible for the portfolio investment;

b. preliminary valuation conclusions are then documented and discussed with senior management of the Adviser;

c. the audit committee of the Board reviews the preliminary valuation recommendations of the Adviser and third party valuation specialist, if any, and responds to the valuation recommendations to reflect any comments; and

d. the Board discusses valuations and determines the fair value of each investment in our portfolio in good faith based on the input of the Adviser, the audit committee, and the third party valuation specialist, if any, that may from time to time be engaged.

The valuation principles set forth above may be modified from time to time without notice to Unitholders, in whole or in part, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion.

The Company (or its designee) will use reasonable best efforts to ensure that quarterly NAV calculations (and any calculations or underlying transactions that comprise such quarterly NAV calculations) are carried out in a manner consistent with U.S. GAAP. The Company (or its designee) will indicate in writing to the Unitholders if the Company plans on deviating from U.S. GAAP in the future, provide details as to why the Company is planning to deviate from U.S. GAAP, and provide a quarterly reconciliation of NAV to the U.S. GAAP NAV on a Unitholder-level basis.

116

ITEM 10. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES

In connection with the Company’s formation, the Company issued and sold 40 Units to the Adviser (the “Initial Unitholder”), which were acquired for an initial capital contribution of $1,000 on January 5, 2021 in reliance upon the available exemptions from registration requirements of Section 4(a)(2) of the 1933 Act. On March 8, 2021, the Company issued and sold approximately 119,453 Units to its investors (other than the Initial Unitholder) for an aggregate offering price of $3,500,000, in reliance upon the available exemptions from registration requirements of Section 4(a)(2) of the 1933 Act. Prior to the issuance of Units on March 8, 2021, the Initial Unitholder’s initial seed capital was withdrawn from the Company and its Units were canceled.

Each purchaser of Units in the offering will be required to represent that it is (i) either an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D under the 1933 Act or, in the case of Units sold outside the United States, is not a “U.S. person” in accordance with Regulation S of the 1933 Act, (ii) is a “qualified purchaser” for purposes of Section 3(c)(7) of the 1940 Act or a “knowledgeable employee” or company owned exclusively by a “knowledgeable employee” for purposes of the rules promulgated under the 1940 Act and (iii) is acquiring the Units purchased by it for investment and not with a view to resale or distribution.

ITEM 11. DESCRIPTION OF REGISTRANT’S SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED

Purpose

Under the LLC Agreement, we are permitted to engage in any business activity that lawfully may be conducted by a limited liability company organized under Delaware law and, in connection therewith, to exercise all of the rights and powers conferred upon us pursuant to the agreements relating to such business activity.

Units

All Units, when they are issued, will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. Distributions may be paid to our Unitholders if, as and when authorized by our Board and declared by us out of assets legally available therefor. Our Units may not be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged or otherwise disposed of unless (i) our written consent is granted, and (ii) the Units are registered under applicable securities laws or specifically exempted from registration (in which case the Unitholder may, at our option, be required to provide us with a legal opinion, in form and substance satisfactory to us, that registration is not required).

Agreement to be Bound by the LLC Agreement

By subscribing for Units, investors will be admitted as members of the Company and will be deemed to have agreed to be bound by the terms of the LLC Agreement. Pursuant to the LLC Agreement, each Unitholder and each person who acquires Units from a Unitholder grants to certain of our officers (and, if appointed, a liquidator) a power of attorney to, among other things, effectuate an Exchange Listing and execute and file documents required for our qualification, continuance or dissolution.

Company Structure and Capital Call Mechanics

The Company is organized for investors who may invest through the Access Fund and for certain other investors who may invest directly in the Company. For those investors who invest through the Access Fund, the Access Fund will issue a pro rata interest to each Access Fund LP that, with respect to each Access Fund LP’s investment in the Access Fund, corresponds to the pro rata share of the Units issued by the Company to the Access Fund. The Access Fund will pass its voting rights in the Company through to the Access Fund LPs. See “—Process for Required Approvals” below.

Unitholders will be required to make capital contributions, in an aggregate amount that does not exceed each Unitholder’s remaining commitment, each time the Adviser delivers a capital call notice. Commitments will be

117

drawn pro rata from Unitholders based on the relative unfunded commitment of each Unitholder on the date the capital call notice is issued. The Units will be issued at a per-unit price equal to the NAV per Unit as of the close of the last quarter preceding the funding date, subject to necessary adjustments. Any such adjustments would take into account a determination of changes to NAV within 48 hours of the sale to assure compliance with Section 23(b) of the 1940 Act.

Process for Required Approvals

Any Unitholder approval that is regulated or required by the 1940 Act will be required to be approved in accordance with the requirements of the 1940 Act. For such approvals, the Access Fund will be permitted to vote its Units in proportion to the voting instructions received from Access Fund LPs. Each Access Fund LP has the right to vote an amount equal to the number of Units to which its interest in the Access Fund corresponds. To the extent the Access Fund does not receive specific voting instructions from any Access Fund LP constituting the required quorum for the vote in question, then the Access Fund will vote the corresponding pro rata share of Units of those Access Fund LPs in the same manner and proportion as the Units of those Access Fund LPs for which it has received specific instructions for the vote in question. This voting procedure is sometimes referred to as “mirror voting” because, as indicated in the immediately preceding sentence, the Access Fund will mirror the votes for which specific instructions have been received.

Prior to an Exchange Listing, any Unitholder vote that is not required by the 1940 Act, including as specifically set forth in or as provided for in the LLC Agreement, will require the approval of the independent directors of the Company and will be deemed approved by the Unitholders unless a majority-in-interest of the Unitholders affirmatively vote to reject the item, with Access Fund LPs voting on a pass-through basis.

Amendment of the LLC Agreement

Amendments to the LLC Agreement may be made upon approval of the Company’s independent directors and the approval of Unitholders, which approval will be obtained as described in “— Process for Required Approvals” above. Certain amendments to the LLC Agreement may require satisfaction of other thresholds for approval.

Default Provisions

Pursuant to the LLC Agreement, if a Unitholder fails to make a capital contribution when due, interest will accrue at the Default Rate on the outstanding unpaid balance of such capital contribution. The “Default Rate” with respect to any period will be the lesser of (a) a variable rate equal to the prime rate of interest (as reported on Bloomberg) during such period plus 4% per annum or (b) the highest annual interest rate permitted by applicable law. The Adviser may waive the requirement to pay interest, in whole or in part.

In addition, if any Unitholder fails to make a capital contribution when due, and has also failed to make such payment on or before the date that is ten business days after the Adviser has given written notice to such Unitholder of such Unitholder’s failure to make such contribution, then the Adviser may, in its discretion, and subject to applicable law, take any actions available under the LLC Agreement or at law or at equity, which may include causing such defaulting Unitholder to forfeit a significant portion of its Units or to transfer its Units to a third party for a price that is less than the NAV of such Units.

Term of the Company

Under the terms of the LLC Agreement, the term of the Company will be seven (7) years from the end of the Offering Period (unless the Company is terminated earlier or effectuates an Exchange Listing as set forth in the LLC Agreement), the first four years of which is the Investment Period, but may be extended by the Board for up to two (2) consecutive one-year periods upon approval of the Company’s independent directors and the approval of Unitholders, which approval will be obtained through a non-1940 Act vote as described above under “— Process for Required Approvals.”

118

Books and Reports

We are required to keep appropriate books of our business at our principal offices. The books will be maintained for both tax and financial reporting purposes on an accrual basis in accordance with GAAP. For tax purposes, our fiscal year is the calendar year. For financial reporting purposes, our fiscal year is a calendar year ending December 31, unless otherwise required by the Code or permitted by law.

ITEM 12. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

Limitation on Liability of Directors; Indemnification and Advance of Expenses

Under the LLC Agreement, we will fully indemnify any person who was or is involved in any actual or threatened action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that such person is or was one of our directors or officers. So long as we are regulated under the 1940 Act, the above indemnification and limitation of liability is limited by the 1940 Act or by any valid rule, regulation or order of the SEC thereunder. The 1940 Act provides, among other things, that a company may not indemnify any director or officer against liability to it or its security holders to which he or she might otherwise be subject by reason of his or her willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office unless a determination is made by final decision of a court, by vote of a majority of a quorum of directors who are disinterested, non-party directors or by independent legal counsel that the liability for which indemnification is sought did not arise out of the foregoing conduct. In addition, we have obtained liability insurance for our officers and directors.

Under the Investment Management Agreement, we may, to the extent permitted by applicable law, in the discretion of the Board, indemnify the Adviser and certain of its affiliates, as described under “Item 1(c). Description of Business — General — Investment Management Agreement.”

ITEM 13. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Set forth below is an index to our financial statements attached to this Registration Statement.

	Page
Index to Financial Statements*
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm*	F-2
Statement of Assets and Liabilities as of January 6, 2021*	F-3
Statement of Operations for the period January 5, 2021 (commencement of operations) to January 6, 2021*	F-4
Notes to Financial Statements*	F-5
*— Filed with this Registration Statement on March 22, 2021.

ITEM 14. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

There are not and have not been any disagreements between the Company and its accountant on any matter of accounting principles, practices, or financial statement disclosure.

ITEM 15. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS

(a) List separately all financial statements filed

The financial statements attached to this Registration Statement are listed under “Item 13. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

119

(b) Exhibits

3.1	Certificate of Formation*
3.2	Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Formation*
3.3	Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement*
4.1	Form of Subscription Agreement
10.1	Form of Investment Management Agreement with Solar Capital Partners, LLC*
10.2	Custody Agreement by and between the Solar Capital Ltd., Solar Senior Capital Ltd. and Citibank, N.A.*
10.3	Custodial Services Election Agreement by and between the Company and Citibank, N.A.*
21.1	List of Subsidiaries—None

* Filed with the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form 10 filed on January 29, 2021.

120

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

	Page
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm		F-2
Statement of Assets and Liabilities as of January 6, 2021		F-3
Statement of Operations for the period January  5, 2021 (commencement of operations) to January 6, 2021		F-4
Notes to Financial Statements		F-5

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Unitholder and Board of Directors

SLR HC BDC LLC:

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying statement of assets and liabilities of SLR HC BDC LLC (the Company) as of January 6, 2021, the related statement of operations for the period January 5, 2021 (commencement of operations) to January 6, 2021, and the related notes (collectively, the financial statements). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of January 6, 2021, and the results of its operations for the period January 5, 2021 (commencement of operations) to January 6, 2021, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2020.

New York, New York

January 28, 2021

F-2

SLR HC BDC LLC

Statement of Assets and Liabilities

	January 6, 2021
Assets:
Cash	$	1,000
Deferred offering costs		176,534
Total assets	$	177,534
Liabilities:
Due to affiliates (see note 3)	$	482,551
Accrued professional fees and expenses		24,251
Accrued organizational expenses (see note 2)		5,000
Accrued miscellaneous expenses		1,873
Total liabilities	$	513,675
Commitments and contingencies (see note 4)
Unitholders’ Capital:
Common unitholders’ capital (40 units issued and outstanding)	$	1,000
Total distributable loss		(337,141	)
Total Unitholders’ Capital	$	(336,141	)
Total Liabilities and Unitholders’ Capital	$	177,534
Net Asset Value Per Unit	$	(8,403.53	)

THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

F-3

SLR HC BDC LLC

Statement of Operations

	For the period January 5, 2021 (commencement of operations) to January 6, 2021
Operating income	$	—
Operating expenses
Organizational expenses	$	228,787
Professional fees and expenses		106,481
Miscellaneous expenses		1,873
Total expenses	$	337,141
Net Loss	$	(337,141	)
Loss Per Unit	$	(8,428.53	)

THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

F-4

SLR HC BDC LLC

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

JANUARY 6, 2021

Note 1. Organization

SLR HC BDC LLC (the “Company”) was formed on July 7, 2020 as a Delaware limited liability company. Solar Capital Partners, LLC (“Solar Capital Partners” or “Initial Member”) has provided the Company’s initial seed capital of $1,000 on January 5, 2021. The Company has not had any operations or activity before January 5, 2021 but intends to register under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, by filing a Form 10 with the Securities and Exchange Commission; and subsequently, expects to elect to be regulated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). The Company will be managed by Solar Capital Partners (“Investment Manager”) which also expects to provide certain administrative and coordination services to the Company. The Initial Member is expected to withdraw its initial seed capital from the Company, and its units will be canceled, immediately prior to the initial drawdown from common unitholders. The fiscal year end of the Company will be December 31.

The Company expects to pursue a corporate lending strategy focused on direct sourcing, underwriting and managing a diverse portfolio of private loans to U.S. healthcare companies. The Company’s principal focus will be to invest in two differentiated strategies, first lien healthcare cash flow loans and first lien life science loans. First lien healthcare cash flow loans are expected to be made to private equity-owned upper middle market healthcare companies with EBITDA between approximately $25 million and $100 million. These loan tranches are expected to range in size from $100 million to $300 million. First lien life science loans are expected to be made to venture capital owned pre-commercialization or early revenue drug and device development companies. These loan tranches are expected to range in size from $25 million to $150 million. The Company currently expects that some of its investments will contain delayed-draw term loan type features and/or other types of unfunded commitments.

The offering period of the Company is currently expected to be for a period of approximately twelve months (the “Offering Period”). The Company is conducting its offering pursuant to which investors will make equity capital commitments (“Commitments”) pursuant to a subscription agreement entered into with the Company pursuant to which the investor will agree to purchase an interest in the Company for an aggregate purchase price equal to its Commitment. Each investor will purchase the Company’s common units each time the Company delivers a drawdown notice, typically ten business days prior to a required funding date. The offering and sale of common units is expected to be exempt from registration pursuant to Regulation D and Regulation S promulgated under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, for offers and sales of securities that do not involve a public offering and for offers and sales of securities outside of the United States, respectively. As of January 6, 2021, the Company has received investor Commitments of $73.9 million which remain unfunded.

The term of the Company is expected to be seven years from the end of the Offering Period (unless terminated earlier as set forth in the Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company (as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “LLC Agreement”)), but may be extended by the Company’s board of directors for up to two consecutive one year periods upon approval of the Company’s independent directors and the approval of unitholders, which approval will be obtained through a non-1940 Act vote as described in Item 11 of the Company’s Form 10. The Company may be dissolved and its affairs wound up prior to the end of the term under the circumstances set forth in the LLC Agreement.

At any time prior to the end of the term, subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act and applicable law, the board of directors may, without the approval of unitholders, cause the units (or securities into which the units are converted or exchanged) to be listed for trading on a national securities exchange. In connection with any such exchange listing, subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act and applicable law, the board of directors may, without the approval of unitholders, cause the Company to complete (i) an initial public offering, (ii) a merger

F-5

SLR HC BDC LLC

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

JANUARY 6, 2021

with another entity, including an affiliated company, subject to any limitations under the 1940 Act, (iii) the sale, exchange or disposition of all or a portion of the assets of the Company, or (iv) a conversion of the Company into a corporation incorporated in a state determined by the board of directors, either through a conversion in accordance with applicable law, a merger with or into an existing corporation, or otherwise, in which all units will be converted into or exchanged for shares of common stock of the resulting corporation. If the Company is unable to effectuate an exchange listing prior to the end of the term, the Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to wind down or liquidate pursuant to the procedures set forth in the LLC Agreement.

Note 2. Summary Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared on the accrual basis of accounting in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). The Company is considered an investment company under GAAP and follows the accounting and reporting guidance applicable to investment companies under FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 946.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company defines cash equivalents as securities that are readily convertible into known amounts of cash and so near their maturity that they present insignificant risk of changes in value because of changes in interest rates. Generally, only securities with a maturity of three months or less would qualify, with limited exceptions. The Company believes that certain U.S. Treasury bills, repurchase agreements and other high-quality, short-term debt securities would qualify as cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents are carried at cost which approximates fair value. The Company places its cash and cash equivalents with financial institutions. As of January 6, 2021, the Company had $1,000 in cash.

Organizational and Offering Costs

Organizational costs include costs relating to the Company’s formation and are expensed as incurred. Offering costs include legal fees and other costs, including those pertaining to the Company’s registration. Offering costs will be deferred and offset against paid-in capital from the initial offering. Organizational and offering costs of up to $500,000 will be borne by the Company with any amounts in excess to be borne by the Investment Manager. The Company currently expects such costs to be less than $500,000.

Upon the initial drawdown of Commitments, unitholders will bear such organizational and offering costs. Unitholders that make Commitments after the initial drawdown will bear a prorated portion of such costs at the time of their first investment in the Company.

U.S. Federal Income Taxes

The Company intends to elect to be treated, and intends to qualify annually, as a registered investment company (“RIC”) under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. In order to qualify as a RIC, among other things, the Company would be required to timely distribute to its unitholders at least 90% of its investment company taxable income each year. So long as the Company maintains its status as a RIC, it generally will not pay corporate-level U.S. federal income taxes on any ordinary income or capital gains that it distributes at least annually to its unitholders as dividends. Rather, any tax liability related to income earned by the Company represents obligations of the Company’s unitholders and will not be reflected in the financial statements of the Company.

F-6

SLR HC BDC LLC

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

JANUARY 6, 2021

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Changes in the economic environment, financial markets and any other parameters used in determining these estimates could cause actual results to differ materially.

New Accounting Standards

Management does not believe any recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting standards, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the accompanying financial statements.

Note 3. Material Agreements and Related Party

The Company expects to enter into an investment management agreement pursuant to which it will pay management fees, incentive fees and administrative coordinator fees to Solar Capital Partners. The Company expects to pay the Investment Manager a fee for investment advisory and management services consisting of two components: a base management fee and an incentive fee. The Company also expects to pay Solar Capital Partners (in its capacity as Administrative Coordinator) an administration fee for administrative and coordination services. The cost of the base management fee, the incentive fee, and the administrative coordinator fee will be borne by common unitholders.

To the extent the Company incurred costs that have been paid by the Investment Manager, including costs related to its organization and offering, the Company expects to reimburse the Investment Manager subsequent to commencement of operations. As of January 6, 2021, the Investment Manager has paid $223,787 and $174,303, respectively, for organizational and offering costs, as well as $84,461 in professional fees and expenses.

Note 4. Commitments and Contingencies

As of January 6, 2021, the Company had $73.9 million in Commitments from an investor, none of which were called by the Company and all of which were unfunded.

Operating expenses are borne by the Company but are subject to an operating expense cap equal to the sum of (x) the product of total Commitments and 0.0025 and (y) $1.25 million. Operating expenses in excess of such cap will be borne by the Investment Manager. Certain operating expenses are excluded from the operating expense cap as noted in section 8.3 of the LLC Agreement.

Under the Company’s organizational documents, its officers and directors are indemnified against certain liabilities arising out of the performance of their duties to the Company. In addition, in the normal course of business, the Company enters into contracts that contain a variety of representations which provide general indemnifications. The Company’s maximum exposure under these agreements cannot be known; however, the Company currently expects any risk of loss to be remote.

Note 5. Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated the need for disclosures and/or adjustments resulting from subsequent events through the date the financial statements were issued.

F-7

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

	SLR HC BDC LLC
	By:	/s/ Michael S. Gross
		Name:	Michael S. Gross
		Title:	Co-Chief Executive Officer, President, Chairman of the Board and Director (Principal Executive Officer)
Date: March 22, 2021
	By:	/s/ Bruce J. Spohler
		Name:	Bruce J. Spohler
		Title:	Co-Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)
	By:	/s/ Richard L. Peteka
		Name:	Richard L. Peteka
		Title:	Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer), Treasurer and Secretary